(en)Compounds active on the receptor protein tyrosine kinases c-kit and/or c-fms are provided herewith. Also provided herewith are compositions useful for treatment of c-kit mediated diseases or conditions and/or c-fms-mediated diseases or conditions, and methods for the use thereof.

1.ApplicationNumber: US-201213546923-A
1.PublishNumber: US-8404700-B2
2.Date Publish: 20130326
3.Inventor: IBRAHIM PRABHA N.
ARTIS DEAN R.
BREMER RYAN
WU GUOXIAN
ZHU HONGYAO
NESPI MARIKA
ZHANG CHAO
ZHANG JIAZHONG

4.Inventor Harmonized: IBRAHIM PRABHA N(US)
ARTIS DEAN R(US)
BREMER RYAN(US)
WU GUOXIAN(US)
ZHU HONGYAO(US)
NESPI MARIKA(US)
ZHANG CHAO(US)
ZHANG JIAZHONG(US)

5.Country: US
6.Claims:
(en)Compounds active on the receptor protein tyrosine kinases c-kit and/or c-fms are provided herewith. Also provided herewith are compositions useful for treatment of c-kit mediated diseases or conditions and/or c-fms-mediated diseases or conditions, and methods for the use thereof.

7.Description:
(en)RELATED PATENT APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/958,379, filed Dec. 1, 2010, which is a divisional application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/986,667, filed Nov. 21, 2007, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,893,075, issued Feb. 22, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/860,749, filed Nov. 22, 2006, and is related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/435,381, filed May 16, 2006, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/682,063, filed May 17, 2005, U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/682,051, filed May 17, 2005, U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/682,042, filed May 17, 2005, U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/692,750, filed Jun. 22, 2005, and U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/692,960, filed Jun. 22, 2005, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties and for all purposes.


FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to ligands for c-fms and c-kit, and to methods for use thereof. The information provided is intended solely to assist the understanding of the reader. None of the information provided nor references cited is admitted to be prior art to the present invention. Each of the references cited is incorporated herein in its entirety and for any purpose.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
C-fms and c-kit are both type III transmembrane receptor protein tyrosine kinases (RPTKs) that regulate key signal transduction cascades that control cellular growth and proliferation. Both receptors have similar structural features comprising five extracellular immunoglobulin (IG) domains, a single transmembrane domain, and a split cytoplasmic kinase domain separated by a kinase insert segment.
c-Fms
C-fms is a member of the family of genes originally isolated from the Susan McDonough strain of feline sarcoma viruses. The cellular proto-oncogene FMS (c-fms, cellular feline McDonough sarcoma) codes for the receptor for the macrophage colony-stimulating factor (M-CSF). C-fms is crucial for the growth and differentiation of the monocyte-macrophage lineage, and upon binding of M-CSF to the extracellular domain of c-fms, the receptor dimerizes and trans-autophosphorylates cytoplasmic tyrosine residues.
M-CSF, first described by Robinson and co-workers (Blood. 1969, 33:396-9), is a cytokine that controls the production, differentiation, and function of macrophages. M-CSF stimulates differentiation of progenitor cells to mature monocytes, and prolongs the survival of monocytes. Furthermore, M-CSF enhances cytotoxicity, superoxide production, phagocytosis, chemotaxis, and secondary cytokine production of additional factors in monocytes and macrophages. Examples of such additional factors include granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), interleukin-6 (IL-6), and interleukin-8 (IL-8). M-CSF stimulates hematopoiesis, promotes differentiation and proliferation of osteoclast progenitor cells, and has profound effects on lipid metabolism. Furthermore, M-CSF is important in pregnancy. Physiologically, large amounts of M-CSF are produced in the placenta, and M-CSF is believed to play an essential role in trophoblast differentiation (Motoyoshi, Int J Hematol. 1998, 67:109-22). The elevated serum levels of M-CSF in early pregnancy may participate in the immunologic mechanisms responsible for the maintenance of the pregnancy (Flanagan & Lader, Curr Opin Hematol. 1998, 5:181-5).
Related to c-fms and c-kit are two platelet-derived growth factor receptors, alpha (i.e., pdgfra) and beta (pdgfrb) (PDGF). The gene coding for pdgfra is located on chromosome 4q11-q12 in the same region of chromosome 4 as the oncogene coding for c-kit. The genes coding for pdgfra and c-fms appear to have evolved from a common ancestral gene by gene duplication, inasmuch as these two genes are tandemly linked on chromosome 5. They are oriented head-to-tail with the 5-prime exon of the c-fms gene located only 500 bp from the last 3-prime exon of the gene coding for pdgfra. Most gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST) have activating mutations in c-kit, and most patients with GISTs respond well to Gleevec, which inhibits c-kit. Heinrich et al. (Science 2003, 299:708-10) have shown that approximately 35% of GISTs lacking c-kit mutations have intragenic activation mutations in the gene encoding pdgfra, and that tumors expressing c-kit or pdgfra are indistinguishable with respect to activation of downstream signaling intermediates and cytogenetic changes associated with tumor progression. Thus, c-kit and pdgfra mutations appear to be alternative and mutually exclusive oncogenic mechanisms in GISTs.
Similarly, the observation that production of M-CSF, the major macrophage growth factor, is increased in tissues during inflammation points out a role for c-fms in diseases, such as for example inflammatory diseases. More particularly, because elevated levels of M-CSF are found in the disease state, modulation of the activity of c-fms can ameliorate disease associated with increased levels of M-CSF.
c-Kit
The Stem Cell Factor (SCF) receptor c-kit plays an important role in the development of melanocytes and mast, germ and hematopoietic cells. Stem Cell Factor (SCF) is a protein encoded by the 51 locus, and has also been called “kit ligand” (KL) and mast cell growth factor (MGF), based on the biological properties used to identify it (reviewed in Tsujimura, Pathol Int 1996, 46:933-938; Loveland, et al., J. Endocrinol 1997, 153:337-344; Vliagoftis, et al., Clin Immunol 1997, 100:435-440; Broudy, Blood 1997, 90:1345-1364; Pignon, Hermatol Cell Ther 1997, 39:114-116; and Lyman, et al., Blood 1998, 91:1101-1134.). Herein the abbreviation SCF refers to the physiological ligand for c-kit.
SCF is synthesized as a transmembrane protein with a molecular weight of 220 or 248 Dalton, depending on alternative splicing of the mRNA to encode exon 6. The larger protein can be proteolytically cleaved to form a soluble, glycosylated protein which noncovalently dimerizes. Both the soluble and membrane-bound forms of SCF can bind to and activate c-kit. For example, in the skin, SCF is predominantly expressed by fibroblasts, keratinocytes, and endothelial cells, which modulate the activity of melanocytes and mast cells expressing c-kit. In bone, marrow stromal cells express SCF and regulate hematopoiesis of c-kit expressing stem cells. In the gastrointestinal tract, intestinal epithelial cells express SCF and affect the interstitial cells of Cajal and intraepithelial lymphocytes. In the testis, sertoli cells and granulosa cells express SCF which regulates spermatogenesis by interaction with c-kit on germ cells.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds active on c-fms, c-kit, or both c-fms and c-kit. In accordance with one aspect of the present invention, it has been discovered that in the treatment of diseases amenable to treatment by an effective amount of a modulator of either c-fms alone or c-kit alone, the efficacy of treatment can be enhanced if said compounds are dual inhibitors of both c-fms and c-kit. In another aspect of the present invention, compounds active on c-fms, c-kit, or both c-fms and c-kit are also active on one or more of TrkA, TrkB and HGK. In particular, the invention provides compounds of Formula I, and all sub-generic formulae thereof, as well as methods of using such compounds as described below. Thus, the invention provides methods of using compounds that can be used therapeutically and/or prophylactically involving modulation of c-fms, c-kit, or both c-fms and c-kit, or involving one or more of TrkA, TrkB and HGK in addition to c-fms, c-kit, or both c-fms and c-kit.
The compounds of Formula I have the following structure:

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
X 1 is N or CR 2 , X 2 is N or CR 6 , Y 1 is N or CR 4 , and Y 2 is N or CR 5 , provided, however, that not more than one of X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 is N; L 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkylene, —S—, —O—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, and —NR 7 —; L 2 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, optionally substituted lower alkylene, -(alk) a -S-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -O-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -OC(O)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(O)O-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -OC(S)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(S)O-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(O)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(S)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -OC(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -OC(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -C(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -S(O)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -S(O) 2 NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(O)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(S)-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(O)O-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 C(S)O-(alk) b -, -(alk) a -NR 9 S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, and -(alk) a -NR 9 S(O) 2 NR 9 -(alk) b -, wherein alk is optionally substituted C 1-3 alkylene and a and b are independently 0 or 1; R 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 2 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, optionally substituted lower alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 10 R 11 , —NHR 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —C(O)R 3 , —C(S)R 3 , —S(O)R 3 , —S(O) 2 R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , —C(S)OR 3 , —C(O)NHR 3 , —C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —C(S)NHR 3 , —C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —S(O) 2 NHR 3 , —S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NHC(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NHC(S)R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 R 3 , —NHC(O)OR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)OH, —NR 3 C(O)OR 3 , —NHC(S)OR 3 , —NR 3 C(S)OH, —NR 3 C(S)OR 3 , —NHC(O)NHR 3 , —NHC(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(O)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NHC(S)NHR 3 , —NHC(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(S)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NHR 3 , and —NR 3 S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 ; Ar 1 is a 5 or 6 membered optionally substituted heteroarylene having the structure














wherein







indicates the point of attachment of L 1 and


indicates the point of attachment of L 2 , and wherein the indicated N is either ═N— or —N═;
n is 0 or 1; F and J are both C or one of F and J is C and the other of F and J is N; P and Q are independently selected from CR, N, NR, O or S; T is selected from CR or N;
wherein
when n is 1, F and J are C, and P, T and Q are CR, or any one of P, T and Q is N and the other two of P, T and Q are CR, when n is 0 and F and J are both C, then one of P and Q are CR, N or NR and the other of P and Q is C, N, NR, O or S, provided both P and Q are not CR, when n is 0, one of F and J is N and the other of F and J is C, then one of P and Q is N and the other of P and Q is CR or both P and Q are CR, and R is hydrogen or an optional substituent as defined herein for optionally substituted heteroarylene that provides a stable compound;

R 3 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, provided, however, that no alkene carbon thereof is bound to any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— of any of —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —C(O)R 3 , —C(S)R 3 , —S(O)R 3 , —S(O) 2 R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , —C(S)OR 3 , —C(O)NHR 3 , —C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —C(S)NHR 3 , —C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —S(O) 2 NHR 3 , —S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NHR 3 , —NHC(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NHC(S)R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 R 3 , —NHC(O)OR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)OH, —NR 3 C(O)OR 3 , —NHC(S)OR 3 , NR 3 C(S)OH, —NR 3 C(S)OR 3 , —NHC(O)NHR 3 , —NHC(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(O)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NHC(S)NHR 3 , —NHC(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(S)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NHR 3 , or —NR 3 S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , optionally substituted lower alkynyl, provided, however, that no alkyne carbon thereof is bound to any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— of any of —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —C(O)R 3 , —C(S)R 3 , —S(O)R 3 , —S(O) 2 R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , —C(S)OR 3 , —C(O)NHR 3 , —C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —C(S)NHR 3 , —C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —S(O) 2 NHR 3 , —S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NHR 3 , —NHC(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NHC(S)R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 R 3 , —NHC(O)OR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)OH, —NR 3 C(O)OR 3 , —NHC(S)OR 3 , —NR 3 C(S)OH, —NR 3 C(S)OR 3 , —NHC(O)NHR 3 , —NHC(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(O)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(O)NR 3 R 3 , —NHC(S)NHR 3 , —NHC(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 3 C(S)NHR 3 , —NR 3 C(S)NR 3 R 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 3 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 3 S(O) 2 NHR 3 , or —NR 3 S(O) 2 NR 3 R 3 , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —C(O)R 8 , and —S(O) 2 R 8 ; R 8 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 9 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and —NR 12 R 13 , provided, however, that when R 9 is substituted lower alkyl, any substitution on the alkyl carbon bound to the —N— of —NR 9 — is fluoro; R 10 and R 11 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, provided, however, that no alkene carbon thereof is bound to the nitrogen of —NR 10 R 11 , optionally substituted lower alkynyl, provided, however, that no alkyne carbon thereof is bound to the nitrogen of —NR 10 R 11 , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R 10 and R 11 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a monocyclic 5-7 membered optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or a monocyclic 5 or 7 membered optionally substituted nitrogen containing heteroaryl; and R 12 and R 13 combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, and fluoro substituted lower alkylthio; provided, however that when compounds have the structure












and L 1a is —CH 2 —, —CH(OH)—, or —C(O)—, then R 1a is not phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl or thiophen-2-yl, and compounds do not have the structure













In reference to Formula I, the core structure shown above with X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 as CH and with L 1 -Ar 1 -L 2 -R 1 replaced with H is referred to as the “azaindole core.” For that azaindole core, reference to ring atoms or ring positions is as shown in the following structure:









In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, compounds have a structure selected from the following:

wherein L 1 , Ar 1 , L 2 , R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined for Formula I.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, X 1 and X 2 are N or CH. In another embodiment, X 1 , X 2 and Y 1 are N or CH, where in a further embodiment, Y 2 is CR 5 and R 5 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, X 1 , X 2 and Y 2 are N or CH, where in a further embodiment Y 1 is CR 4 and R 4 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, X 1 , X 2 and Y 1 are CH, where in a further embodiment, Y 2 is CR 5 and R 5 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, X 1 , X 2 and Y 2 are CH, where in a further embodiment Y 1 is CR 4 and R 4 is other than hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are independently CR 2 , CR 6 , CR 4 and CR 5 respectively, one of R 4 or R 5 is other than hydrogen, preferably where R 2 and R 6 are hydrogen. In one embodiment, wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are independently CR 2 , CR 6 , CR 4 and CR 5 respectively, R 2 , R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen and R 4 is other than hydrogen. In one embodiment, wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are independently CR 2 , CR 6 , CR 4 and CR 5 respectively, R 2 , R 4 and R 6 are hydrogen and R 5 is other than hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, X 1 and X 2 are N or CH, preferably wherein both X 1 and X 2 are CH.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, L 1 is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —O—, lower alkylene, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, and —NR 7 —, wherein lower alkylene is optionally substituted with fluoro, and wherein when L 2 is optionally substituted lower alkylene or comprises optionally substituted C 1-3 alkylene, the alkylene is optionally substituted with fluoro or lower alkyl. In one embodiment, L 1 is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —O—, —CH 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, and —NH—.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula I, L 2 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, optionally substituted lower alkylene, —O-(alk) b -, —OC(O)-(alk) b -, —C(O)O-(alk) b -, —OC(S)-(alk) b -, —C(S)O-(alk) b -, —C(O)-(alk) b -, —C(S)-(alk) b -, —C(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —OC(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —OC(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —C(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —S(O)-(alk) b -, —S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, S(O) 2 NR 9 -(alk) b -, —NR 9 -(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(O)-(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(O)O-(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(S)-(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(S)O-(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(O)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —NR 9 C(S)NR 9 -(alk) b -, —NR 9 S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, and —NR 9 S(O) 2 NR 9 -(alk) b -.
Further to any of the above embodiments of Formula I, when L 1 is substituted lower alkylene or when L 2 is substituted lower alkylene or comprises substituted C 1-3 alkylene, the alkylene is substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and —NR 12 R 13 , wherein the alkyl chain(s) of lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, or cycloalkylamino.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula I, the variables P, J, Q, T, F, and n are selected to provide structures of Ar 1 selected from the group consisting of

where each R is independently hydrogen or an optional substituent as defined herein for optionally substituted heteroaryl.

In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula Ia,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein L 1 , Ar 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined for Formula I;
L 3 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, optionally substituted lower alkylene, —O-(alk) b -, —S-(alk) b -, —NR 14 -(alk) b -, —C(O)-(alk) b -, —C(S)-(alk) b -, —S(O)-(alk) b -, —S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, —NR 14 C(O)-(alk) b -, —C(O)NR 14 -(alk) b -, —S(O) 2 NR 14 -(alk) b -, —NR 14 S(O) 2 -(alk) b -, —NR 14 C(O)NR 14 -(alk) b -, —NR 14 C(S)NR 14 -(alk) b -, and —NR 14 S(O) 2 NR 14 -(alk) b -; alk is optionally substituted C 1-3 alkylene; b is 0 or 1; and R 14 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.

In another embodiment of compounds of Formula Ia, R 2 , R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen, further wherein R 4 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, R 2 , R 4 and R 6 are hydrogen, further wherein R 5 is other than hydrogen.
In particular embodiments the compound of Formula I has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula Ib,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
V and W are independently selected from the group consisting of N and CH; U and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR 18 , provided, however, that not more than one of W, U and Z is N; A is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; n is 0 or 1; F and J are both C or one of F and J is C and the other of F and J is N; E and K are selected from C, N, O or S; G is selected from C or N;
wherein
when n is 1, F and J are C, and E, G and K are C, or any one of E, G and K is N and the other two of E, G and K are C, provided that when E, G or K is N, R 15 , R 17 and R 16 , respectively, are absent, when n is 0 and F and J are both C, then one of E and K is C or N and the other of E and K is C, N, O or S, provided both E and K are not C, and provided that when both E and K are N, one of R 15 and R 16 is absent, and provided that when one of E and K are N and the other is O or S, R 15 and R 16 are absent, when n is 0, one of F and J is N and the other of F and J is C, then one of E and K is N and the other of E and K is C, or both E and K are C, provided that when E is N, R 15 is absent and when K is N, R 16 is absent;

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, —OR 22 , —SR 22 and halogen when E is C, is absent when E is O or S or when n=1 and E is N, and is absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted lower alkyl when n=0 and E is N; R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, —OR 22 , —SR 22 and halogen when K is C, is absent when K is O or S or when n=1 and K is N, and is absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted lower alkyl when n=0 and K is N; R 17 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, —OR 22 , —SR 22 and halogen when G is C, or is absent when G is N; R 18 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS and —NR M is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR 19 R 20 ) u —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —; wherein R 19 and R 20 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alklylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and —NR 27 R 28 , wherein the alkyl chain(s) of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; or any two of R 19 and R 20 on the same or different carbons combine to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl and any others of R 19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alklylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and —NR 27 R 28 , wherein the alkyl chain(s) of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, or di-alkylamino are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein the monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino; R 21 and R 22 at each occurrence are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl; R 23 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, provided, however, that no alkene carbon thereof is bound to any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— of any of —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , or —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , optionally substituted lower alkynyl, provided, however, that no alkyne carbon thereof is bound to any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— of any of —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , or —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 24 and R 25 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkenyl, provided, however, that no alkene carbon thereof is bound to the nitrogen of —NR 24 R 25 , optionally substituted lower alkynyl, provided, however, that no alkyne carbon thereof is bound to the nitrogen of —NR 24 R 25 , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R 24 and R 25 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a monocyclic 5-7 membered optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or a monocyclic 5 or 7 membered optionally substituted nitrogen containing heteroaryl; R 26 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, fluoro substituted mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, fluoro substituted di-alkylamino, and —NR 27 R 28 , provided, however, that when R 26 is substituted lower alkyl, any substitution on the lower alkyl carbon bound to the —N— of —NR 26 — is fluoro; R 27 and R 28 combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, and fluoro substituted lower alkylthio; u is 1-6; t is 0-3; and s is 0-3; provided that
when V, W, U and Z are CH, n=1, E, F, G, J, and K are C, R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are H, A is —CH 2 —, —CH(OH)—, or —C(O)—, and M is —NHCH 2 —, then R 1 is not phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl or thiophen-2-yl, when V, W, U and Z are CH, n=1, E, F, G, J, and K are C, R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are H, and A is —CH 2 —, then M-R 1 is not —NHCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , when V, W, and U are CH, n=1, E, F, G, J, and K are C, R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are H, A is —CH 2 —, M-R 1 is —OCH 3 , and Z is CR 18 , then R 18 is not thiophen-3-yl, and when V, W, and U are CH, n=0, F, J, and K are C, E is N, R 15 is CH 3 , R 16 is H, A is —C(O)—, M-R 1 is —CH(CH 3 ) 3 , and Z is CR 18 , then R 18 is not 3-((E)-2-carboxy-vinyl)phenyl.


In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, E, J, K, G, F, n, R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are selected to provide structures selected from the group consisting of

wherein R 1 , R 16 and R 17 are as defined for compounds of Formula Ib and wherein


indicates the point of attachment of A and


indicates the point of attachment of M.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ib, M is selected from the group consisting of)-O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ib, R 26 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkyl substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , alkoxy, lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, provided that any substitution on the carbon that is bound to the nitrogen of —NR 26 is fluoro.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ib, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is N or CH, n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH, and G-R 17 is N or CH, provided no more than one of E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 is N. In one embodiment, Z is N or CH, n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, V, W and Z are CH, U is CR 18 , n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH, and G-R 17 is N or CH, provided no more than one of E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 is N. In another embodiment, V, W and Z are CH, U is CR 18 , n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is N or CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, V, Z, U and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH, and G-R 17 is N or CH, provided no more than one of E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 is N.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is N or CH, n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH, and G-R 17 is N or CH, provided no more than one of E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 is N, and R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, V, Z, U and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 , and R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl, further wherein R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, V, W and Z are CH, U is CR 18 , n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 , and R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl, further wherein R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, when n is 1, and E, K and G are C, at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, n is 1, one of E, K, and G are N and the other two of E, K, and G are C and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, n is 1, E, K and G are C, and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, n is 1, V and W are CH, U and Z are independently CR 18 , one of E, K, and G are N and the other two of E, K, and G are C and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, n is 1, V and W are CH, U and Z are independently CR 18 , E, K and G are C, and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, n is 1, one of E, K, and G are N and the other two of E, K, and G are C, at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In another embodiment, n is 1, E, K, and G are C, at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, n is 1, V, Z, U and W are CH, one of E, K, and G are N and the other two of E, K, and G are C and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen. In another embodiment, V, Z, U and W are CH, E, K and G are C, and at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is other than hydrogen.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH and G-R 17 is N or CH. In another embodiment, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH. In another embodiment, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, U is CR 18 , V and W are CH, n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, further wherein U is CH.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, U is CR 18 , V and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, Z is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, V, U and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, E-R 15 is N or CH, K—R 16 is N or CH and G-R 17 is N or CH. In another embodiment, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH. In another embodiment, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, Z is CR 18 , V and W are CH, n is 1, and E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, further wherein Z is CH.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, Z is CR 18 , V and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl. In a further embodiment, U is CR 18 , wherein R 18 is other than hydrogen, V, Z and W are CH, n is 1, E-R 15 , K—R 16 and G-R 17 are CH, A is —CH 2 —, M is —NHCH 2 —, further wherein R 1 is optionally substituted phenyl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, further to any of the above embodiments, R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. Further to any of these embodiments R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In one embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, further to any of the above embodiments, R 18 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl. Further to any of these embodiments, R 1 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, optionally substituted lower alkyl and —OR 29 , where R 29 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
In another embodiment of compounds of Formula Ib, M is a bond and R 1 is other than thiophenyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula Ib, Z is N or CR 18 wherein R 18 is not hydrogen. Further to this embodiment, as allowed in the description of Formula Ib, E is NR 15 or CR 15 , K is NR 16 or CR 16 and G is CR 17 , or combinations thereof, wherein at least one of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 is not hydrogen.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula Ig,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
Z 1 is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 34 ; U 1 is selected from the group consisting of N and CR 35 ; A 1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 — and —C(O)—; M 3 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; n is 0 or 1; v is 0, 1, 2 or 3; F 1 and J 1 are both C or one of F 1 and J 1 is C and the other of F 1 and J 1 is N; E 1 and K 1 are independently selected from C, N, O or S; G 1 is selected from C or N;
wherein
when n is 1, F 1 and J 1 are C, and E 1 , G 1 and K 1 are C, or any one of E 1 , G 1 and K 1 is N and the other two of E 1 , G 1 and K 1 are C, provided that when E 1 , G 1 or K 1 is N, R 36 , R 37 and R 38 , respectively, are absent; when n is 0 and F 1 and J 1 are both C, then one of E 1 and K 1 is C or N and the other of E 1 and K 1 is C, N, O or S, provided both E 1 and K 1 are not C, and provided that when both E 1 and K 1 are N, one of R 36 and R 37 is absent, and provided that when one of E 1 and K 1 are N and the other is O or S, R 36 and R 37 are absent; when n is 0, one of F 1 and J 1 is N and the other of F 1 and J 1 is C, then one of E 1 and K 1 is N and the other of E 1 and K 1 is C, or both E 1 and K 1 are C, provided that when E 1 is N, R 36 is absent and when K 1 is N, R 37 is absent;

Cy is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R 34 and R 35 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 34 or R 35 , or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; R 45 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 45 , or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; R 36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy when E 1 is C, is absent when E 1 is O or S or when n=1 and E 1 is N, and is absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and fluoro substituted lower alkyl when n=0 and E 1 is N; R 37 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy when K 1 is C, is absent when K 1 is O or S or when n=1 and K 1 is N, and is absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and fluoro substituted lower alkyl when n=0 and K 1 is N; R 38 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy when G 1 is C, or is absent when G 1 is N; R 39 at each occurrence is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl; R 40 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; R 41 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as R 41 or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; and R 42 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, and heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, n is 1, G 1 and K 1 are C, and E is N or C, preferably wherein E is C.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, M 3 is selected from the group consisting of —NR 39 —, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, preferably wherein M 3 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 − , —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 NR 39 —.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, n is 1, G 1 and K 1 are C, and E is N or C, preferably wherein E is C, and M 3 is selected from the group consisting of —NR 39 —, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, preferably wherein M 3 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 NR 39 —.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, each R 45 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, n is 1, G 1 and K 1 are C, and E is N or C, preferably wherein E is C, M 3 is selected from the group consisting of —NR 39 —, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 4 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, preferably wherein M 3 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 NR 39 —, and each R 45 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, Z 1 is CR 34 , U 1 is CR 35 , and R 34 and R 35 are both hydrogen. In one embodiment, Z 1 is CR 34 , U 1 is CR 35 , and R 34 and R 35 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OR 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino. In a further embodiment, one of R 34 and R 35 is hydrogen, and the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, further wherein the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkoxy, wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, each R 45 is independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1, Z 1 is CR 34 , U 1 is CR 35 , and R 34 and R 35 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OR 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino. In a further embodiment, both of R 34 and R 35 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, each R 45 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1, Z 1 is CR 34 , U 1 is CR 35 , one of R 34 and R 35 is hydrogen, and the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, further wherein the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkoxy, wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, n is 1, G 1 and K 1 are C, and E is N or C, preferably wherein E is C, M 3 is selected from the group consisting of —NR 39 —, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, preferably wherein M 3 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 NR 39 —, each R 45 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1, Z 1 is CR 34 , U 1 is CR 35 , and R 34 and R 35 are both hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula Ig, n is 1, G 1 and K 1 are C, and E is N or C, preferably wherein E is C, M 3 is selected from the group consisting of —NR 39 —, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 4 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, and —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, preferably wherein M 3 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 NR 39 —, each R 45 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower thioalkyl, fluoro substituted lower thioalkyl, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino and cycloalkylamino, preferably wherein v is 0, 1, or 2, also 0 or 1, Z 1 is CR 34 and U 1 is CR 35 , and R 34 and R 35 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OR 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino. In a further embodiment, one of R 34 and R 35 is hydrogen, and the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, further wherein the other of R 34 and R 35 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, and lower alkoxy, wherein lower alkyl and lower alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, further wherein R 34 is hydrogen.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula II,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
D has a structure selected from the group consisting of












in which





indicates the attachment point of D to A 2 of Formula II;
A 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—, provided, however, that when A 2 is NR 21 , N is not bound to a nitrogen of D; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 4 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 C(O)—; M 5 , M 6 , M 7 , M 9 , M 10 , M 11 , M 12 , M 13 , M 14 , M 15 M 16 , M 17 and M 18 are selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR 19 R 20 ) u —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s , —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 29 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —; M 8 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR 19 R 20 ) u —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) r C(O)O—(CR 19 R 29 ) g —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —, —OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —, —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —, —OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —; Q 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHS(O) 2 R 43 , —NHC(O)R 43 , —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 , SR 43 , S(O)R 43 , and —S(O) 2 R 43 ; Q 11 , Q 21 , Q 31 , Q 41 , Q 51 , Q 61 , Q 71 , Q 81 , Q 91 , Q 101 , Q 111 , Q 121 , Q 131 , and Q 141 are selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; Q 12 is fluoro, chloro or —CF 3 ; Q 13 and Q 14 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; Q 22 , Q 24 , Q 32 , Q 33 , Q 43 , Q 44 , Q 52 , Q 54 , Q 102 and Q 104 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , and —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 22 and Q 24 , at least one of Q 32 and Q 33 , at least one of Q 43 and Q 44 , at least one of Q 52 and Q 54 , and at least one of Q 102 and Q 104 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; Q 62 , Q 74 , Q 112 , Q 124 , Q 132 , Q 144 , and Q 152 are hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 ; Q 64 , Q 72 , Q 82 , and Q 94 are hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; R 43 at each occurrence is independently optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted hetereoaryl; R 39 and R 40 are as defined for Formula Ig; each R 44 is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; w is 1, 2, or 3; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , s, t and u are as defined for Formula Ib; provided, however, that the compound is not
























In one embodiment of compounds of Formula II,
D has a structure selected from the group consisting of










in which

indicates the attachment point of D to A 2 of Formula II;
A 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—, provided, however, that when A 2 is NR 21 , N is not bound to a nitrogen of D, preferably A 2 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , —C(O)NR 39 R 41 , —C(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 NR 39 R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as B, or as substituents of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; M 4 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 C(O)—, preferably —NHCH 2 — or —NHC(O)—; M 5 , M 10 , and M 18 are selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR 19 R 20 ) u —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CHR—, —NR—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, more preferably —NHCH 2 —, —NHCH(CH 3 )— or —NHC(O)—; M 8 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR 19 R 20 ) u —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) r C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t S(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 )—, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —OC(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —OC(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —OC(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —OC(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —S—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)O—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 C(S)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 S(O) 2 —)(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, and —(CR 19 R 20 ) w —NR 26 S(O) 2 NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably a bond, —CH 2 —, —CH 2 C(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O) 2 CH 2 —, —S(O) 2 CH(CH 3 )—, —S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 CH 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 CH(CH 3 )—, —S(O) 2 NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —C(O)—, —C(O)CH 2 —, —C(O)CH(CH 3 )—, —C(O)CH 2 CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH(CH 3 )—, and —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, more preferably —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, more preferably —C(O)NHCH 2 —, —C(O)NHCH(CH 3 )— or —C(O)NHCH 2 CH 2 —; Q 1 , Q 11 , Q 41 , and Q 141 are aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 1 , Q 11 , Q 41 , Q 61 , or Q 141 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino, preferably Q 1 , Q 11 , Q 41 , Q 61 , and Q 141 are aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHS(O) 2 R 41 , —NHC(O)R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 or —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 12 is fluoro, chloro or —CF 3 ; Q 13 and Q 14 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; Q 22 , Q 24 , Q 52 and Q 54 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , and —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 22 and Q 24 and at least one of Q 52 and Q 54 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; Q 74 and Q 152 are hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 ; Q 72 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; R 39 , R 40 and R 41 are as defined for Formula Ig; each R 44 is independently hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 26 , s, t and u are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIa,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 3 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 1a is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; Q 5 is hydrogen, —OR 43 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 and —S(O) 2 R 43 ; and M 4 , Q 12 , Q 13 , Q 14 , Q 41 , and R 43 are as defined for Formula II; provided, however, that the compound is not










In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —CH 2 — and M 4 is —NHCH 2 —. In one embodiment A 3 is —C(O)— and M 4 is —NHCH 2 —. In one embodiment A 3 is —C(O)— and M 4 is —NHC(O)—. In one embodiment A 3 is —CH 2 — and M 4 is —NHC(O)—.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —CH 2 —, M 4 is —NHCH 2 —, Q 5 is —OR 43 , —CN, C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro substituted C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 and —S(O) 2 R 43 , and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —C(O)—, M 4 is —NHCH 2 —, Q 5 is —OR 43 , —CN, C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro substituted C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 and —S(O) 2 R 43 , and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —C(O)—, M 4 is —NHC(O)—, Q 5 is —OR 43 , —CN, C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro substituted C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 and —S(O) 2 R 43 , and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —CH 2 —, M 4 is —NHC(O)—, Q 5 is —OR 43 , —CN, C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro substituted C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 43 , —NR 43 R 43 , —OR 43 and —S(O) 2 R 43 , and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 1a is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; Q 5 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 4 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 C(O)—; Q 12 is fluoro, chloro or —CF 3 ; and Q 13 and Q 14 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIa above, R 43 is R 41 as defined for Formula Ig. In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIa above, R 43 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIa above, Q 1a phenyl or pyridinyl, wherein phenyl or pyridinyl are substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy; A 3 is —CH 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; and Q 5 is —CN, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIa above, Q 1a phenyl mono substituted with chloro, preferably at the 4-position; A 3 is —CH 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; and Q 5 is —CN, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy. In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIa, Q 1a is pyridin-3-yl monosubstituted with methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy, preferably at the 6-position; A 3 is —CH 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; Q 5 is —CN, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, A 3 is —CH 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; Q 1a is phenyl or pyridinyl, wherein phenyl or pyridinyl are substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy; Q 5 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, —CN, or 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl; Q 12 is fluoro or chloro; and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 3 is —CH 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; Q 1a is phenyl mono substituted with chloro, preferably at the 4-position, Q 5 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, methoxy, or —CN; Q 12 is fluoro or chloro; and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 3 is —C 2 —; M 4 is —NHCH 2 —; Q 1a is pyridin-3-yl monosubstituted with methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy, preferably at the 6-position; Q 5 is hydrogen, chloro, methyl, methoxy, —CN, or 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl; Q 12 is fluoro or chloro; and Q 13 and Q 14 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIa, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0132), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-chloro-5-(1-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0161), [6-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0174), [6-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0176), {6-Chloro-5-[5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0179), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0186), [6-Fluoro-5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0187), [6-Fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0188), 3-{2-Chloro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0232), [6-Chloro-5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0233), [6-Chloro-5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0234), [6-Fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0378), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0379), (5-Fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0414), 3-{2-Fluoro-6-[(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0415), 3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0432), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIb,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 2 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 5 , Q 11 , Q 22 and Q 24 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib; provided, however, that the compound is not










In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, M, is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 40 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl. In one embodiment, A 2 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 15 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 22 and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , preferably Q 22 and Q 24 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, M, is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, and A 2 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M, is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 2 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 15 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 5 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 2 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 15 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 22 and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , preferably Q 22 and Q 24 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, M, is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 2 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 ; —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 15 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 22 and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , more preferably both Q 22 and Q 24 are hydrogen, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, A 2 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 11 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CH, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 15 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 5 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 22 , and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 22 and Q 24 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , and R 42 are as defined for Formula Ig, and R 44 is as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, A 2 is —CH 2 —; Q 11 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, di-alkylamino, and heterocycloalkyl; Q 15 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 5 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 22 and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that at least one of Q 22 and Q 24 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIb above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, M, is —NHCH 2 CH 2 —, —NHCH 2 —, —N(CH 3 )CH 2 —, or —NHCH(CH 3 )—, preferably —NHCH 2 —; A 2 is —CH 2 —; Q 11 is cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or heteroaryl, wherein phenyl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, di-alkylamino, and heterocycloalkyl; Q 15 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; and Q 22 and Q 24 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , more preferably both Q 22 and Q 24 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, M, is —NHCH 2 —; A 2 is —CH 2 —; Q 11 is phenyl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, methyl, fluoro substituted methyl, methoxy, and fluoro substituted methoxy; Q 15 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, preferably hydrogen or chloro; and Q 22 and Q 24 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIb, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0260), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,6-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0261), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0262), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0263), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0264), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0265), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0266), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0267), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0268), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0289), (2-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0291), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0292), (2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0293), (3-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0294), (3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0295), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0300), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0301), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0302), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0303), (5-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0304), (2,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0305), (2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0306), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0307), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0308), (2-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0309), (2,5-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0310), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0311), (2-Difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0312), (2,3-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0313), (4-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0314), (5-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0315), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0316), (5-Chloro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0317), (5-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0318), (2-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0319), (4-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0320), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0390), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0391), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0392), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0393), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0394), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,3-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0395), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0396), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0402), (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0407), (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0408), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0416), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (P-0417), Benzyl-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0418), Benzyl-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0419), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0420), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0421), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0422), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0423), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0424), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0425), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0426), [1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0427), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[(S)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0428), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0429), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0430), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0431), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0433), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine (P-0434), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-cyclohexylmethyl-amine (P-0435), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0436), [2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0437), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0438), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0439), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0440), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amine (P-0441), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0442), (3-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0443), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-ethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0444), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-amine (P-0445), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0446), (4-Chloro-3-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0447), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[1-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0448), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-dimethylamino-benzyl)-amine (P-0449), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIc,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 4 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 6 , Q 21 , Q 32 and Q 33 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIc, M 6 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 40 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl. In one embodiment, A 4 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 25 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIc, M 6 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, and A 4 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M, is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 4 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 25 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 6 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 , —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 4 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 25 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIc, M 6 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 4 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, preferably —NHCH 2 —; A 4 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 25 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIc, A 4 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 21 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 25 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 6 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 32 and Q 33 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIc, A 4 is —CH 2 —; Q 21 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 25 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 6 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 32 and Q 33 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that at least one of Q 32 and Q 33 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIc above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IId,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 5 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 7 , Q 31 , Q 43 and Q 44 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IId, M 7 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 40 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl. In one embodiment, A 5 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 35 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IId, M 7 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —) or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, and A 5 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 7 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 )— or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 5 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 35 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 7 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—; A 5 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 35 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IId, M 7 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )— or —NR 39 C(O)—, preferably —NHCH 2 —; A 5 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 35 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, or —CF 3 , wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IId, A 5 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 31 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 35 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 7 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 43 and Q 44 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IId, A 5 is —CH 2 —; Q 31 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 35 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 7 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 43 and Q 44 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that at least one of Q 43 and Q 44 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IId above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIe,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 6 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 45 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 8 , Q 41 , Q 52 and Q 54 are as defined in Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib; provided, however, that the compound is not

















In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, M 8 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —C(O)NR 39 —CR 80 R 80 — or —C(O)NR 39 —(CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 6 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 45 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, M 8 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —C(O)NR 39 —CR 80 R 80 — or —C(O)NR 39 —(CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 6 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 8 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —C(O)NR 39 —CR 80 R 80 — or —C(O)NR 39 —(CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 6 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 45 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 8 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —C(O)NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —C(O)NR 39 —CR 80 R 80 )— or —C(O)NR 39 —(CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 6 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 45 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, M 8 is —C(O)NR 39 —CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH(CH 3 )—, or —C(O)NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 6 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 45 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably Q 52 and Q 54 are independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 , wherein R 41 is as defined in Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, A 6 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 41 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 45 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 8 is —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, or —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —; and Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q 52 and Q 54 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, A 6 is —CH 2 —; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 45 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M g is —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, or —C(O)NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —; and Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that at least one of Q 52 and Q 54 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIe above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, M 8 is —C(O)NHCH 2 —, —C(O)NH—CH(CH 3 )— or —C(O)NH—(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 6 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 41 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, methyl, fluoro substituted methyl, methoxy, and fluoro substituted methoxy; Q 45 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, preferably hydrogen or chloro; and Q 52 and Q 54 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably Q 52 and Q 54 are methyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIe, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
3-(1-Benzyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0133), 2-[3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-1-phenyl-ethanone (P-0134), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0135), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-chloro-benzylamide (P-0136), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0137), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(5-trifluoromethyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0138), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(5-methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0139), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-chloro-benzylamide (P-0140), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0141), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 3-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0142), 3-{3,5-Dimethyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0143), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-methyl-2-phenyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0144), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0145), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0146), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0147), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0148), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid ((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide (P-0149), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 3-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0150), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0151), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methyl-benzylamide (P-0152), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-methyl-benzylamide (P-0153), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0157), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0158), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-chloro-benzylamide (P-0159), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [(S)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0160), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula Iff,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 7 , is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 55 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS and —NR M 9 , Q 51 , Q 62 , and Q 64 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIf, M 9 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 7 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 51 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 55 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 62 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIf, M 9 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 7 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 9 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably) —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 7 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 51 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 55 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 .
In one embodiment, M 9 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 —, —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 7 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 51 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 55 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 62 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIf, M 9 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 7 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 51 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 ; —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 55 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 62 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined in Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIf, A 7 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 51 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 51 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 55 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —OR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 9 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; Q 62 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 ; and Q 64 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIf, A 7 is —CH 2 —; Q 51 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 55 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 9 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; Q 62 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; and Q 64 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIf above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIg,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 8 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 65 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 10 , Q 61 , Q 72 , Q 74 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 , R 26 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, M 10 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 8 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 61 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 65 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, M 10 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 8 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 10 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 8 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 61 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 65 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 10 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 8 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 61 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 65 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, M 10 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 8 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 61 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 65 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, A 8 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 61 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 61 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 65 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 10 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 ; and Q 72 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, A 8 is —CH 2 —; Q 61 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 65 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 10 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; and Q 72 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIg above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIg, M 10 is —NHCH 2 —, A 8 is —CH 2 —, Q 61 is phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, Q 65 is hydrogen, fluoro, —CN, or 1-methyl-pyrazol-4-yl, Q 72 is lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and Q 74 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl. In one embodiment, M 10 is —NHCH 2 —, A g is —CH 2 —, Q 61 is 4-fluoro-phenyl, Q 65 is hydrogen, chloro, —CN, or 1-methyl-pyrazol-4-yl, Q 72 is methyl or ethyl and Q 74 is hydrogen or chloro.
In one embodiment, the compound of Formula IIg is selected from the group consisting of:
[1-Ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0165), (4-Fluoro-benzyl)-[1-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine (P-0169), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0170), (4-Fluoro-benzyl)-{1-methyl-5-[5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-yl}-amine (P-0180), (5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanone (P-0184), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0185), 3-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0191), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine (P-0410), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0411), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0413), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIh,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 9 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 75 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , M 11 , Q 71 , and Q 82 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIh, M 11 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 9 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 71 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 75 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIh, M 11 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 9 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 11 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 9 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 71 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 75 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIh, M 11 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 9 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 71 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 75 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 , wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIh, A 9 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 71 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —R 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 71 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 75 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 30 S(O) 2 R 41 , and —OR 41 fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 11 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 82 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIh, A 9 is —CH 2 —; Q 71 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 75 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 11 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 82 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIh above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIi,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 10 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 85 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS and —NR M 12 , Q 81 , and Q 94 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIi, M 12 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 -20) s — or —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 10 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 81 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 85 is hydrogen, —OR, CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIi, M 12 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s , or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 10 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 12 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably) or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 10 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 81 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 85 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIi, M 12 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 10 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 81 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 85 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 , wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIi, A 10 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 81 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 81 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 85 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 12 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 94 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIi, A 10 is —CH 2 —; Q 81 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 85 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 12 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 94 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIi above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIj,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 11 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, and —S(O) 2 —; Q 95 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , M 13 , Q 91 , Q 102 and Q 104 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIj, M 13 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 89 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 11 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 91 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 95 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIj, M 13 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 R 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 11 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 13 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s — more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 11 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)— s , preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 91 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 95 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 13 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 11 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 91 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 95 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 .
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIj, M 13 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 11 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 91 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 95 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, or —CF 3 , wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIj, A 11 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 91 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 91 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 95 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 13 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , provided, however, that at least one of Q102 and Q 104 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIj, A 11 is —CH 2 —; Q 91 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 95 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 13 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 102 and Q 104 are independently hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that at least one of Q 102 and Q 104 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIj above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIk,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 12 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, and —S(O) 2 —; Q 105 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 14 , Q 101 , and Q 112 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIk, M 14 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 12 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 101 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 105 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 112 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIk, M 14 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 12 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 14 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 ; A 12 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 101 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 105 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 14 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 ; A 12 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 101 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 105 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 112 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIk, M 14 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 12 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 101 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 105 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 112 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIk, A 12 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 101 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 101 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 105 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 14 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 112 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIk, A 12 is —CH 2 —; Q 101 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 105 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 14 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 112 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIk above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIm,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 13 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 115 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 15 , Q 111 , and Q 124 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIm, M 15 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(—CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 13 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 111 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 115 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 124 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIm, M 15 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; and A 13 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 15 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 13 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 111 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 ; —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 115 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 15 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 13 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 111 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 115 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 124 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIm, M 15 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 13 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 111 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 115 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —OR 42 and —S(O) 2 R 42 ; and Q 124 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIm, A 13 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 111 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 111 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 115 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 15 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 , —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 , —CH 2 NR 39 , —CH(R 40 )NR 39 , —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 124 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIm, A 13 is —CH 2 —; Q 111 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 115 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 15 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 124 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula Um above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIn,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 14 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 125 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 16 , Q 121 , and Q 132 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIn, M 16 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 14 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 121 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 125 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 132 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIn, M 16 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 14 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 16 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably) or —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 14 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 121 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 125 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 16 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 ; A 14 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 121 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 125 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 132 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIn, M 16 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 14 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 121 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —OR 42 and —S(O) 2 R 42 ; Q 125 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 132 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIn, A 14 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 121 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —R 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 121 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 125 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 16 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 132 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIn, A 14 is —CH 2 —; Q 121 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 125 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 16 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 132 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIn above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIo,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 15 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 135 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 17 , Q 131 , and Q 144 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIo, M 17 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 C 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 15 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 131 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 135 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 144 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIo, M 17 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 —, —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 , and A 15 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 17 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 —, —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 15 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 131 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 135 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 17 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 —; —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 15 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 131 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 , Q 135 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 144 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIo, M 17 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 15 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 131 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —OR 42 and —S(O) 2 R 42 ; Q 135 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 144 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIo, A 15 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 131 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —R 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 131 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 135 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , and —OR 41 ; M 15 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 144 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIo, A 15 is —CH 2 —; Q 131 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 135 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 15 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 144 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIo above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula IIp,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
A 16 is selected from the group consisting of —CR 19 R 20 —, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NR 21 —, and —O—; Q 145 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 24 R 25 , —NHR 23 , —OR 23 , —SR 23 , —C(O)R 23 , —C(S)R 23 , —S(O)R 23 , —S(O) 2 R 23 , —C(O)NHR 23 , —C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —C(S)NHR 23 , —C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(O)R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)R 23 , —NHC(S)R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 R 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 R 23 , —NHC(O)NHR 23 , —NR 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NHR 23 , —NHC(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(O)NR 23 R 23 , —NHC(S)NHR 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NH 2 , —NR 23 C(S)NHR 23 , —NHC(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NR 23 C(S)NR 23 R 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 23 S(O) 2 NHR 23 , —NHS(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 , and —NR 23 S(O) 2 NR 23 R 23 ; M 18 , Q 141 , and Q 152 are as defined for Formula II; and R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 are as defined for Formula Ib; provided, however, that the compound is not










In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, M 18 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) n , wherein R 39 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R 80 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen. In one embodiment, A 16 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, Q 141 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 and Q 145 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . Further to any of the above embodiments, Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, M 18 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —, and A 16 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—. In one embodiment, M 18 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 16 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 141 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 145 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 . In one embodiment, M 18 is —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —(CR 19 R 20 ) t —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, preferably —NR 26 —(CR 19 R 20 ) s — or —NR 26 C(O)—(CR 19 R 20 ) s —, more preferably —NR 39 CR 80 R 80 — or —NR 39 (CR 80 R 80 ) 2 —; A 16 is —CR 19 R 20 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—; Q 141 is optionally substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; Q 145 is hydrogen, —OR 23 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 23 , —NR 23 R 23 , —OR 23 and —S(O) 2 R 23 ; and Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, M 18 is —NR 39 CH 2 — or —NR 39 —(CH 2 ) 2 —; A 16 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 141 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; Q 145 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 ; —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; and Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, wherein R 41 is as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, A 16 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 141 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , halogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl as a substituent of Q 141 , or as a substituent of lower alkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —OR 42 , —SR 42 , —NHR 42 , —NR 42 R 42 , —NR 39 C(O)R 42 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 42 , —S(O) 2 R 42 , halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, and cycloalkylamino; Q 145 is hydrogen, —CN, —OR 41 , —SR 41 , —S(O)R 41 , —S(O) 2 R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —NR 39 C(O)R 41 , —NR 39 S(O) 2 R 41 , fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 ; M 18 is a bond, —NR 39 —, —S—, —O—, —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —SCH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —C(O)NR 39 —, —S(O) 2 NR 39 —, —CH 2 NR 39 —, —CH(R 40 )NR 39 —, —NR 39 C(O)—, or —NR 39 S(O) 2 —; and Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NR 44 R 44 , —OR 44 , or —SR 44 , wherein R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 44 are as defined for Formula II.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, A 16 is —CH 2 —; Q 141 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, and fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; Q 145 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy; M 18 is —NR 39 CH 2 —, —NR 39 CH 2 CH 2 —, or —NR 39 CH(R 40 )—; and Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.
In one embodiment, further to any of the embodiments of Formula IIp above, each occurrence of R 41 is R 42 as defined for Formula Ig.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula IIp, M 18 is —NH—CH 2 — or —NH—(CH 2 ) 2 —, preferably —NH—CH 2 —; A 16 is —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —; Q 141 is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, and heterocycloalkyl; Q 145 is hydrogen, —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, preferably hydrogen, —CN, or chloro; and Q 152 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, or fluoro substituted lower alkyl, preferably hydrogen or chloro, more preferably chloro.
In one embodiment, the compound of Formula Ih is selected from the group consisting of
[4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0156), [4-Ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0162), (4-Fluoro-benzyl)-[4-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0163), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0164), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0167), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0168), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0171), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0172), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0173), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,5-dimethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0175), [2-(4-Fluoro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0177), {2-[(4-Chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0178), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0189), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0190), Benzyl-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0192), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0193), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0194), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0195), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0196), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0197), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0198), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0199), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0200), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methyl-thiazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0201), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-methyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0202), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0203), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0204), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0205), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0206), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0207), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4,5-dimethyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0208), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,5-dimethyl-thiophen-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0209), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0231), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0236), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0237), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0238), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0239), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0240), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0241), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0242), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0243), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-phenethyl-amine (P-0244), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0245), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0246), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0247), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0248), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0249), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0250), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0251), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0252), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0253), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0254), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0255), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0290), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I has a structure according to the following sub-generic structure, Formula III,

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof,

wherein:
L 4 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(R 40 )—, —C(O)—, or —C(O)NH—; R 81 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OR 41 , —CN, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ; R 82 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-3 alkyl, fluoro substituted C 2-3 alkyl, OH, C 1-3 alkoxy, and fluoro substituted C 1-3 alkoxy; R 83 is heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or


in which


indicates the attachment point of R 83 to L 4 of Formula III, wherein heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkylamino, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 ;
R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkylamino, —NHS(O) 2 R 41 , —NHC(O)R 41 , —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 40 ; and R 40 and R 41 are as defined for Formula Ig; provided, however, that the compound is not






































In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )— or —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, R 82 is hydrogen, R 83 is

wherein R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, provided, however, that when R 94 is fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, at least one of R 92 , R 93 , R 95 , and R 96 is fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )— or —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, —CN, methyl, or methoxy, preferably hydrogen, chloro, —CN, or methyl, R 82 is hydrogen, R 83 is

wherein R 92 , R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy, preferably hydrogen, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, provided, however, that when R 94 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy, at least one of R 92 , R 93 , R 95 , and R 96 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, L 4 is —CH 2 —, R 81 is fluoro, chloro, —CN, methyl, or methoxy, preferably chloro, —CN, or methyl, R 82 is hydrogen, R 83 is

wherein R 94 is hydrogen and R 92 , R 93 , R 95 , and R 96 and independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —C(O)—, or —CH(CH 3 )—, preferably —CH 2 — or —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, fluoro, R 82 is hydrogen, R 83 is

wherein R 92 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, chloro, methyl, or trifluoromethyl, and R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are independently hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably hydrogen or fluoro. In one embodiment, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —C(O)—, or —CH(CH 3 )—, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, methyl, or trifluoromethyl, and R 93 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen. In one embodiment, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —C(O)—, or —CH(CH 3 )—, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, methyl, or trifluoromethyl, R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen, and R 93 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy, more preferably fluoro. In one embodiment, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —C(O)—, or —CH(CH 3 )—, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, methyl, or trifluoromethyl, R 93 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen, and R 94 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, chloro, methyl or trifluoromethyl, more preferably fluoro. In one embodiment, L 4 is —CH 2 CH 2 — or —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen, R 93 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, more preferably fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy, and R 94 is hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro, provided, however, that when L 4 is —C(O)— and R 94 is fluoro or chloro, R 93 is not hydrogen. In one embodiment, L 4 is —CH 2 CH 2 —, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 , R 94 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen, and R 93 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably hydrogen or fluoro. In one embodiment, L 4 is —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, R 82 is hydrogen, R 92 , R 95 , and R 96 are hydrogen, R 93 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy, preferably fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy, and R 94 is hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro.

In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, R 83 is pyrrolidine, morpholine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, isoxazole, imidazol, or benzimidazole, wherein R 83 is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, cycloalkylamino, —NHR 41 , —NR 41 R 41 , —OR 41 and —S(O) 2 R 41 , preferably wherein R 83 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, or cycloalkylamino, more preferably fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy or morpholine.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, L 4 is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )— or —C(O)—, preferably —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —C(O)—, R 81 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, or fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, preferably hydrogen, chloro, methyl or —CN, R 82 is hydrogen, and R 83 is pyrrolidine, morpholine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, isoxazole, imidazole, or benzimidazole, wherein R 83 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from fluoro, chloro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, or cycloalkylamino, preferably fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy or morpholine.
In one embodiment of compounds of Formula III, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0094), (5-Methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0095), (2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0096), [1-(4-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0097), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0099), 3,4-Dichloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0100), 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0101), 2,5-Dimethyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0102), Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0103), 2-Methoxy-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0104), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0105), Pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0106), Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0107), 6-Methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-nicotinamide (P-0108), 4-Fluoro-3-methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0109), 5-Methyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0110), 3-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0111), 4-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0112), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (P-0113), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0114), 3-Chloro-4-fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0115), 3,4-Difluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0116), 2-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0117), 5-Fluoro-2-methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0118), 2-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0119), 3-Methoxy-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0120), 3-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0121), 3-Methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0122), 2-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0123), ((R)-1-Phenyl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0125), (3-Morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0126), [1-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0127), [2-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0128), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0129), (1-Methyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0130), (1,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0131), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0181), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0182), (3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0183), (2-Chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0210), Phenethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0211), (2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0212), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0213), (3-Bromo-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0214), (2-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0215), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0216), (2-Methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0217), (1-Methyl-1H-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0218), (6-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0219), (1H-Benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]amine (P-0220), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0221), (5-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0222), (3-Fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0223), (6-Methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0224), (4-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0225), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0226), (3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0227), (6-Morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0228), (3-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0229), (5-Fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0230), (3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0235), 3-{6-[(3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0256), 3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0257), Propane-1-sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-amide (P-0258), Propane-1-sulfonic acid (3-{[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-amide (P-0259), 3-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0269), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0270), 3-[6-(2-Fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0271), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0272), 3-{6-[(6-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0273), 3-[6-(2-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0274), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0275), [5-(5-Methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0276), 3-[6-(2,6-Difluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0277), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2,6-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0278), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0279), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0280), 3-[6-(2-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0281), (6-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0282), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0283), 3-{6-[(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0284), (2-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0285), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0286), 3-{6-[(2-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0287), (2-Ethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0288), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0296), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0297), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0298), 3-[6-(2,5-Difluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0299), 3-[6-(2-Trifluoromethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0321), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0322), 3-[6-(2-Ethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0323), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0324), [5-(5-Fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0325), [5-(5-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0326), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0327), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0328), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0329), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0330), [5-(5-Fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0331), (6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0332), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0333), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0334), (2-Methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0336), 3-[6-(2-Methoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0337), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0338), 3-[6-(2-Difluoromethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0339), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0340), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0341), (2,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0342), (3-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0343), (2-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0344), (4-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0345), (3-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0346), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0347), (4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0348), (2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0349), (2-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0350), (2,3-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0351), (2-Fluoro-3-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0352), Dimethyl-(5-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyrimidin-2-yl)-amine (P-0353), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0354), (5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0355), (3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0356), (2-Propoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0357), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0358), (2-Chloro-3-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0359), (2-Fluoro-6-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0360), [2-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0361), (2,3-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0362), (2-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0363), (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0364), (2-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0365), (5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0366), (2-Difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0367), (2-Fluoro-4-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0368), [2-(3-Dimethylamino-propoxy)-benzyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0369), (2,6-Dimethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0370), (2-Fluoro-5-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0371), (4-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0372), (3-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0373), (6-Cyclopentyloxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0374), (5-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0375), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0376), Propane-1-sulfonic acid (2-fluoro-3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-amide (P-0377), (2,5-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0380), Pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0381), (5-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0382), (2-Ethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0383), 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-propionamide (P-0384), Methyl-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (P-0385), Methyl-(5-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyrimidin-2-yl)-amine (P-0386), (2-Chloro-4-methanesulfonyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0387), {5-[1-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0388), (5-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0397), Dimethyl-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (P-0399), (5-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0400), (2-M ethoxy-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0401), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-[6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0409), 1-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-urea (P-0412), and

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In one embodiment, a compound of the invention is:
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridazin-3-yl]-amine (P-0092), (4-Morpholin-4-ylmethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0093), (2-Methoxy-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0098), [4-Chloro-1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-[1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-meth-(E)-ylidene]-amine (P-0166), ((2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0398); or

all salts, prodrugs, tautomers, and isomers thereof.


In certain embodiments of the above compounds, compounds are excluded where N (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), O, or S is bound to a carbon that is also bound to N (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), O, or S, except where the carbon forms a double bond with one of the heteroatoms, such as in an amide, carboxylic acid, and the like; or where N (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), O, C(S), C(O), or S(O) n (n is 0-2) is bound to an alkene carbon of an alkenyl group or bound to an alkyne carbon of an alkynyl group; accordingly, in certain embodiments compounds which include linkages such as the following are excluded from the present invention: —NR—CH 2 —NR—, —O—CH 2 —NR—, —S—CH 2 —NR—, —NR—CH 2 —O—, —O—CH 2 —O—, —S—CH 2 —O—, —NR—CH 2 —S—, —O—CH 2 —S—, —S—CH 2 —S—, —NR—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—NR—, —NR—C≡C—, —C≡C—NR—, —O—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—O—, —O—C≡C—, —C═C—O—, —S(O) 0-2 —CH═CH—, —CH═CH—S(O) 0-2 —, —S(O) 0-2 —C≡C—, —C≡C—S(O) 0-2 —, —C(O)—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—C(O)—, —C≡C—C(O)—, or —C(O)—C≡C—, —C(S)—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—C(S)—, —C≡C—C(S)—, or —C(S)—C≡C—.
In reference to compounds herein, specification of a compound or group of compounds includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compound(s), prodrug(s), and all stereoisomers, unless clearly indicated to the contrary. In reference to compounds of Formula II, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, it is understood that such reference includes compounds of Formulae IIa, IIb, IIc, IId, IIe, IIf; IIg, IIh, IIi, IIj, IIk, IIm, IIn, and IIp, and all sub-embodiments thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a c-kit-mediated disease or condition in an animal subject (e.g. a mammal such as a human, other primates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as cattle, farm animals such as horses, or pets such as dogs and cats), e.g., a disease or condition characterized by abnormal c-kit activity (e.g. kinase activity). Invention methods involve administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of a c-kit-mediated disease or condition an effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof. In one embodiment, the c-kit mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of malignancies, including, but not limited to, mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), glioblastoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, mastocytosis, melanoma, and canine mast cell tumors, and inflammatory diseases, including, but not limited to, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, and hypereosinophilia.
In a related aspect, compounds of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof, can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a c-kit-mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of malignancies, including, but not limited to, mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), glioblastoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, mastocytosis, melanoma, and canine mast cell tumors, and inflammatory diseases, including, but not limited to, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, and hypereosinophilia.
In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a c-fms-mediated disease or condition in an animal subject (e.g. a mammal such as a human, other primates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as cattle, farm animals such as horses, or pets such as dogs and cats), e.g., a disease or condition characterized by abnormal c-fms activity (e.g. kinase activity). Invention methods involve administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of a c-fms-mediated disease or condition an effective amount of compound of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof. In one embodiment, the c-fms mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of immune disorders, including, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), and transplant rejection; inflammatory diseases including, but not limited to, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, and atherosclerosis; metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, obesity, and lipolysis; disorders of bone structure, mineralization and bone formation and resorption, including, but not limited to, osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, and metastasis of cancer to bone; kidney and genitourinary diseases, including, but not limited to, endometriosis, nephritis (e.g. glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis), tubular necrosis, diabetes-associated renal complications (e.g. diabetic nephropathy), and renal hypertrophy; disorders of the central nervous system, including, but not limited to, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease; inflammatory and chronic pain, including, but not limited to, bone pain; and cancers, including, but not limited to, multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), prostate cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, glioblastoma multiforme, metastasis of tumors to other tissues, and other chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis.
In a related aspect, compounds of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof, can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a c-fms-mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of immune disorders, including, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), and transplant rejection; inflammatory diseases including, but not limited to, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, and atherosclerosis; metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, obesity, and lipolysis; disorders of bone structure, mineralization and bone formation and resorption, including, but not limited to, osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, and metastasis of cancer to bone; kidney and genitourinary diseases, including, but not limited to, endometriosis, nephritis (e.g. glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis), tubular necrosis, diabetes-associated renal complications (e.g. diabetic nephropathy), and renal hypertrophy; disorders of the central nervous system, including, but not limited to, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease; inflammatory and chronic pain, including, but not limited to, bone pain; and cancers, including, but not limited to, multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), prostate cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, glioblastoma multiforme, metastasis of tumors to other tissues, and other chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis.
In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for treating a c-fms-mediated disease or condition in an animal subject (e.g. a mammal such as a human, other primates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as cattle, farm animals such as horses, or pets such as dogs and cats), e.g., a disease or condition characterized by abnormal c-fms activity (e.g. kinase activity). Invention methods involve administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of a c-fms-mediated disease or condition an effective amount of compound of Formula I, Formula Ia, Formula Ib, or Formula Ig, and all sub-embodiments thereof. In one embodiment, the c-fms mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, obesity, Paget's disease, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, endometriosis, diabetic nephropathy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, bone pain, prostate cancer, melanoma, glioblastoma multiforme, and metastasis of tumors to tissues other than bone, preferably the c-fms mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, Paget's disease, diabetic nephropathy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, bone pain, prostate cancer, metastasis of tumors to tissues other than bone, and other chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis.
In a related aspect, compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia, Formula Ib, or Formula Ig, and all sub-embodiments thereof, can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a c-fms-mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, obesity, Paget's disease, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, endometriosis, diabetic nephropathy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, bone pain, prostate cancer, melanoma, glioblastoma multiforme, and metastasis of tumors to tissues other than bone, preferably the c-fms mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, Paget's disease, diabetic nephropathy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, bone pain, prostate cancer, metastasis of tumors to tissues other than bone, and other chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis.
In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for treating, in an animal subject (e.g. a mammal such as a human, other primates, sports animals, animals of commercial interest such as cattle, farm animals such as horses, or pets such as dogs and cats), a disease or condition mediated by c-fms and c-kit, e.g., a disease or condition characterized by abnormal c-fms activity and/or c-kit activity (e.g. kinase activity). Invention methods involve administering to the subject suffering from or at risk of a disease or condition mediated by c-fms and c-kit an effective amount of compound of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof. In one embodiment, the condition mediated by c-fms and c-kit is selected from the group consisting of mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, multiple myeloma, mastocytosis, melanoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, canine mast cell tumors, metastasis of cancer to bone or other tissues, chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis, renal hypertrophy, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, systemic lupus erythematosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, atherosclerosis, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, obesity, lipolysis, hypereosinophilia, osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, endometriosis, glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis, tubular necrosis, diabetic nephropathy, stroke, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, and bone pain.
In a related aspect, compounds of Formula II or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof, can be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a c-fms-mediated and/or c-kit mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, multiple myeloma, mastocytosis, melanoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, canine mast cell tumors, metastasis of cancer to bone or other tissues, chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis, renal hypertrophy, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, systemic lupus erythematosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, atherosclerosis, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, obesity, lipolysis, hypereosinophilia, osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g. osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, endometriosis, glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis, tubular necrosis, diabetic nephropathy, stroke, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, inflammatory pain, chronic pain, and bone pain.
In particular embodiments, the compound has an IC 50 of less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, or less than 5 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of the compound is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100-fold more active on c-kit than on Ret, PDGF, or both Ret and PDGF. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of the compound is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100-fold more active on c-kit than on c-fms. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of the compound is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100-fold more active on c-fms than on c-kit. In certain embodiments, the compound has in combination each pairing of activity (e.g. IC 50 ) and/or selectivity as specified in this paragraph.
In particular embodiments, the compound has an IC 50 of less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, or less than 5 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay for c-kit, c-fms, or both c-kit and c-fms kinase activity. In certain embodiments, the selectivity of the compound is such that the compound is at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 100-fold more active on c-kit, c-fms, or both c-kit and c-fms than on Ret, PDGF, or both Ret and PDGF.
In particular embodiments, the compound has an IC 50 of less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, or less than 5 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay for c-kit, c-fms, or both c-kit and c-fms kinase activity, and further has an IC 50 of less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 10 nM, or less than 5 nM as determined in a generally accepted kinase activity assay for at least one of HGK, TrkA, or TrkB kinase activity.
An additional aspect of this invention relates to compositions that include a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula III and all sub-embodiments thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, and/or diluent, including combinations of any two or more compounds of Formula II or Formula III. The composition can further include one or more different pharmacologically active compounds, which can include one or more compounds of Formula I (including Formula Ia, Ib, and Ig, and all sub-embodiments thereof), Formula II or Formula III.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including a compound of Formula II or Formula III, in combination with one or more other therapies or medical procedures effective in treating the cancer. Other therapies or medical procedures include suitable anticancer therapy (e.g. drug therapy, vaccine therapy, gene therapy, photodynamic therapy) or medical procedure (e.g. surgery, radiation treatment, hyperthermia heating, bone marrow or stem cell transplant). In one aspect, the one or more suitable anticancer therapies or medical procedures is selected from treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent (e.g. chemotherapeutic drug), radiation treatment (e.g. x-ray, γ-ray, or electron, proton, neutron, or α particle beam), hyperthermia heating (e.g. microwave, ultrasound, radiofrequency ablation), Vaccine therapy (e.g. AFP gene hepatocellular carcinoma vaccine, AFP adenoviral vector vaccine, AG-858, allogeneic GM-CSF-secretion breast cancer vaccine, dendritic cell peptide vaccines), gene therapy (e.g. Ad5CMV-p53 vector, adenovector encoding MDA7, adenovirus 5-tumor necrosis factor alpha), photodynamic therapy (e.g. aminolevulinic acid, motexafin lutetium), surgery, and bone marrow and stem cell transplantation.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition including a compound of Formula II or Formula III, in combination with one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents. In one aspect, the one or more suitable chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent, including, but not limited to, adozelesin, altretamine, bizelesin, busulfan, carboplatin, carboquone, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustine, fotemustine, hepsulfam, ifosfamide, improsulfan, irofulven, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, oxaliplatin, piposulfan, semustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, thiotepa, and treosulfan; an antibiotic, including, but not limited to, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, menogaril, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, neocarzinostatin, pentostatin, and plicamycin; an antimetabolite, including, but not limited to, azacitidine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, decitabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil, ftorafur, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, nelarabine, pemetrexed, raltitrexed, thioguanine, and trimetrexate; an immunotherapy, including, but not limited to, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, cetuximab, galiximab, gemtuzumab, panitumumab, pertuzumab, rituximab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, and 90 Y ibritumomab tiuxetan; a hormone or hormone antagonist, including, but not limited to, anastrozole, androgens, buserelin, diethylstilbestrol, exemestane, flutamide, fulvestrant, goserelin, idoxifene, letrozole, leuprolide, magestrol, raloxifene, tamoxifen, and toremifene; a taxane, including, but not limited to, DJ-927, docetaxel, TPI 287, paclitaxel and DHA-paclitaxel; a retinoid, including, but not limited to, alitretinoin, bexarotene, fenretinide, isotretinoin, and tretinoin; an alkaloid, including, but not limited to, etoposide, homoharringtonine, teniposide, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, and vinorelbine; an antiangiogenic agent, including, but not limited to, AE-941 (GW786034, Neovastat), ABT-510, 2-methoxyestradiol, lenalidomide, and thalidomide; a topoisomerase inhibitor, including, but not limited to, amsacrine, edotecarin, exatecan, irinotecan (also active metabolite SN-38 (7-ethyl-10-hydroxy-camptothecin)), rubitecan, topotecan, and 9-aminocamptothecin; a kinase inhibitor, including, but not limited to, erlotinib, gefitinib, flavopiridol, imatinib mesylate, lapatinib, sorafenib, sunitinib malate, AEE-788, AG-013736, AMG 706, AMN 107 , BMS-354825, BMS-599626, UCN-01 (7-hydroxystaurosporine), and vatalanib; a targeted signal transduction inhibitor including, but not limited to bortezomib, geldanamycin, and rapamycin; a biological response modifier, including, but not limited to, imiquimod, interferon-α, and interleukin-2; and other chemotherapeutics, including, but not limited to 3-AP (3-amino-2-carboxyaldehyde thiosemicarbazone), aminoglutethimide, asparaginase, bryostatin-1, cilengitide, E7389, ixabepilone, procarbazine, sulindac, temsirolimus, tipifarnib. Preferably, the method of treating a cancer involves administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition of Formula II, Formula III or Formula IV in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent selected from 5-fluorouracil, carboplatin, dacarbazine, gefitinib, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, SN-38, temozolomide, vinblastine, bevacizumab, cetuximab, or erlotinib.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in a mammal, by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula III, a prodrug of such compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound or prodrug. The compound can be alone or can be part of a composition.
In a related aspect, the invention provides kits that include a composition as described herein. In particular embodiments, the composition is packaged, e.g., in a vial, bottle, flask, which may be further packaged, e.g., within a box, envelope, or bag; the composition is approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or similar regulatory agency for administration to a mammal, e.g., a human; the composition is approved for administration to a mammal, e.g., a human, for a c-kit- and/or c-fms-mediated disease or condition; the kit of the invention includes written instructions on use and/or other indication that the composition is suitable or approved for administration to a mammal, e.g., a human, for a c-kit- and/or c-fms-mediated disease or condition; the composition is packaged in unit dose or single dose form, e.g., single dose pills, capsules, or the like.
In another aspect, the present invention also provides a method for modulating c-kit or c-fms activity by contacting c-kit or c-fms with an effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula III and all sub-embodiments thereof active on c-kit and/or c-fms (such as compounds developed using methods described herein). The compound is preferably provided at a level sufficient to modulate the activity of the c-kit or c-fms by at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or greater than 90%. In many embodiments, the compound will be at a concentration of about 1 μM, 100 μM, or 1 mM, or in a range of 1-100 nM, 100-500 nM, 500-1000 nM, 1-100 μM, 100-500 μM, or 500-1000 μM. In particular embodiments, the contacting is carried out in vitro.
Additional aspects and embodiments will be apparent from the following Detailed Description and from the claims.


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
As used herein the following definitions apply:
“Halo” and “halogen” refer to all halogens, that is, chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).
“Hydroxyl” and “hydroxy” refer to the group —OH.
“Thiol” refers to the group —SH.
“Lower alkyl” alone or in combination means an alkane-derived radical containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) that includes a straight chain alkyl or branched alkyl. The straight chain or branched alkyl group is attached at any available point to produce a stable compound. In many embodiments, a lower alkyl is a straight or branched alkyl group containing from 1-6, 1-4, or 1-2, carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, and the like. “Optionally substituted lower alkyl” denotes lower alkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of —F, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R e , —R f , and —R g . Further, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I (including Formulae Ia, Ib, Ig and all sub-embodiments thereof), attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. For example “fluoro substituted lower alkyl” denotes a lower alkyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, such as perfluoroalkyl, where preferably the lower alkyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. While it is understood that substitutions are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, when optionally substituted alkyl is an R group of a moiety such as —OR, —NHR, —C(O)NHR, and the like, substitution of the alkyl R group is such that substitution of the alkyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) excludes substituents that would result in any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the substituent (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) being bound to the alkyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety.
“Lower alkylene” refers to a divalent alkane-derived radical containing 1-6 carbon atoms, straight chain or branched, from which two hydrogen atoms are taken from the same carbon atom or from different carbon atoms. Examples of lower alkylene include, but are not limited to, methylene —CH 2 —, ethylene —CH 2 CH 2 —, propylene —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, isopropylene —CH(CH 3 )CH—, and the like. “Optionally substituted lower alkylene” denotes lower alkylene that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of —F, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R e , —R f , and —R g , or two substituents on any one carbon or a substituent on each of any two carbons in the alkylene chain may join to form a 3-7 membered monocyclic cycloalkyl or 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycloalkyl wherein the monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino.
“Lower alkenyl” alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) and at least one, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, most preferably one, carbon to carbon double bond. Carbon to carbon double bonds may be either contained within a straight chain or branched portion. Examples of lower alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, and the like. “Substituted lower alkenyl” denotes lower alkenyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of —F, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R f , and —R g . Further, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I (including Formulae Ia, Ib, Ig and all sub-embodiments thereof), attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. For example “fluoro substituted lower alkenyl” denotes a lower alkenyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkenyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. While it is understood that substitutions are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, substitution of alkenyl groups are such that —F, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(NH)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N-(except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom), are not bound to an alkene carbon thereof. Further, where alkenyl is a substituent of another moiety or an R group of a moiety such as —OR, —NHR, —C(O)R, and the like, substitution of the moiety is such that any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N-thereof (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) are not bound to an alkene carbon of the alkenyl substituent or R group. Further, where alkenyl is a substituent of another moiety or an R group of a moiety such as —OR, —NHR, —C(O)NHR, and the like, substitution of the alkenyl R group is such that substitution of the alkenyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) excludes substituents that would result in any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the substituent (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) being bound to the alkenyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety. An “alkenyl carbon” refers to any carbon within an alkenyl group, whether saturated or part of the carbon to carbon double bond. An “alkene carbon” refers to a carbon within an alkenyl group that is part of a carbon to carbon double bond.
“Lower alkynyl” alone or in combination means a straight or branched hydrocarbon containing 2-6 carbon atoms (unless specifically defined) containing at least one, preferably one, carbon to carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and the like. “Substituted lower alkynyl” denotes lower alkynyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of —F, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R e , and —R g . Further, possible substitutions include subsets of these substitutions, such as are indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I (including Formulae Ia, Ib, Ig and all sub-embodiments thereof), attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. For example “fluoro substituted lower alkynyl” denotes a lower alkynyl group substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkynyl is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. While it is understood that substitutions are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, substitution of alkynyl groups are such that —F, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(NH)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom), are not bound to an alkyne carbon thereof. Further, where alkynyl is a substituent of another moiety or an R group of a moiety such as —OR, —NHR, —C(O)R, and the like, substitution of the moiety is such that any —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —N— thereof (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) are not bound to an alkyne carbon of the alkynyl substituent or R group. Further, where alkynyl is a substituent of another moiety or an R group of a moiety such as —OR, —NHR, —C(O)NHR, and the like, substitution of the alkynyl R group is such that substitution of the alkynyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) excludes substituents that would result in any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the substituent (except where —N— is a heteroaryl ring atom) being bound to the alkynyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N— of the moiety. An “alkynyl carbon” refers to any carbon within an alkynyl group, whether saturated or part of the carbon to carbon triple bond. An “alkyne carbon” refers to a carbon within an alkynyl group that is part of a carbon to carbon triple bond.
“Cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic carbon ring systems of 3-10, also 3-8, more preferably 3-6, ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and the like. “Cycloalkylene” is a divalent cycloalkyl. A “substituted cycloalkyl” is a cycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R e , —R f , and —R g . “Substituted cycloalkylene” is a divalent substituted cycloalkyl.
“Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having from 5 to 10 atoms in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the ring are replaced by heteroatoms of O, S or N, and are optionally fused with benzo or heteroaryl of 5-6 ring members. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. Heterocycloalkyl is also intended to include compounds in which one of the ring carbons is oxo substituted, i.e. the ring carbon is a carbonyl group, such as lactones and lactams. The point of attachment of the heterocycloalkyl ring is at a carbon or nitrogen atom such that a stable ring is retained. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, morpholino, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperazinyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, and dihydroindolyl. “Heterocycloalkylene” is a divalent heterocycloalkyl. A “substituted heterocycloalkyl” is a heterocycloalkyl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R e , —R f , and —R g . “Substituted heterocycloalkylene” is a divalent substituted heterocycloalkyl.
“Aryl” alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system containing aromatic hydrocarbons such as phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally fused with a cycloalkyl of preferably 5-7, more preferably 5-6, ring members. “Arylene” is a divalent aryl. A “substituted aryl” is an aryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R e , —R f , and —R g . A “substituted arylene” is a divalent substituted aryl.
“Heteroaryl” alone or in combination refers to a monocyclic aromatic ring structure containing 5 or 6 ring atoms, or a bicyclic aromatic group having 8 to 10 atoms, containing one or more, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1-2, heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. A carbon or nitrogen atom is the point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is produced. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, quinaoxalyl, indolizinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazinyl, furanyl, benzofuryl, and indolyl. “Nitrogen containing heteroaryl” refers to heteroaryl wherein any heteroatoms are N. “Heteroarylene” is a divalent heteroaryl. A “substituted heteroaryl” is a heteroaryl that is independently substituted, unless indicated otherwise, with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR a , —SR a , —OC(O)R a , —OC(S)R a , —C(O)R a , —C(S)R a , —C(O)OR a , —C(S)OR a , —S(O)R a , —S(O) 2 R a , —C(O)NHR a , —C(S)NHR a , —C(O)NR a R a , —C(S)NR a R a , —S(O) 2 NHR a , —S(O) 2 NR a R a , —C(NH)NHR a , —C(NH)NR b R c , —NHC(O)R a , —NHC(S)R a , —NR a C(O)R a , —NR a C(S)R a , —NHS(O) 2 R a , —NR a S(O) 2 R a , —NHC(O)NHR a , —NHC(S)NHR a , —NR a C(O)NH 2 , —NR a C(S)NH 2 , —NR a C(O)NHR a , —NR a C(S)NHR a , —NHC(O)NR a R a , —NHC(S)NR a R a , —NR a C(O)NR a R a , —NR a C(S)NR a R a , —NHS(O) 2 NHR a , —NR a S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR a S(O) 2 NHR a , —NHS(O) 2 NR a R a , —NR a S(O) 2 NR a R a , —NHR a , —NR a R a , —R d , —R e , —R f , and —R g . “Substituted heteroarylene” is a divalent substituted heteroaryl.
The variables R a , R b , R c , —R d , —R e , —R f and —R g as used in the description of optional substituents for alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are defined as follows:
each R a , R b , and R c are independently selected from the group consisting of —R d , —R e , —R f , and —R g , or R b and R c combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —NO 2 , —CN, —OH, —NH 2 , —OR u , —SR u , —NHR u , —NR u R u , —R x , and —R y ;

each —R d is independently lower alkyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR k , —SR k , —OC(O)R k , —OC(S)R k , —C(O)R k , —C(S)R k , —C(O)OR k , —C(S)OR k , —S(O)R k , —S(O) 2 R k , —C(O)NHR k , —C(S)NHR k , —C(O)NR k R k , —C(S)NR k R k , —S(O) 2 NHR k , —S(O) 2 NR k R k , —C(NH)NHR k , —C(NH)NR m R n , —NHC(O)R k , —NHC(S)R k , —NR k C(O)R k , —NR k C(S)R k , —NHS(O) 2 R k , —NR k S(O) 2 R k , —NHC(O)NHR k , —NHC(S)NHR k , —NR k C(O)NH 2 , —NR k C(S)NH 2 , —NR k C(O)NHR k , —NR k C(S)NHR k , —NHC(O)NR k R k , —NHC(S)NR k R k , —NR k C(O)NR k R k , —NR k C(S)NR k R k , —NHS(O) 2 NHR k , —NR k S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR k S(O) 2 NHR k , —NHS(O) 2 NR k R k , —NR k S(O) 2 NR k R k , —NHR k , —NR k R k , —R i , and —R j ;

each —R e is independently lower alkenyl, wherein lower alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR k , —SR k , —OC(O)R k , —OC(S)R k , —C(O)R k , —C(S)R k , —C(O)OR k , —C(S)OR k , —S(O)R k , —S(O) 2 R k , —C(O)NHR k , —C(S)NHR k , —C(O)NR k R k , —C(S)NR k R k , —S(O) 2 NHR k , —S(O) 2 NR k R k , —C(NH)NHR k , —C(NH)NR m R n , —NHC(O)R k , —NHC(S)R k , —NR k C(O)R k , —NR k C(S)R k , —NHS(O) 2 R k , —NR k S(O) 2 R k , —NHC(O)NHR k , —NHC(S)NHR k , —NR k C(O)NH 2 , —NR k C(S)NH 2 , —NR k C(O)NHR k , —NR k C(S)NHR k , —NHC(O)NR k R k , —NHC(S)NR k R k , —NR k C(O)NR k R k , —NR k C(S)NR k R k , —NHS(O) 2 NHR k , —NR k S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR k S(O) 2 NHR k , —NHS(O) 2 NR k R k , —NR k S(O) 2 NR k R k , —NHR k , —NR k R k , —R h , and —R j ;

each —R f is independently lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR k , —SR k , —OC(O)R k , —OC(S)R k , —C(O)R k , —C(S)R k , —C(O)OR k , —C(S)OR k , —S(O)R k , —S(O) 2 R k , —C(O)NHR k , —C(S)NHR k , —C(O)NR k R k , —C(S)NR k R k , —S(O) 2 NHR k , —S(O) 2 NR k R k , —C(NH)NHR k , —C(NH)NR m R n , —NHC(O)R k , —NHC(S)R k , —NR k C(O)R k , —NR k C(S)R k , —NHS(O) 2 R k , —NR k S(O) 2 R k , —NHC(O)NHR k , —NHC(S)NHR k , —NR k C(O)NH 2 , —NR k C(S)NH 2 , —NR k C(O)NHR k , —NR k C(S)NHR k , —NHC(O)NR k R k , —NHC(S)NR k R k , —NR k C(O)NR k R k , —NR k C(S)NR k R k , —NHS(O) 2 NHR k , —NR k S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR k S(O) 2 NHR k , —NHS(O) 2 NR k R k , —NR k S(O) 2 NR k R k , —NHR k , —NR k R k , —R h , and —R j ;

each —R g is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR k , —SR k , —OC(O)R k , —OC(S)R k , —C(O)R k , —C(S)R k , —C(O)OR k , —C(S)OR k , —S(O)R k , —S(O) 2 R k , —C(O)NHR k , —C(S)NHR k , —C(O)NR k R k , —C(S)NR k R k , —S(O) 2 NHR k , —S(O) 2 NR k R k , —C(NH)NHR k , —C(NH)NR m R n , —NHC(O)R k , —NHC(S)R k , —NR k C(O)R k , —NR k C(S)R k , —NHS(O) 2 R k , —NR k S(O) 2 R k , —NHC(O)NHR k , —NHC(S)NHR k , —NR k C(O)NH 2 , —NR k C(S)NH 2 , —NR k C(O)NHR k , —NR k C(S)NHR k , —NHC(O)NR k R k , —NHC(S)NR k R k , —NR k C(O)NR k R k , —NR k C(S)NR k R k , —NHS(O) 2 NHR k , —NR k S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR k S(O) 2 NHR k , —NHS(O) 2 NR k R k , —NR k S(O) 2 NR k R k , —NHR k , —NR k R k , —R h , —R i , and —R j ;
wherein R k , R m , and R n at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of —R h , —R i , and —R j , or R m and R n combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —NO 2 , —CN, —OH, —NH 2 , OR u , —SR u , —NHR u , —NR u R u , —R x , and —R y ; wherein each —R h is independently lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , OR r , —SR r , —OC(O)R r , —OC(S)R r , —C(O)R r , —C(S)R r , —C(O)OR r , —C(S)OR r , —S(O)R r , —S(O) 2 R r , —C(O)NHR r , —C(S)NHR r , —C(O)NR r R r , —C(S)NR r R r , —S(O) 2 NHR r , —S(O) 2 NR r R r , —C(NH)NHR r , —C(NH)NR s R t , —NHC(O)R r , —NHC(S)R r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)R r , —NHS(O) 2 R r , —NR r S(O) 2 R r , —NHC(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)NH 2 , —NR r C(O)NHR r , —NR r C(S)NHR r , —NHC(O)NR r R r , —NHC(S)NR r R r , —NR r C(O)NR r R r , —NR r C(S)NR r R r , —NHS(O) 2 NHR r , —NR r S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR r S(O) 2 NHR r , —NHS(O) 2 NR r R r , —NR r S(O) 2 NR r R r , —NHR r , —NR r R r , —R i , and —R j ; wherein each —R i is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR r , —SR r , —OC(O)R r , —OC(S)R r , —C(O)R r , —C(S) r , —C(O)OR r , —C(S)OR r , —S(O)R r , —S(O) 2 R r , —C(O)NHR r , —C(S)NHR r , —C(O)NR r R r , —C(S)NR r R r , —S(O) 2 NHR r , —S(O) 2 NR r R r , —C(NH)NHR r , —C(NH)NR s R t , —NHC(O)R r , —NHC(S)R r , —NR r C(O)R r , —NR r C(S)R r , —NHS(O) 2 R r , —NR r S(O) 2 R r , —NHC(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)NH 2 , —NR r C(O)NHR r , —NR r C(S)NHR r , —NHC(O)NR r R r , —NHC(S)NR r R r , —NR r C(O)NR r R r , —NR r S(S)NR r R r , —NHS(O) 2 NHR r , —NR r S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR 2 S(O) 2 NHR r , —NHS(O) 2 NR r R r , —NR r S(O) 2 NR r R r , —NHR r , —NR r R r , and —R j ; wherein each —R j is independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, —C(O)OH, —C(S)OH, —C(O)NH 2 , —C(S)NH 2 , —S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NHC(O)NH 2 , —NHC(S)NH 2 , —NHS(O) 2 NH 2 , —C(NH)NH 2 , —OR r , —SR r , —OC(O)R r , —OC(S)R r , —C(O)R r , —C(S)R r , —C(O)OR r , —C(S)OR r , —S(O)R r , —S(O) 2 R r , —C(O)NHR r , —C(S)NHR r , —C(O)NR r R r , —C(S)NR r R r , —S(O) 2 NHR r , —S(O) 2 NR r R r , —C(NH)NHR r , —C(NH)NR s R t , —NHC(O)R r , —NHC(S)R r , —NR c C(O)R r , —NR r C(S)R r , —NHS(O) 2 R r , —NR r S(O) 2 R r , —NHC(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)NH 2 , —NR r C(O)NHR r , —NR r C(S)NHR r , —NHC(O)NR r R r , —NHC(S)NR r R r , —NR r C(O)NR r R r , —NR r C(S)NR r R r , —NHS(O) 2 NHR r , —NR r S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR r S(O) 2 NHR r , —NHS(O) 2 NR r R r , —NR r S(O) 2 NR r R r , —NHR r , —NR r R r , cycloalkylamino, and —R x ;
wherein each R r , R s , and R t at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, C 3-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, provided that any substitution of the lower alkyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N—, of —OR r , —SR r , —C(O)OR r , —C(S)OR r , —C(O)NHR r , —C(S)NHR r , —C(O)NR r R r , —C(S)NR r R r , —S(O) 2 NHR r , —S(O) 2 NR r R r , —C(NH)NHR r , —NR r C(O)R r , —NR r C(S)R r , —NR r S(O) 2 R r , —NHC(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r R r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)NH 2 , —NR r C(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r , —NHC(O)NR r R r , —NHC(S)NR r R r , —NR r C(O)NR r R r , —NR r C(S)NR r R r , —NHS(O) 2 NHR r , —NR r S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR r S(O) 2 NHR r , —NHS(O) 2 NR r R r , —NR 2 S(O) 2 NR r R r , —NHR r , or —NR r R r is selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —R y , and wherein C 3-6 alkenyl or C 3-6 alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, provided that any substitution of the C 3-6 alkenyl or C 3-6 alkynyl carbon bound to any —O—, —S—, or —N—, of —OR r , —SR r , —C(O)OR r , —C(S)OR r , —C(O)NHR r , —C(S)NHR r , —C(O)NR r R r , —C(S)NR r R r , —S(O) 2 NHR r , —S(O) 2 NR r R r , —C(NH)NHR r , —NR r C(O)R r , —NR r C(S)R r , —NR r S(O) 2 R r , —NHC(O)NHR r , —NHC(S)NHR r , —NR r C(O)NH 2 , —NR r C(S)NH 2 , —NR r C(O)NHR r , —NR r C(S)NHR r , —NHC(O)NR r R r , —NHC(S)NR r R r , —NR r C(O)NR r R r , —NR r C(S)NR r R r , —NHS(O) 2 NHR r , —NR r S(O) 2 NH 2 , —NR r S(O) 2 NHR r , —NHS(O) 2 NR r R r , —NR r S(O) 2 NR r R r , —NHR r , or —NR r R r is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, or —R y , and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkyl amino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylamino, or R s and R t combine with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or a 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5 or 7 membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —NO 2 , —CN, —OH, —NH 2 , OR u , —SR u , —NHR u , —NR u R u , —R x , and —R y ; wherein each R u is independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, C 3-6 alkenyl, C 3-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, provided that any substitution of the lower alkyl carbon bound to the —O— of —OR u , —S— of —SR u , or —N— of —NHR u is fluoro or —R y , and wherein C 3-6 alkenyl or C 3-6 alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, and cycloalkylamino, provided that any substitution of the C 3-6 alkenyl or C 3-6 alkynyl carbon bound to the —O— of —OR u , —S— of —SR u , or —N— of —NHR u is fluoro, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, or —R y , and wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkyl amino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylamino; wherein each —R x is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkenyl and lower alkynyl, wherein lower alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkyl amino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylamino, and wherein lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of —R y , fluoro, —OH, —NH 2 , lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkyl amino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylamino; wherein each —R y is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CN, lower alkyl, fluoro substituted lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, fluoro substituted lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, fluoro substituted lower alkylthio, mono-alkyl amino, di-alkyl amino, and cycloalkylamino.


“Lower alkoxy” denotes the group —OR z , where R z is lower alkyl. “Substituted lower alkoxy” denotes lower alkoxy in which R z is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I (including Formulae Ia, Ib, Ig and all sub-embodiments thereof), including descriptions of substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. Preferably, substitution of lower alkoxy is with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents. For example “fluoro substituted lower alkoxy” denotes lower alkoxy in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkoxy is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. While it is understood that substitutions on alkoxy are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, substitution of alkoxy is such that —O—, —S—, or —N— (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), are not bound to the alkyl carbon bound to the alkoxy —O—. Further, where alkoxy is described as a substituent of another moiety, the alkoxy oxygen is not bound to a carbon atom that is bound to an —O—, —S—, or —N— of the other moiety (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), or to an alkene or alkyne carbon of the other moiety.
“Lower alkylthio” denotes the group —SR aa , where R aa is lower alkyl. “Substituted lower alkylthio” denotes lower alkylthio in which R aa is lower alkyl substituted with one or more substituents as indicated herein, for example, in the description of compounds of Formula I (including Formulae Ia, Ib, Ig and all sub-embodiments thereof), including descriptions of substituted cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. Preferably, substitution of lower alkylthio is with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, also 1, 2, or 3 substituents. For example “fluoro substituted lower alkylthio” denotes lower alkylthio in which the lower alkyl is substituted with one or more fluoro atoms, where preferably the lower alkylthio is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 fluoro atoms, also 1, 2, or 3 fluoro atoms. While it is understood that substitutions on alkylthio are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, substitution of alkylthio is such that —O—, —S—, or —N— (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), are not bound to the alkyl carbon bound to the alkylthio —S—. Further, where alkylthio is described as a substituent of another moiety, the alkylthio sulfur is not bound to a carbon atom that is bound to an —O—, —S—, or —N— of the other moiety (except where N is a heteroaryl ring atom), or to an alkene or alkyne carbon of the other moiety.
“Amino” or “amine” denotes the group —NH 2 . “Mono-alkylamino” denotes the group —NHR bb where R bb is lower alkyl. “Di-alkylamino” denotes the group —NR bb R cc , where R bb and R CC are independently lower alkyl. “Cycloalkylamino” denotes the group —NR dd R ee , where R dd and R ee combine with the nitrogen to form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl, where the heterocycloalkyl may contain an additional heteroatom within the ring, such as —O—, —N—, or —S—, and may also be further substituted with lower alkyl. Examples of 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, piperidine, piperazine, 4-methylpiperazine, morpholine, and thiomorpholine. While it is understood that when mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, or cycloalkylamino are substituents on other moieties that are attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound, the nitrogen of mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, or cycloalkylamino as substituents is not bound to a carbon atom that is bound to an —O—, —S—, or —N— of the other moiety.
As used herein, the term c-kit-mediated disease or condition refers to a disease or condition in which the biological function of c-kit affects the development and/or course of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of c-kit alters the development, course, and/or symptoms. For example, mutations in the c-kit gene such as the W42, Wv, and W41 mutations reported by Herbst et al al (J. Biol. Chem., 1992, 267: 13210-13216) confer severe, intermediate, and mild phenotypic characteristics, respectively. These mutations attenuate the intrinsic tyrosine kinase activity of the receptor to different degrees and are models for the effect of modulation of c-kit activity. A c-kit mediated disease or condition includes a disease or condition for which c-kit inhibition provides a therapeutic benefit, e.g. wherein treatment with c-kit inhibitors, including compounds described herein, provides a therapeutic benefit to the subject suffering from or at risk of the disease or condition.
As used herein, the term c-fms-mediated disease or condition refers to a disease or condition in which the biological function of c-fms affects the development and/or course of the disease or condition, and/or in which modulation of c-fms alters the development, course, and/or symptoms. For example, the Csf1r − /Csf1r − mutant mouse of Dai et al (Blood, 2002, 99: 111-120) which lacks c-fms is an animal model for diseases or conditions wherein c-fms activity has been abolished. A c-fms mediated disease or condition includes a disease or condition for which c-fms inhibition provides a therapeutic benefit, e.g. wherein treatment with c-fms inhibitors, including compounds described herein, provides a therapeutic benefit to the subject suffering from or at risk of the disease or condition.
As used herein, the term “composition” refers to a formulation suitable for administration to an intended animal subject for therapeutic purposes that contains at least one pharmaceutically active compound and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” indicates that the indicated material does not have properties that would cause a reasonably prudent medical practitioner to avoid administration of the material to a patient, taking into consideration the disease or conditions to be treated and the respective route of administration. For example, it is commonly required that such a material be essentially sterile, e.g., for injectibles.
In the present context, the terms “therapeutically effective” and “effective amount” indicate that the materials or amount of material is effective to prevent, alleviate, or ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease or medical condition, and/or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated.
Reference to particular amino acid residues in human c-kit polypeptide is defined by the numbering corresponding to the Kit sequence in GenBank NP — 000213 (SEQ ID NO:1). Reference to particular nucleotide positions in a nucleotide sequence encoding all or a portion of c-kit is defined by the numbering corresponding to the sequence provided in GenBank NM — 000222 (SEQ ID NO:2). Reference to particular amino acid residues in human c-fms polypeptide is defined by the numbering corresponding to the FMS precursor sequence in GenBank NP 005202 (SEQ ID NO:3). Reference to particular nucleotide positions in a nucleotide sequence encoding all or a portion of c-fms is defined by the numbering corresponding to the sequence provided in GenBank NM 005211 (SEQ ID NO:4).
The terms “kit”, “c-kit”, and “c-Kit” mean an enzymatically active kinase that contains a portion with greater than 90% amino acid sequence identity to amino acid residues including the ATP binding site of full-length c-kit (e.g., human c-kit, e.g., the sequence NP — 000213, SEQ ID NO:1), for a maximal alignment over an equal length segment; or that contains a portion with greater than 90% amino acid sequence identity to at least 200 contiguous amino acids of native c-kit and retains kinase activity. Preferably the sequence identity is at least 95, 97, 98, 99, or even 100%. Preferably the specified level of sequence identity is over a sequence at least 100-500, at least 200-400, or at least 300 contiguous amino acid residues in length. Unless indicated to the contrary, the term includes reference to wild-type c-kit, allelic variants, and mutated forms (e.g., having activating mutations).
The terms “fms”, “c-fms”, “FMS”, and “c-Fms” mean an enzymatically active kinase that contains a portion with greater than 90% amino acid sequence identity to amino acid residues including the ATP binding site of full-length c-fms (e.g. human c-fms, e.g. residues 20-972 of GenBank sequence NP 005202, SEQ ID NO:3), for a maximal alignment over an equal length segment; or that contains a portion with greater than 90% amino acid sequence identity to at least 200 contiguous amino acids of native c-fms and retains kinase activity. Preferably the sequence identity is at least 95, 97, 98, 99, or 100%. Preferably the specified level of sequence identity is over a sequence at least 100-150, at least 200-400, or at least 300 contiguous amino acid residues in length. Unless indicated to the contrary, the term includes wild-type c-fms, allelic variants, and mutated forms (e.g. having activating mutations). The term “pFMS” refers to phosphorylated c-fms. The term “c-fms activity” refers to a biological activity of c-fms, particularly including kinase activity. The abbreviation “M-CSF” refers to the ligand for the c-fms RPTK, and the abbreviation “SCF” refers to the ligand for the c-Kit RPTK.
The term “c-kit kinase domain” refers to a reduced length c-kit (i.e., shorter than a full-length c-kit by at least 100 amino acids) that includes the kinase catalytic region in c-kit. The term “c-fms kinase domain” refers to a c-fms of reduced length (i.e., shorter than a full-length c-fms by at least 100 amino acids) that includes the kinase catalytic region of c-fms. Highly preferably for use in this invention, the kinase domain retains kinase activity, preferably at least 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100% of the native c-fms kinase activity. The term “the kinase” or terms of similar import relate to either c-kit or c-fms.
As used herein, the terms “ligand” and “modulator” are used equivalently to refer to a compound that changes (i.e., increases or decreases) the activity of a target biomolecule, e.g., an enzyme such as a kinase or kinase. Generally a ligand or modulator will be a small molecule, where “small molecule” refers to a compound with a molecular weight of 1500 daltons or less, or preferably 1000 daltons or less, 800 daltons or less, or 600 daltons or less.
In the context of compounds binding to a target, the term “greater affinity” indicates that the compound binds more tightly than a reference compound, or than the same compound in a reference condition, i.e., with a lower dissociation constant. In particular embodiments, the greater affinity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, 1000, or 10,000-fold greater affinity.
Also in the context of compounds binding to a biomolecular target, the term “greater specificity” indicates that a compound binds to a specified target to a greater extent than to another biomolecule or biomolecules that may be present under relevant binding conditions, where binding to such other biomolecules produces a different biological activity than binding to the specified target. Typically, the specificity is with reference to a limited set of other biomolecules, e.g., in the case of c-kit or c-fms, other tyrosine kinases or even other type of enzymes. In particular embodiments, the greater specificity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, or 1000-fold greater specificity.
As used herein in connection with binding compounds or ligands, the term “specific for c-kit kinase”, “specific for c-kit”, and terms of like import mean that a particular compound binds to c-kit to a statistically greater extent than to other kinases that may be present in a particular sample. Also, where biological activity other than binding is indicated, the term “specific for c-kit” indicates that a particular compound has greater biological effect associated with binding c-kit than to other tyrosine kinases, e.g., kinase activity inhibition. Preferably, the specificity is also with respect to other biomolecules (not limited to tyrosine kinases) that may be present in a particular sample. The term “specific for c-fms kinase”, “specific for c-fms”, and terms of like import mean that a particular compound binds to c-fms to a statistically greater extent than to other kinases that may be present in a particular sample. Also, where biological activity other than binding is indicated, the term “specific for c-fms” indicates that a particular compound has greater biological effect associated with binding c-fms than to other tyrosine kinases, e.g., kinase activity inhibition. Preferably, the specificity is also with respect to other biomolecules (not limited to tyrosine kinases) that may be present in a particular sample.
As used herein in connection with test compounds, binding compounds, and modulators (ligands), the term “synthesizing” and like terms means chemical synthesis from one or more precursor materials.
By “assaying” is meant the creation of experimental conditions and the gathering of data regarding a particular result of the experimental conditions. For example, enzymes can be assayed based on their ability to act upon a detectable substrate. A compound or ligand can be assayed based on its ability to bind to a particular target molecule or molecules.
As used herein, the term “modulating” or “modulate” refers to an effect of altering a biological activity, especially a biological activity associated with a particular biomolecule such as c-kit or c-fms. For example, an agonist or antagonist of a particular biomolecule modulates the activity of that biomolecule, e.g., an enzyme.
The term “c-kit activity” refers to a biological activity of c-kit, particularly including kinase activity. The term “c-fms activity” refers to a biological activity of c-fms, particularly including kinase activity.
In the context of the use, testing, or screening of compounds that are or may be modulators, the term “contacting” means that the compound(s) are caused to be in sufficient proximity to a particular molecule, complex, cell, tissue, organism, or other specified material that potential binding interactions and/or chemical reaction between the compound and other specified material can occur.
As used herein in connection with amino acid or nucleic acid sequence, the term “isolate” indicates that the sequence is separated from at least a portion of the amino acid and/or nucleic acid sequences with which it would normally be associated.
In connection with amino acid or nucleic sequences, the term “purified” indicates that the particular molecule constitutes a significantly greater proportion of the biomolecules in a composition than in a prior composition, e.g., in a cell culture. The greater proportion can be 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or more greater.
I. General
In one aspect, the present invention concerns compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ig, Formula II, Formula IIa, Formula IIb, Formula IIc, Formula IId, Formula IIe, Formula Iff, Formula IIg, Formula IIh, Formula IIi, Formula IIj, Formula IIk, Formula IIm, Formula IIn, Formula IIo, Formula IIp, or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments thereof, that are inhibitors of c-kit, c-fms, or both c-kit and c-fms, and the use of the compounds in treating diseases that are mediated by c-kit, c-fms, or both c-kit and c-fms.
Exemplary Diseases Associated with c-Kit.
The compounds described herein are useful for treating disorders related to c-kit e.g., diseases related to unregulated kinase signal transduction, including cell proliferative disorders, fibrotic disorders and metabolic disorders, among others. As described in more detail below and in Lipson et al., U.S. 20040002534 (U.S. application Ser. No. 10/600,868, filed Jun. 23, 2003) which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, cell proliferative disorders which can be treated by the present invention include cancers, and mast cell proliferative disorders.
The presence of c-kit has also been associated with a number of different types of cancers, as described below. In addition, the association between abnormalities in c-kit and disease are not restricted to cancer. As such, c-kit has been associated with malignancies, including mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs), glioblastoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, carcinomas of the female genital tract, sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, mastocytosis, melanoma, and canine mast cell tumors, and inflammatory diseases, including asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, allergic rhinitis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, transplant rejection, and hypereosinophilia.
Exemplary Malignant Diseases Associated with c-Kit
Aberrant expression and/or activation of c-kit has been implicated in a variety of cancers. Evidence for a contribution of c-kit to neoplastic pathology includes its association with leukemias and mast cell tumors, small cell lung cancer, testicular cancer, and some cancers of the gastrointestinal tract and central nervous system. In addition, c-kit has been implicated in playing a role in carcinogenesis of the female genital tract (Inoue, et al., 1994, Cancer Res. 54(11)3049-3053), sarcomas of neuroectodermal origin (Ricotti, et al., 1998, Blood 91:2397-2405), and Schwann cell neoplasia associated with neurofibromatosis (Ryan, et al., 1994, J. Neuro. Res. 37:415-432). It was found that mast cells are involved in modifying the tumor microenvironment and enhancing tumor growth (Yang et al., 2003, J Clin Invest. 112:1851-1861; Viskochil, 2003, J Clin Invest. 112:1791-1793). Thus, c-kit is a useful target in treating neurofibromatosis as well as malignant tumors.
Small cell lung carcinoma: c-kit kinase receptor has been found to be aberrantly expressed in many cases of small cell lung carcinoma (SCLC) cells (Hibi, et al., 1991, Oncogene 6:2291-2296). Thus, as an example, inhibition of c-kit kinase can be beneficial in treatment of SCLC, e.g., to improve the long term survival of patients with SCLC.
Leukemias: SCF binding to the c-kit protects hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells from apoptosis (Lee, et al., 1997, J. Immunol. 159:3211-3219), thereby contributing to colony formation and hematopoiesis. Expression of c-kit is frequently observed in acute myelocytic leukemia (AML), and in some cases of acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL) (for reviews, see Sperling, et al., 1997, Haemat 82:617-621; Escribano, et al., 1998, Leuk. Lymph. 30:459-466). Although c-kit is expressed in the majority of AML cells, its expression does not appear to be prognostic of disease progression (Sperling, et al, 1997, Haemat 82:617-621). However, SCF protected AML cells from apoptosis induced by chemotherapeutic agents (Hassan, et al., 1996, Acta. Hem. 95:257-262) Inhibition of c-kit by the present invention will enhance the efficacy of these agents and can induce apoptosis of AML cells.
The clonal growth of cells from patients with myelodysplastic syndrome (Sawada, et al., 1996, Blood 88:319-327) or chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (Sawai, et al., 1996, Exp. Hem. 2:116-122) was found to be significantly enhanced by SCF in combination with other cytokines CML is characterized by expansion of Philadelphia chromosome positive cells of the marrow (Verfaillie, et al., Leuk. 1998, 12:136-138), which appears to primarily result from inhibition of apoptotic death (Jones, Curr. Opin. One. 1997, 9:3-7). The product of the Philadelphia chromosome, p210 BCR-ABL , has been reported to mediate inhibition of apoptosis (Bedi, et al., Blood 1995, 86:1148-1158). Since p210 BCR-ABL and c-kit both inhibit apoptosis and p62 dok has been suggested as a substrate (Carpino, et al., Cell 1997, 88:197-204), clonal expansion mediated by these kinases may occur through a common signaling pathway. However, c-kit has also been reported to interact directly with p210 BCR-ABL (Hallek, et al., Brit. J Haem. 1996, 94:5-16), which suggests that c-kit has a more causative role in CML pathology. Therefore, inhibition of c-kit will be useful in the treatment of the above disorders.
Gastrointestinal cancers: Normal colorectal mucosa does not express c-kit (Bellone, et al., 1997, J. Cell Physiol. 172:1-11). However, c-kit is frequently expressed in colorectal carcinoma (Bellone, et al., 1997, J. Cell Physiol. 172: 1-11), and autocrine loops of SCF and c-kit have been observed in several colon carcinoma cell lines (Toyota, et al., 1993, Turn Biol 14:295-302; Lahm, et al., 1995, Cell Growth &Differ 6:1111-1118; Bellone, et al., 1997, J. Cell Physiol. 172:1-11). Furthermore, disruption of the autocrine loop by the use of neutralizing antibodies (Lahm, et al., 1995, Cell Growth & Differ. 6:1111-1118) and downregulation of c-kit and/or SCF significantly inhibits cell proliferation (Lahm, et al., 1995, Cell Growth & Differ 6:1111-1118; Bellone, et al., 1997, J. Cell Physiol. 172:1-11).
SCF/c-kit autocrine loops have been observed in gastric carcinoma cell lines (Turner, et al., 1992, Blood 80:374-381; Hassan, et al., 1998, Digest. Dis. Science 43:8-14), and constitutive c-kit activation also appears to be important for gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs). GISTs are the most common mesenchymal tumor of the digestive system. More than 90% of GISTs express c-kit, which is consistent with the putative origin of these tumor cells from interstitial cells of Cajal (ICCs) (Hirota, et al., 1998, Science 279:577-580). ICCs are thought to regulate contraction of the gastrointestinal tract, and patients lacking c-kit in their ICCs exhibited a myopathic form of chronic idiopathic intestinal pseudo-obstruction (Isozaki, et al., 1997, Amer. J. of Gast. 9 332-334). The c-kit expressed in GISTs from several different patients was observed to have mutations in the intracellular juxtamembrane domain leading to constitutive activation of c-kit (Hirota, et al., 1998, Science 279:577-580). Hence, inhibition of c-kit kinase will be an efficacious means for the treatment of these cancers.
Testicular cancers: Male germ cell tumors have been histologically categorized into seminomas, which retain germ cell characteristics, and nonseminomas which can display characteristics of embryonal differentiation. Both seminomas and nonseminomas are thought to initiate from a preinvasive stage designated carcinoma in situ (CIS) (Murty, et al., 1998, Sem. Oncol. 25:133-144). Both c-kit and SCF have been reported to be essential for normal gonadal development during embryogenesis (Loveland, et al., 1997, J. Endocrinol 153:337-344). Loss of either the receptor or the ligand resulted in animals devoid of germ cells. In postnatal testes, c-kit has been found to be expressed in Leydig cells and spermatogonia, while SCF was expressed in Sertoli cells (Loveland, et al., 1997, J. Endocrinol 153:337-344). Testicular tumors develop from Leydig cells with high frequency in transgenic mice expressing human papilloma virus 16 (HPV16) E6 and E7 oncogenes (Kondoh, et al., 1991, J. Virol. 65:3335-3339; Kondoh, et al., 1994, J. Urol. 152:2151-2154). These tumors express both c-kit and SCF, and an autocrine loop may contribute to the tumorigenesis (Kondoh, et al., 1995, Oncogene 10:341-347) associated with cellular loss of functional p53 and the retinoblastoma gene product by association with E6 and E7 (Dyson, et al., 1989, Science 243:934-937; Werness, et al., 1990, Science 248:76-79; Scheffner, et al., 1990, Cell 63:1129-1136). Defective signaling mutants of SCF (Kondoh, et al., 1995, Oncogene 10:341-347) or c-kit (L 1 , et al., 1996, Canc. Res. 56:4343-4346) inhibited formation of testicular tumors in mice expressing HPV16 E6 and E7. The c-kit kinase activation is pivotal to tumorigenesis in these animals and thus modulation of the c-kit kinase pathway by the present invention will prevent or treat such disorders.
Expression of c-kit in germ cell tumors shows that the receptor is expressed by the majority of carcinomas in situ and seminomas, but c-kit is expressed in only a minority of nonseminomas (Strohmeyer, et al., 1991, Canc. Res. 51:1811-1816; Rajpert-de Meyts, et al., 1994, Int. J. Androl. 17:85-92; Izquierdo, et al., 1995, J. Pathol. 177:253-258; Strohmeyer, et al., 1995, J. Urol. 153:511-515; Bokenmeyer, et al., 1996, J. Cancer Res. Clin. Oncol. 122:301-306; Sandlow, et al., 1996, J. Androl. 17:403-408). Therefore, inhibition of c-kit kinase provides a means for treating these disorders.
CNS cancers: SCF and c-kit are expressed throughout the CNS of developing rodents, and the pattern of expression indicates a role in growth, migration and differentiation of neuroectodermal cells. Expression of both receptor and ligand have also been reported in the adult brain (Hamel, et al., 1997, J. Neuro-One. 35:327-333). Expression of c-kit has also been observed in normal human brain tissue (Tada, et al. 1994, J. Neuro 80:1063-1073). Glioblastoma and astrocytoma, which define the majority of intracranial tumors, arise from neoplastic transformation of astrocytes (Levin, et al., 1997, Principles & Practice of Oncology:2022-2082). Expression of c-kit has been observed in glioblastoma cell lines and tissues (Berdel, et al., 1992, Canc. Res. 52:3498-3502; Tada, et al. 1994, J. Neuro 80:1063-1073; Stanulla, et al., 1995, Act Neuropath 89:158-165).
Cohen, et al., 1994, Blood 84:3465-3472 reported that all 14 neuroblastoma cell lines examined contained c-kit/SCF autocrine loops, and expression of both the receptor and ligand were observed in 45% of tumor samples examined. In two cell lines, anti-c-kit antibodies inhibited cell proliferation, suggesting that the SCF/c-kit autocrine loop contributed to growth (will Cohen, et al., 1994, Blood 84:3465-3472). Hence, c-kit kinase inhibitors can be used to treat these cancers.
Exemplary Mast Cell Diseases Involving c-kit
Excessive activation of c-kit is also associated with diseases resulting from an over-abundance of mast cells. Mastocytosis is the term used to describe a heterogeneous group of disorders characterized by excessive mast cell proliferation (Metcalfe, 1991, J. Invest. Derm 93:2 S-4S; Golkar, et al., 1997, Lancet 349:1379-1385). Elevated c-kit expression was reported on mast cells from patients with aggressive mastocytosis (Nagata, et al., 1998, Leukemia 12:175-181).
Additionally, mast cells and eosinophils represent key cells involved in allergy, inflammation and asthma (Thomas, et al., 1996, Gen. Pharmacol 27:593-597; Metcalfe, et al., 1997, Physiol Rev 77:1033-1079; Naclerio, et al., 1997, JAMA 278:1842-1848; Costa, et al., 1997, JAMA 278:1815-1822). SCF, and hence c-kit, directly and indirectly regulates activation of both mast cells and eosinophils, thereby influencing the primary cells involved in allergy and asthma through multiple mechanisms. Because of this mutual regulation of mast cell and eosinophil function, and the role that SCF can play in this regulation, inhibition of c-kit can be used to treat allergy-associated chronic rhinitis, inflammation and asthma.
Mastocytosis: SCF (also known as mast cell growth factor) stimulation of c-kit has been reported to be essential for the growth and development of mast cells (Hamel, et al., 1997, J. Neuro-One. 35:327-333; Kitamura, et al., 1995, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 107:54-56). Mice with mutations of c-kit that attenuate its signaling activity have exhibited significantly fewer mast cells in their skin (Tsujimura, 1996, Pathol Int 46:933-938). Excessive activation of c-kit can be associated with diseases resulting from an over abundance of mast cells.
Mastocytosis is limited to the skin in the majority of patients, but can involve other organs in 15-20% of patients (Valent, 1996, Wein/Klin Wochenschr 108:385-397; Golkar, et al., 1997, Lancet 349:1379-1385). Even among patients with systemic mastocytosis, the disease can range from having a relatively benign prognosis to aggressive mastocytosis and mast cell leukemia. (Valent, 1996, Wein/Klin Wochenschr 108:385-397; Golkar, et al., 1997, Lancet 349:1379-1385). c-kit has been observed on malignant mast cells from canine mast cell tumors (London, et al., 1996, J. Compar. Pathol. 115:399-414), as well as on mast cells from patients with aggressive systemic mastocytosis (Baghestanian, et al., 1996, Leuk.:116-122; Castells, et al., 1996, J. Aller. Clin. Immunol. 98:831-840).
SCF has been shown to be expressed on stromal cells as a membrane-bound protein, and its expression can be induced by fibrogenic growth factors such as PDGF. It has also been shown to be expressed on keratinocytes as a membrane-bound protein in normal skin. However, in the skin of patients with mastocytosis, an increased amount of soluble SCF has been observed (Longley, et al., 1993, New Engl. J. Med. 328:1302-1307).
Mast cell chymase has been reported to cleave membrane-associated SCF to a soluble and biologically active form. This mast cell-mediated process can generate a feedback loop to enhance mast cell proliferation and function (Longley, et al., 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 94:9017-9021), and may be important for the etiology of mastocytosis. Transgenic mice overexpressing a form of SCF that could not be proteolytically released from keratinocytes did not develop mastocytosis, while similar animals expressing normal SCF in keratinocytes exhibited a phenotype resembling human cutaneous mastocytosis (Kunisada, et al., 1998, J. Exp. Med. 187:1565-1573). Formation of large amounts of soluble SCF can contribute to the pathology associated with mastocytosis in some patients and the present invention can treat or prevent such disorders by modulating the interaction between SCF and c-kit kinase. Several different mutations of c-kit that resulted in constitutive kinase activity have been found in human and rodent mast cell tumor cell lines (Furitsu, et al., 1993, J. Clin. Invest. 92:1736-1744; Tsujimura, et al., 1994, Blood 9:2619-2626; Tsujimura, et al., 1995, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol 106:377-385; Tsujimura, 1996, Pathol Int 46:933-938). In addition, activating mutations of the c-kit gene have been observed in peripheral mononuclear cells isolated from patients with mastocytosis and associated hematologic disorders (Nagata, et al., 1998, Mastocytosis Leuk 12:175-181), and in mast cells from a patient with urticaria pigmentosa and aggressive mastocytosis (Longley, et al., 1996, Nat. Gen. 12:312-314). Inhibition of c-kit kinase will therefore prove to have an excellent therapeutic role in the treatment of these disorders.
In some patients, activating mutations of c-kit may be responsible for the pathogenesis of the disease and these patients can be treated, or their diseases prevented, by modulation of the SCF interaction with c-kit kinase. SCF activation of c-kit as been shown to prevent mast cell apoptosis which may be critical for maintaining cutaneous mast cell homeostasis (Iemura, et al., 1994, Amer. J. Pathol 144:321-328; Yee, et al., 1994, J. Exp. Med. 179:1777-1787; Mekori, et al., 1994, J. Immunol. 153:2194-2203; Mekori, et al., 1995, Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 107:137-138) Inhibition of mast cell apoptosis can lead to the mast cell accumulation associated with mastocytosis. Thus, observation of c-kit activation resulting from overexpression of the receptor, excessive formation of soluble SCF, or mutations of the c-kit gene that constitutively activate its kinase, provides a rationale that inhibition of the kinase activity of c-kit will decrease the number of mast cells and provide benefit for patients with mastocytosis.
For cells with activating c-kit mutations, it was found that inhibitors of c-kit inhibit or even kill the cells (Ma et al., 2000, J Invest Dermatol. 114:392-394), particularly for mutations in the regulatory region (Ma et al., 2002, Blood 99:1741-1744). Ma et al., 2002, also showed that for mutations in the catalytic region, inhibitors STI571 (Gleevec) and SU9529 did not inhibit the cells, such that additional types of c-kit inhibitors are useful. Thus, c-kit inhibitors can be used against both wild-type c-kit as well as c-kit having mutations, e.g., activating mutations in the regulatory region and/or catalytic region.
Asthma & Allergy: Mast cells and eosinophils represent key cells in parasitic infection, allergy, inflammation, and asthma (Thomas, et al., 1996, Gen. Pharmacol 27:593-597; Metcalfe, et al., 1997, Physiol Rev 77:1033-1079; Holgate, 1997, CIBA Found. Symp.; Naclerio, et al, 1997, JAMA 278:1842-1848; Costa, et al., 1997, JAMA 778:1815-1822). SCF has been shown to be essential for mast cell development, survival and growth (Kitamura, et al., 1995, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 107:54-56; Metcalfe, et al., 1997, Physiol Rev 77:1033-1079). In addition, SCF cooperates with the eosinophil-specific regulator, IL-5, to increase the development of eosinophil progenitors (Metcalf, et al., 1998, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 95:6408-6412). SCF has also been reported to induce mast cells to secrete factors (Okayama, et al., 1997, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 114:75-77; Okayama, et al., 1998, Eur. J. Immunol. 28:708-715) that promote the survival of eosinophils (Kay, et al., 1997, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 113:196-199), which may contribute to chronic, eosinophil-mediated inflammation (Okayama, et al., 1997, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 114:75-77; Okayama, et al., 1998, Eur. J. Immunol. 28:708-715). In this regard, SCF directly and indirectly regulates activation of both mast cells and eosinophils.
SCF induces mediator release from mast cells, as well as priming these cells for IgE-induced degranulation (Columbo, et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 149:599-602) and sensitizing their responsiveness to eosinophil-derived granule major basic protein (Furuta, et al., 1998, Blood 92:1055-1061). Among the factors released by activated mast cells are IL-5, GM-CSF and TNF-α, which influence eosinophil protein secretion (Okayama, et al., 1997, Int. Arch. Aller. Immunol. 114:75-77; Okayama, et al., 1998, Eur. J. Immunol. 28:708-715). In addition to inducing histamine release from mast cells (Luckacs, et al., 1996, J. Immunol. 156:3945-3951; Hogaboam, et al., 1998, J. Immunol. 160:6166-6171), SCF promotes the mast cell production of the eosinophil chemotactic factor, eotaxin (Hogaboam, et al., 1998, J. Immunol. 160:6166-6171), and eosinophil infiltration (Luckacs, et al., 1996, J. Immunol. 156:3945-3951).
SCF also directly influences the adhesion of both mast cells (Dastych, et al., 1994, J. Immunol. 152:213-219; Kinashi, et al., 1994, Blood 83:1033-1038) and eosinophils (Yuan, et al., 1997, J. Exp. Med. 186:313-323), which in turn, regulates tissue infiltration. Thus, SCF can influence the primary cells involved in allergy and asthma through multiple mechanisms. Currently, corticosteroids are the most effective treatment for chronic rhinitis and inflammation associated with allergy (Naclerio, et al., 1997, JAMA 278:1842-1848; Meltzer, 1997, Aller. 52:33-40). These agents work through multiple mechanisms including reduction of circulating and infiltrating mast cells and eosinophils, and diminished survival of eosinophils associated with inhibition of cytokine production (Meltzer, 1997, Aller. 52:33-40). Steroids have also been reported to inhibit the expression of SCF by fibroblasts and resident connective tissue cells, which leads to diminished mast cell survival (Finotto, et al., 1997, J. Clin. Invest. 99 1721-1728). Because of the mutual regulation of mast cell and eosinophil function, and the role that SCF can play in this regulation, inhibition of c-kit kinase will provide a means to treat allergy-associated chronic rhinitis, inflammation and asthma.
Inflammatory arthritis (e.g. rheumatoid arthritis): Due to the association of mast cells with the arthritic process (Lee et al., 2002, Science 297:1689-1692), c-kit provides a useful target for prevention, delay, and/or treatment of inflammatory arthritis, such as rheumatoid arthritis.
Multiple sclerosis: Mast cells have been shown to play an extensive role in autoimmune diseases, as demonstrated in the mouse model of multiple sclerosis (MS), experimental allergic encephalomyelitis (EAE). Mast cells were indicated to be required for full manifestation of the disease. Secor et al., 2000, J Exp Med 191:813-821. Thus, c-kit also provides a useful target for the prevention, delay, and/or treatment of multiple sclerosis.
Exemplary Diseases Associated with c-fms
The presence of c-fms has been associated with a number of different types of diseases. As such, c-fms has been associated with immune disorders, including rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), and transplant rejection; inflammatory diseases including, but not limited to, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, Kawasaki's Disease, hemophagocytic syndrome (macrophage activation syndrome), multicentric reticulohistiocytosis, and atherosclerosis; metabolic disorders, including, but not limited to, Type I diabetes, Type II diabetes, insulin resistance, hyperglycemia, obesity, and lipolysis; disorders of bone structure, mineralization and bone formation and resorption, including, but not limited to, osteoporosis, increased risk of fracture, Paget's disease, hypercalcemia, infection-mediated osteolysis (e.g., osteomyelitis), peri-prosthetic or wear-debris-mediated osteolysis, and metastasis of cancer to bone; kidney and genitourinary diseases, including, but not limited to, endometriosis, nephritis (e.g. glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, Lupus nephritis), tubular necrosis, diabetes-associated renal complications (e.g. diapetic nephropathy), and renal hypertrophy; disorders of the central nervous system, including, but not limited to, multiple sclerosis, stroke, Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease; inflammatory and chronic pain, including, but not limited to bone pain; and cancers, including, but not limited to, multiple myeloma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), prostate cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, melanoma, glioblastoma multiforme, metastasis of tumors to other tissues, and other chronic myeloproliferative diseases such as myelofibrosis.
Aberrant expression and/or activation of c-fms has been implicated in acute myeloid leukemia, AML (Ridge et al, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 1990, 87:1377-1380). Mutations at codon 301 are believed to lead to neoplastic transformation by ligand independence and constitutive tyrosine kinase activity of the receptor. The tyrosine residue at codon 969 has been shown to be involved in a negative regulatory activity, which is disrupted by amino acid substitutions. Accordingly, c-fms mutations are most prevalent (20%) in chronic myelomonocytic leukemia and AML type M4 (23%), both of which are characterized by monocytic differentiation.
A condition related to AML is chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). During the myeloid blast crisis (BC) of CML, non-random additional chromosome abnormalities occur in over 80% of patients. However, these cytogenetic changes have been reported to precede the clinical signs of CML-BC by several months to years suggesting that other biological events may participate in the multistep process of acute transformation of CML. The autocrine production of growth factors has been shown to occur in several hematological malignancies and particularly in AML. Specchia et al [Br J Haematol. 1992 March; 80(3)310-6] have demonstrated that IL-1 beta gene is expressed in almost all cases of CML in myeloid blast crisis, and that a high proportion of cases showed constitutive expression of the M-CSF gene. Many of the same patients in the Specchia et al study demonstrated simultaneous co-expression of c-fms. After exposure of leukemic cells to phorbol myristate acetate (PMA), release of M-CSF protein was documented in three of five patients studied; however, no significant interleukin-3 (IL-3), granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) or granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), was detected in these patients. This demonstrates that different patterns of growth factors secretion exist in AML and CML, and that distinct molecular events are likely involved in the control of leukemic proliferation.
The observation that production of M-CSF, the major macrophage growth factor, is increased in tissues during inflammation (Le Meur et al, J. Leukocyte Biology. 2002; 72:530-537) provides a role for c-fms in certain diseases. For example, COPD is characterized by airflow limitation that is not fully reversible. The airflow limitation is usually progressive and associated with an abnormal inflammatory response of the lungs to noxious particles or gases. The chronic inflammation of COPD is observed through the airways, parenchyma, and pulmonary vasculature. The inflammatory cell population consists of neutrophils, macrophages, and T lymphocytes, along with eosinophils in some patients. Macrophages are postulated to play an orchestrating role in COPD inflammation by releasing mediators such as TNF-α, IL-8 and LTB4, which are capable of damaging lung structures and/or sustaining neutrophilic inflammation.
Further, M-CSF/Fms signaling is critical to osteoclast formation and survival of osteoclast precursors. For example, estrogen loss in menopause results in increased M-CSF and thus increased osteoclast number and bone resorption which leads to increased risk of fracture and osteoporosis. Accordingly, blockage of this signal is a target for the inhibition of bone resorption (Teitelbaum, Science. 2000; 289:1504; Rohan, Science. 2000; 289:1508.)
Atherosclerosis, an inflammatory disease of the vessel walls, is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. A effect for c-fms inhibition in the treatment and prevention of atherosclerosis depends on several observations (Libby, Nature. 2002; 420:868-874.) First, monocytes resident in the arterial intima increase expression of scavenger receptors and internalize modified lipoproteins. The resulting lipid-laden macrophages develop into foam cells characteristic of the atherosclerotic lesion. Macrophages in atheroma secrete cytokines and growth factors involved in lesion progression. Additionally, macrophages replicate within the intima. Through c-fms, M-CSF activates the transition from monocyte to lipid-laden macrophage and augments expression of scavenger receptor A. Indeed, atherosclerotic plaques over-express M-CSF which is critical for atherosclerotic progression. Mice deficient in M-CSF have been found to experience less severe atherosclerosis than mice with normal M-CSF (Rajavashisth, et. al., J. Clin. Invest. 1998; 101:2702-2710; Qiao, et. al., Am. J. Path. 1997; 150:1687-1699). Accordingly, inhibitors of c-fms disrupt M-CSF signaling, compromising monocyte to macrophage foam cell progression, macrophage survival and replication, and cytokine signaling that participates in lesion progression.
The role of M-CSF and c-fms in emphysema appears to involve the regulation of elastin metabolism through control of matrix metalloproteins. M-CSF has a role in the modulation of the accumulation and function of alveolar macrophages (AMs) in vivo (Shibata et al, Blood 2001, 98: pp. 2845-2852). Osteopetrotic (Op/Op) mice have no detectable M-CSF and show variable tissue-specific reductions in macrophage numbers. Accordingly, it was hypothesized that AMs would be decreased in number and have altered function in Op/Op mice because of the absence of M-CSF. Shibata et al found that lung macrophages identified in lung sections were decreased in number in 20-day-old Op/Op mice but not Op/Op mice older than 4 months compared with findings in age-matched littermate controls. The numbers of AMs recovered by bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) were also reduced in young but not adult Op/Op mice compared with controls. Importantly, AMs of Op/Op mice spontaneously release higher levels of matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) than AMs of controls. Consistent with an increased release of MMP, Op/Op mice have abnormal elastin deposition and spontaneously develop emphysema in the absence of molecular or cellular evidence of lung inflammation. Accordingly, the modulation of metalloelastase activity in macrophages by M-CSF may control the degradation of elastin fibers in lungs or blood vessels.
Metastatic cancer cells cause bone destruction, with associated fracture, pain, deformation, and hypercalcaemia, due to production of osteoclasticogenic factors including M-CSF by tumor cells (Clohisy et al, Clin. Orthop. 2000, 373: 104-14). Binding of M-CSF to the c-fms product stimulates formation of osteoclasts and osteolytic activity (Kodama et al, J. Exp. Med. 1991, 173: 269-72; Feng et al, Endocrinology 2002, 143: 4868-74). Accordingly, inhibition of osteoclast activity at the level of c-fms offers a compelling target for amelioration of bone metastasis.
Macrophage accumulation is a prominent feature in many forms of glomerulonephritis. Local proliferation of macrophages within the kidney has been described in human and experimental glomerulonephritis and may have an important role in augmenting the inflammatory response. Isbel et al (Nephrol Dial Transplant 2001, 16: 1638-1647) examined the relationship between local macrophage proliferation and renal expression of M-CSF. Glomerular and tubulointerstitial M-CSF expression was found to be up-regulated in human glomerulonephritis, being most prominent in proliferative forms of disease. Because this correlates with local macrophage proliferation, it suggests that increased renal M-CSF production plays an important role in regulating local macrophage proliferation in human glomerulonephritis. In a model of renal inflammation (UUO—unilateral ureteric obstruction) anti-c-fms antibody treatment reduced macrophage accumulation (Le Meur et. al., J Leukocyte Biology, 2002, 72: 530-537). Accordingly, inhibition of c-fms offers a target for therapeutic intervention in glomerulonephritis.
Insulin resistance and obesity are hallmark of type II diabetes and there is a strong correlation between insulin resistance and abdominal visceral fat accumulation (Bjorntrop, Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev., 1999, 15: 427-441). Current evidence indicates that macrophages accumulating in adipose tissue release TNF-a and other factors that cause adipocyte changes (hypertrophy, lipolysis, reduced insulin sensitivity) and also promote insulin resistance in surrounding tissues. Therefore, macrophage accumulation in type 2 diabetes is important for disease progression. Accordingly, inhibition of c-fms has potential in preventing the development of insulin resistance and hyperglycemia.
Dewar et al. have recently demonstrated that the kinase inhibitor imatinib also specifically targets the macrophage colony stimulating factor receptor, c-fms, at therapeutic concentrations. Although this finding has important implications with regard to potential side effects in patients currently receiving imatinib therapy, these results suggest that imatinib may also be useful in the treatment of diseases where c-fms is implicated. This includes breast and ovarian cancer and inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis. Dewar et al. also speculate that imatinib may be used in diseases where bone destruction occurs due to excessive osteoclast activity, such as in the haematologic malignancy, multiple myeloma (Dewar et al., Cell Cycle 2005, 4(7)851-3).
To determine the importance of M-CSF in driving macrophage proliferation during acute rejection, Jose et al. blocked the M-CSF receptor, c-fms, in a mouse model of acute renal allograft rejection. They observed that the severity of tubulointerstitial rejection was reduced in the treatment group as shown by decreased tubulitis and tubular cell proliferation. Macrophage proliferation during acute allograft rejection is dependent on the interaction of M-CSF with its receptor c-fms. They indicate that this pathway plays a significant and specific role in the accumulation of macrophages within a rejecting renal allograft (Jose et al., Am J Transplant 2003, 3(3)294-300).
Further, modulators of both c-fms and c-kit function can be used against diseases such as those indicated above, where in some instances, the dual activity of the modulator for both c-fms and c-kit provides distinct advantages in treating such diseases. The complementary activities provided by a single compound would provide added benefits over compounds targeting one or the other activity, or separate compounds targeting these activities. For example, by attenuating release of macrophage chemo-attractants by mast cells or mast cell chemoattractants by macrophages, these anti-inflammatory effects would synergize with the concomitant inhibition of intrinsic cellular function. Limitations in co-administration are absent in a dual inhibitor. Further, the dual activity may result in much lower effective doses for treatment.
Exemplary Diseases Associated with TrkA and TrkB
TrkA: Target kinase TrkA (i.e., neurotrophic tyrosine kinase, receptor, type 1) is a 140 kDa tyrosine kinase encoded by chromosome 1q21-q22 (symbol: NTRK1). TrkA inhibitors may be useful in treating pain (e.g. chronic pain, neuropathic pain), cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, myeloid leukemia, pancreatic cancer), allergic disorders (e.g. asthma), arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration and psoriasis.
TrkA is a plasma member receptor composed of an extracellular domain (responsible for high affinity binding to nerve growth factor, NGF), a transmembrane segment and an intracellular protein tyrosine kinase domain (responsible to transmit the NGF signal to initiate and coordinate neuronal responses). NGF binding induces TrkA clustering on the membrane and activates the kinase. The kinase initiates a cascade of protein phosphorylation events through multiple pathways including SHC/Ras/MAPK, PI3K and PLCg1. A TrkA kinase inhibitor would not prevent NGF/TrkA binding, but could prevent down-stream signal transduction.
Nerve Growth Factor (NGF) is produced by a number of tissues and inflammatory cells during tissue injury and host immune response. It initiates and maintains hypersensitivity to incoming stimulus (hyperalgesia) and the perception of non-noxious stimuli (allodynia). Through its high-affinity receptor TrkA, NGF increases the excitation state of sensory neurons leading to the central nervous system (peripheral sensitization), and increases transmitter release from the dorsal spinal cord (central sensitization). In clinical trials, a single NGF subcutaneous injection generated local hyperalgesia persisting up to 7 weeks. At doses above 0.1 microgram/kg, NGF caused muscle pain that varied from mild to moderate, primarily in the bulbar and truncal musculature. Intravenous NGF produced earlier and more pronounced systemic effects (Petty et al, 1994, Ann Neurol. 36: 244-6). Conversely, TrkA kinase inhibitors could be used to treat diseases of enhanced states of nociception.
In Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA)-induced hind-paw inflammation, spinal nerve ligation and streptozoticin-induced neuropathic pain models, a single intraperitoneal injection of anti-NGF reversed established tactile allodynia from day 3 to day 7 following treatment. In the mouse CCI model, anti-NGF reversed tactile allodynia when administered 2 weeks after surgery. Repeated administration of this antibody to CCI mice for 3 weeks produced a sustained reversal of tactile allodynia (Wild et al, 2007, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 322:282-287).
Prostate tumors that have metastasized to bone frequently induce bone pain which can be difficult to fully control as it seems to be driven simultaneously by inflammatory, neuropathic, and tumorigenic mechanisms. Anti-NGF produced a significant reduction in both early and late stage bone cancer pain-related behaviors. This therapy did not influence tumor-induced bone remodeling, osteoblast proliferation, osteoclastogenesis, tumor growth, or markers of sensory or sympathetic innervation in the skin or bone. All nerve fibers that innervate the bone express TrkA and p75, and these are the receptors through which NGF sensitizes and/or activates nociceptors (Halvorson et al, 2005, Cancer Res. 65:9426-35).
In patients with mild asthma due to exposure to cat allergen, NGF expression was strongly induced in epithelial cells, fibroblasts, blood vessels, and a few infiltrating cells. TrkA mRNA and protein levels in bronchial biopsies were increased significantly after allergen exposure in infiltrating mast cells before the onset of symptoms (Kassel et al, 2001, Clin Exp Allergy 31:1432-40).
The late phase reaction in asthma following allergen provocation is dominated by an influx of activated eosinophils into the bronchial lumen, which correlates with the release of eosinophilic products into the airways to increase disease severity. The viability and activation of eosinophils from patients with mild asthma were significantly enhanced after NGF stimulation. Addition of neutralizing anti-NGF antibodies ex vivo abrogated the effects (Nassentein et al, 2003, J Exp Med 198:455-467). TrkA kinase inhibitors could decrease this paracrine loop between the respiratory tract and infiltrating mast cells as well as endobronchial eosinophils, and thus be useful for the treatment of asthma and other allergic disorders.
TrkB: Target kinase TrkB (i.e., neurotrophic tyrosine kinase, receptor, type 2) is a 145 kDa tyrosine kinase encoded by chromosome 9q22.1 (symbol: NTRK2). TrkB inhibitors may be useful in treating various cancers and their metastases (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, Wilms tumors, neuroblastoma, and pancreatic cancer), and various neuropathies (e.g. stroke, multiple sclerosis, transverse myelitis, and encephalitis).
In clinical trials with recombinant BDNF, paresthesia was developed at the site of subcutaneous injection (Coulie et al, 2000, Gastroenterology 119:41-50). Intrathecal infusion of BDNF in humans also induced paresthesia and warmth as side effects (Ochs et al, 2000, Amyotroph Lateral Scler Other Motor Neuron Disord. 1:201-6). Chronic paresthesia is often a symptom of an underlying neurological disease or traumatic nerve damage. Paresthesia can be caused by disorders affecting the central nervous system, such as stroke and transient ischemic attacks (mini-strokes), multiple sclerosis, transverse myelitis, and encephalitis. Since BDNF binds to TrkB specifically with high affinity these neuropath effects are mediated through TrkB signaling. Thus Trkb kinase inhibitors could be used to treat certain patients with neuropathy.
BDNF is known to act at the synapses between primary sensory and spinal dorsal horn neurons to affect pain transmission during inflammation. The primary afferent is the only source of BDNF in the spinal cord, and it is up-regulated in the dorsal root ganglion (DRG) by peripheral NGF a few days after inflammation, and is transported and released into the superficial dorsal horn in an activity-dependent manner. TrkB expression in the dorsal horn also increases for a few days after inflammation. These findings suggest that BDNF may act during the restricted period in the early phase of inflammation. Through TrkB, BDNF activates two distinct channels: (1) transient receptor potential canonicals (TRPC3), which produces a slow response by opening of a non-selective cation channel; and (2) Na+ channel, which mediates a rapid depolarization in the hippocampus. These channels have been strongly associated with inflammatory pain. Anti-BDNF significantly increased the withdrawal threshold in CFA-treated rats, a model of inflammatory pain. Since the swelling at the site of CFA injection was not affected by antiserum, the residual component might be due to peripheral sensitization (Matayoshi et al, 2005, J. Physiol. 569:685-95).
In patients with neuroblastomas, co-expression of TrkB and BDNF, co-expression of TrkB with N-Myc amplification, and expression of truncated TrkB are found to be associated with poorer clinical outcome (Nakagawara et al, 1994, Mol Cell Biol. 14:759-767). Co-expression of TrkB with its ligand BDNF could generate a positive feedback loop through autocrine and paracrine loops. Also TrkB truncations found in these tumors generate activated forms of the intracellular protein tyrosine kinase. The constitutively active TrkB signals through multiple pathways to promote cancer initiation, progression and metastasis. These truncated TrkB kinases were also found in hepatocellular carcinoma (Yang et al, 2005, Cancer. Res 65:219-225). Thus TrkB inhibitors could be used to treat a sub-population of cancer patients with an activated TrkB pathway.
In patients with pancreatic cancer, TrkB expression is correlated with perineural invasion, positive retroperitoneal margin, and shorter latency to development of liver metastasis (Sclabas et al, 2005, Clin. Cancer. Res V11:440-449). Mechanistically, TrkB activates the PI3K pathway to suppress anoikis (apoptosis resulting from loss of cell-matrix interactions) which is one of the physiological barriers to metastasis. TrkB kinase inhibition could break down resistance to anoikis of metastasizing tumors (Douma et al, 2004, Nature 430:1034-9). Therefore, TrkB inhibitors could have utility in a broad range of tumor types.
Exemplary Diseases Associated with HGK
HGK: Target kinase HGK (i.e., Hematopoietic progenitor kinase/Germinal center kinase-like Kinase, aka mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase kinase 4) is a 130 kDa serine/threonine kinase encoded by chromosome 2q11.2-q12 (symbol: MAP4K4). It is a member of the human STE20/mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase kinase (MAP4K) family of serine/threonine kinases and is the human ortholog of mouse NIK (Nck-interacting kinase). The N-terminus of the mature HGK protein has a catalytic kinase domain that shares 47% and 48% amino acid sequence identity to the catalytic domain of Hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 (HPK1) and Germinal center kinase (GCK), respectively. Yao et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 274: 2118-2125, 1999) identified 2 HGK isoforms, one of which has no proline-rich domains, and another, longer variant that contains such domains and appears to be expressed in brain only. Northern blot analysis revealed expression of 3 HGK transcripts of approximately 4.6, 6.5, and 8.5 kb in heart, brain, skeletal muscle, pancreas, placenta, liver, lung, and kidney. By Western blot analysis with a polyclonal antibody, Yao et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 274: 2118-2125, 1999) found that the 130-kD protein is expressed in multiple cell lines.
Expression of HGK in transfected cell lines resulted in strong JNK activation and, in turn, c-jun transcriptional activity (Yao et al. J. Biol. Chem. 274: 2118-2125, 1999). HGK-induced JNK activation was inhibited by dominant-negative MAP2K4, MAP2K7, and TAK1 mutants. TNF-alpha also stimulated HGK kinase activity. HGK was identified as a putative effect of Rap2 to activate JNK (Machida et al. J. Biol. Chem. 279: 15711-15714, 2004). This link establishes HGK as a potential target for a range of metabolic indications, since the JNK pathway clearly antagonizes insulin signaling. An HGK inhibitor could re-sensitize fat and muscle cells to insulin.
HGK is found to be broadly expressed in human tumor cells and can modulate cellular transformation, invasion, and adhesion (Wright et al. Mol. Cell. Biol. 23: 2068-2082, 2003). Wright et al showed HGK to be highly expressed in most tumor cell lines relative to normal tissue. An active role for this kinase in transformation was suggested by an inhibition of H-Ras(V12)-induced focus formation by expression of inactive, dominant-negative mutants of HGK in both fibroblast and epithelial cell lines. Expression of an inactive mutant of HGK also inhibited the anchorage-independent growth of cells yet had no effect on proliferation in monolayer culture. Expression of HGK mutants modulated integrin receptor expression and had a striking effect on hepatocyte growth factor-stimulated epithelial cell invasion. Together, these results suggest an important role for HGK in cell transformation and invasiveness. More recently, a small interfering RNA screen for modulators of tumor cell motility identifies MAP4K4 as a promigratory kinase (Collins et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103: 3775-3780, 2006). Collins et al. showed that the knockdown of the HGK transcript inhibited the migration of multiple carcinoma cell lines, indicating a broad role in cell motility, and potently suppressed the invasion of SKOV-3 cells in vitro. The effect of HGK on cellular migration was found to be mediated through JNK kinase, independent of AP1 activation and downstream transcription. Accordingly, small molecule inhibition of c-Jun N-terminal kinase suppressed SKOV-3 cell migration, underscoring the potential therapeutic utility of mitogen-activated protein kinase pathway inhibition in cancer progression (Collins et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103: 3775-3780, 2006). These studies strongly support HGK as a target in a broad range of oncology indications. In particular, an HGK inhibitor could have utility in blocking the migration, invasion and metastasis in many different tumor types.
Activation of T-cells by antigens initiates a complex series of signal-transduction events that are critical for immune responses. Mack et al. (Immunol. Lett. 96, 129-145, 2005) developed a genetic screen to survey the functional roles of kinases in antigen mediated T-cell activation and identified 19 protein kinases that were previously implicated in T-cell signaling processes and 12 kinases that were not previously linked to T-cell activation, including HGK. siRNA studies showed a role for HGK in antigen mediated T-cell responses in Jurkat and primary T-cells. In addition, by analyzing multiple promoter elements using reporter assays, Mack et al. have shown that MAP4K4 is implicated in the activation of the TNF-alpha promoter. Therefore, inhibition of HGK could have broad therapeutic utility for T-cell-mediated autoimmune diseases.
Insulin-regulated glucose transporter GLUT4 is a key modulator of whole body glucose homeostasis, and its selective loss in adipose tissue or skeletal muscle causes insulin resistance and diabetes. Using an RNA interference-based screen, Tang et al. (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 103:2087-2092, 2006) found 4 negative regulators of insulin-responsive glucose transport in mouse adipocytes: Pctk1, Pftk1, Ikbka (CHUK), and HGK. HGK suppressed expression of adipogenic transcription factors, C/EBPA, C/EBPB, and PPARG, and it suppressed surface expression of GLUT4 (SLC2A4), resulting in attenuated membrane hexose transport activity. RNA interference-mediated depletion of HGK early in differentiation enhanced adipogenesis and triglyceride deposition; in fully differentiated adipocytes, loss of HGK upregulated GLUT4 expression. Conversely, conditions that inhibited adipogenesis, such as TNF-alpha treatment or PPARG depletion, markedly upregulated HGK. Tang et al. (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 103:2087-2092, 2006) concluded that MAP4K4-dependent signaling inhibited PPARG-responsive gene expression, adipogenesis, and insulin-stimulated glucose transport. Furthermore, TNF-alpha signaling to down-regulate GLUT4 is impaired in the absence of HGK, indicating that HGK expression is required for optimal TNF-alpha action. This study further supports HGK as a target in metabolic disease, and suggests a role for HGK inhibition in ameliorating the pathology in adipocytes.
In a separate study (Bouzakri and Zierath J. Biol. Chem. 282:7783-7789, 2007), using small interfering RNA (siRNA) to suppress the expression of HGK protein 85% in primary human skeletal muscle cells, TNF-alpha-induced insulin resistance on glucose uptake was completely prevented. HGK silencing inhibited TNF-alpha-induced negative signaling inputs by preventing excessive JNK and ERK-1/2 phosphorylation, as well as IRS-1 serine phosphorylation. These results highlight the HGK/JNK/ERK/IRS module in the negative regulation of insulin signaling to glucose transport in response to TNF-alpha. Depletion of HGK also prevented TNF-alpha-induced insulin resistance on AKT and the AKT substrate 160 (AS160), providing evidence that appropriate insulin signaling inputs for glucose metabolism were rescued. The authors suggested that strategies to inhibit HGK may be efficacious in the prevention of TNF-alpha-induced inhibitory signals that cause skeletal muscle insulin resistance on glucose metabolism in humans. Moreover, in myotubes from insulin-resistant type II diabetic patients, siRNA against HGK restored insulin action on glucose uptake to levels observed in healthy subjects. This study further supports HGK as a target in metabolic diseases such as type II diabetes, and suggests a role for HGK inhibition in ameliorating the pathology in muscle cells.
HGK inhibitors may be useful in treating metabolic indications, including re-sensitizing fat and muscle cells to insulin, ameliorating the pathology in adipocytes, ameliorating the pathology in muscle cells, and type II diabetes; a broad range of oncology indications, including blocking the migration, invasion and metastasis in many different tumor types; and T-cell mediated autoimmune diseases.
II. Production of c-Kit and c-fms Related Polypeptides
The native and mutated kinase polypeptides described herein may be chemically synthesized in whole or part using techniques that are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Creighton (1983) Biopolymers 22(1)49-58).
Alternatively, methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing the native or mutated kinase polypeptide coding sequence and appropriate transcriptional/translational control signals. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques and in vivo recombination/genetic recombination. See, for example, the techniques described in Maniatis, T (1989). Molecular cloning: A laboratory Manual . Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; and Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1994) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology . John Wiley & Sons, Secaucus, N.J.
A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the kinase coding sequence. These include but are not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing the kinase domain coding sequence; yeast transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing the kinase domain coding sequence; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g. baculovirus) containing the kinase domain coding sequence; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g. cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g. Ti plasmid) containing the kinase domain coding sequence; or animal cell systems. The expression elements of these systems vary in their strength and specificities.
Depending on the host/vector system utilized, any of a number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, may be used in the expression vector. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as pL of bacteriophage λ, plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like may be used; when cloning in insect cell systems, promoters such as the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter may be used; when cloning in plant cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of plant cells (e.g. heat shock promoters; the promoter for the small subunit of RUBISCO; the promoter for the chlorophyll a/b binding protein) or from plant viruses (e.g. the 35S RNA promoter of CaMV; the coat protein promoter of TMV) may be used; when cloning in mammalian cell systems, promoters derived from the genorne of mammalian cells (e.g. metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e.g. the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter) may be used; when generating cell lines that contain multiple copies of the kinase domain DNA, SV40-, BPV- and EBV-based vectors may be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
Exemplary methods describing methods of DNA manipulation, vectors, various types of cells used, methods of incorporating the vectors into the cells, expression techniques, protein purification and isolation methods, and protein concentration methods are disclosed in detail in PCT publication WO 96/18738. This publication is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, including any drawings. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that such descriptions are applicable to the present invention and can be easily adapted to it.
III. Binding Assays
The methods of the present invention can involve assays that are able to detect the binding of compounds to a target molecule. Such binding is at a statistically significant level, preferably with a confidence level of at least 90%, more preferably at least 95, 97, 98, 99% or greater confidence level that the assay signal represents binding to the target molecule, i.e., is distinguished from background. Preferably controls are used to distinguish target binding from non-specific binding. A large variety of assays indicative of binding are known for different target types and can be used for this invention.
Binding compounds can be characterized by their effect on the activity of the target molecule. Thus, a “low activity” compound has an inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) or effective concentration (EC 50 ) of greater than 1 μM under standard conditions. By “very low activity” is meant an IC 50 or EC 50 of above 100 μM under standard conditions. By “extremely low activity” is meant an IC 50 or EC 50 of above 1 mM under standard conditions. By “moderate activity” is meant an IC 50 or EC 50 of 200 nM to 1 μM under standard conditions. By “moderately high activity” is meant an IC 50 or EC 50 of 1 nM to 200 nM. By “high activity” is meant an IC 50 or EC 50 of below 1 nM under standard conditions. The IC 50 or EC 50 is defined as the concentration of compound at which 50% of the activity of the target molecule (e.g. enzyme or other protein) activity being measured is lost or gained relative to the range of activity observed when no compound is present. Activity can be measured using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., by measuring any detectable product or signal produced by occurrence of an enzymatic reaction, or other activity by a protein being measured.
By “background signal” in reference to a binding assay is meant the signal that is recorded under standard conditions for the particular assay in the absence of a test compound, molecular scaffold, or ligand that binds to the target molecule. Persons of ordinary skill in the art will realize that accepted methods exist and are widely available for determining background signal.
By “standard deviation” is meant the square root of the variance. The variance is a measure of how spread out a distribution is. It is computed as the average squared deviation of each number from its mean. For example, for the numbers 1, 2, and 3, the mean is 2 and the variance is:





σ
2

=





(

1
⁢

-

⁢
2

)

2

+


(

2
⁢

-

⁢
2

)

2

+


(

3
⁢

-

⁢
2

)

2


3

=

0.667
.






Surface Plasmon Resonance
Binding parameters can be measured using surface plasmon resonance, for example, with a BIAcore® chip (Biacore, Japan) coated with immobilized binding components. Surface plasmon resonance is used to characterize the microscopic association and dissociation constants of reaction between an sFv or other ligand directed against target molecules. Such methods are generally described in the following references which are incorporated herein by reference. Vely F. et al., (2000) BIAcore® analysis to test phosphopeptide-SH2 domain interactions, Methods in Molecular Biology. 121:313-21; Liparoto et al., (1999) Biosensor analysis of the interleukin-2 receptor complex, Journal of Molecular Recognition. 12:316-21; Lipschultz et al., (2000) Experimental design for analysis of complex kinetics using surface plasmon resonance, Methods. 20(3)310-8; Malmqvist., (1999) BIACORE: an affinity biosensor system for characterization of biomolecular interactions, Biochemical Society Transactions 27:335-40; Alfthan, (1998) Surface plasmon resonance biosensors as a tool in antibody engineering, Biosensors & Bioelectronics. 13:653-63; Fivash et al., (1998) BIAcore for macromolecular interaction, Current Opinion in Biotechnology. 9:97-101; Price et al.; (1998) Summary report on the ISOBM TD-4 Workshop: analysis of 56 monoclonal antibodies against the MUC1 mucin. Tumour Biology 19 Suppl 1:1-20; Malmqvist et al, (1997) Biomolecular interaction analysis: affinity biosensor technologies for functional analysis of proteins, Current Opinion in Chemical Biology. 1:378-83; O'Shannessy et al., (1996) Interpretation of deviations from pseudo-first-order kinetic behavior in the characterization of ligand binding by biosensor technology, Analytical Biochemistry. 236:275-83; Malmborg et al., (1995) BIAcore as a tool in antibody engineering, Journal of Immunological Methods. 183:7-13; Van Regenmortel, (1994) Use of biosensors to characterize recombinant proteins, Developments in Biological Standardization. 83:143-51; and O'Shannessy, (1994) Determination of kinetic rate and equilibrium binding constants for macromolecular interactions: a critique of the surface plasmon resonance literature, Current Opinions in Biotechnology. 5:65-71.
BIAcore® uses the optical properties of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) to detect alterations in protein concentration bound to a dextran matrix lying on the surface of a gold/glass sensor chip interface, a dextran biosensor matrix. In brief, proteins are covalently bound to the dextran matrix at a known concentration and a ligand for the protein is injected through the dextran matrix. Near infrared light, directed onto the opposite side of the sensor chip surface is reflected and also induces an evanescent wave in the gold film, which in turn, causes an intensity dip in the reflected light at a particular angle known as the resonance angle. If the refractive index of the sensor chip surface is altered (e.g. by ligand binding to the bound protein) a shift occurs in the resonance angle. This angle shift can be measured and is expressed as resonance units (RUs) such that 1000 RUs is equivalent to a change in surface protein concentration of 1 ng/mm 2 . These changes are displayed with respect to time along the y-axis of a sensorgram, which depicts the association and dissociation of any biological reaction.
High Throughput Screening (HTS) Assays
HTS typically uses automated assays to search through large numbers of compounds for a desired activity. Typically HTS assays are used to find new drugs by screening for chemicals that act on a particular enzyme or molecule. For example, if a chemical inactivates an enzyme it might prove to be effective in preventing a process in a cell which causes a disease. High throughput methods enable researchers to assay thousands of different chemicals against each target molecule very quickly using robotic handling systems and automated analysis of results.
As used herein, “high throughput screening” or “HTS” refers to the rapid in vitro screening of large numbers of compounds (libraries); generally tens to hundreds of thousands of compounds, using robotic screening assays. Ultra high-throughput Screening (uHTS) generally refers to the high-throughput screening accelerated to greater than 100,000 tests per day.
To achieve high-throughput screening, it is advantageous to house samples on a multicontainer carrier or platform. A multicontainer carrier facilitates measuring reactions of a plurality of candidate compounds simultaneously. Multi-well microplates may be used as the carrier. Such multi-well microplates, and methods for their use in numerous assays, are both known in the art and commercially available.
Screening assays may include controls for purposes of calibration and confirmation of proper manipulation of the components of the assay. Blank wells that contain all of the reactants but no member of the chemical library are usually included. As another example, a known inhibitor (or activator) of an enzyme for which modulators are sought, can be incubated with one sample of the assay, and the resulting decrease (or increase) in the enzyme activity used as a comparator or control. It will be appreciated that modulators can also be combined with the enzyme activators or inhibitors to find modulators which inhibit the enzyme activation or repression that is otherwise caused by the presence of the known the enzyme modulator.
Measuring Enzymatic and Binding Reactions During Screening Assays
Techniques for measuring the progression of enzymatic and binding reactions, e.g., in multicontainer carriers, are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, the following.
Spectrophotometric and spectrofluorometric assays are well known in the art. Examples of such assays include the use of colorimetric assays for the detection of peroxides, as described in Gordon, A. J. and Ford, R. A., (1972) The Chemist's Companion: A Handbook Of Practical Data, Techniques, And References , John Wiley and Sons, N.Y., Page 437.
Fluorescence spectrometry may be used to monitor the generation of reaction products. Fluorescence methodology is generally more sensitive than the absorption methodology. The use of fluorescent probes is well known to those skilled in the art. For reviews, see Bashford et al., (1987) Spectrophotometry and Spectrofluorometry: A Practical Approach , pp. 91-114, IRL Press Ltd.; and Bell, (1981) Spectroscopy In Biochemistry , Vol. I, pp. 155-194, CRC Press.
In spectrofluorometric methods, enzymes are exposed to substrates that change their intrinsic fluorescence when processed by the target enzyme. Typically, the substrate is nonfluorescent and is converted to a fluorophore through one or more reactions. As a non-limiting example, SMase activity can be detected using the Amplex® Red reagent (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.). In order to measure sphingomyelinase activity using Amplex® Red, the following reactions occur. First, SMase hydrolyzes sphingomyelin to yield ceramide and phosphorylcholine. Second, alkaline phosphatase hydrolyzes phosphorylcholine to yield choline. Third, choline is oxidized by choline oxidase to betaine. Finally, H 2 O 2 , in the presence of horseradish peroxidase, reacts with Amplex® Red to produce the fluorescent product, Resorufin, and the signal therefrom is detected using spectrofluorometry.
Fluorescence polarization (FP) is based on a decrease in the speed of molecular rotation of a fluorophore that occurs upon binding to a larger molecule, such as a receptor protein, allowing for polarized fluorescent emission by the bound ligand. FP is empirically determined by measuring the vertical and horizontal components of fluorophore emission following excitation with plane polarized light. Polarized emission is increased when the molecular rotation of a fluorophore is reduced. A fluorophore produces a larger polarized signal when it is bound to a larger molecule (i.e. a receptor), slowing molecular rotation of the fluorophore. The magnitude of the polarized signal relates quantitatively to the extent of fluorescent ligand binding. Accordingly, polarization of the “bound” signal depends on maintenance of high affinity binding.
FP is a homogeneous technology and reactions are very rapid, taking seconds to minutes to reach equilibrium. The reagents are stable, and large batches may be prepared, resulting in high reproducibility. Because of these properties, FP has proven to be highly automatable, often performed with a single incubation with a single, premixed, tracer-receptor reagent. For a review, see Owicki et al., (1997), Application of Fluorescence Polarization Assays in High-Throughput Screening, Genetic Engineering News, 17:27.
FP is particularly desirable since its readout is independent of the emission intensity (Checovich, W. J., et al., (1995) Nature 375:254-256; Dandliker, W. B., et al., (1981) Methods in Enzymology 74:3-28) and is thus insensitive to the presence of colored compounds that quench fluorescence emission. FP and FRET (see below) are well-suited for identifying compounds that block interactions between sphingolipid receptors and their ligands. See, for example, Parker et al., (2000) Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J Biomol Screen 5:77-88.
Fluorophores derived from sphingolipids that may be used in FP assays are commercially available. For example, Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.) currently sells sphingomyelin and one ceramide fluorophores. These are, respectively, N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-pentanoyl)sphingosyl phosphocholine (BODIPY® FL C5-sphingomyelin); N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-dodecanoyl)sphingosyl phosphocholine (BODIPY® FL C12-sphingomyelin); and N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-pentanoyl)sphingosine (BODIPY® FL C5-ceramide). U.S. Pat. No. 4,150,949, (Immunoassay for gentamicin), discloses fluorescein-labelled gentamicins, including fluoresceinthiocarbanyl gentamicin. Additional fluorophores may be prepared using methods well known to the skilled artisan.
Exemplary normal-and-polarized fluorescence readers include the POLARION® fluorescence polarization system (Tecan AG, Hombrechtikon, Switzerland). General multiwell plate readers for other assays are available, such as the VERSAMAX® reader and the SPECTRAMAX® multiwell plate spectrophotometer (both from Molecular Devices).
Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is another useful assay for detecting interaction and has been described. See, e.g., Heim et al., (1996) Curr. Biol. 6:178-182; Mitra et al., (1996) Gene 173:13-17; and Selvin et al., (1995) Meth. Enzymol. 246:300-345. FRET detects the transfer of energy between two fluorescent substances in close proximity, having known excitation and emission wavelengths. As an example, a protein can be expressed as a fusion protein with green fluorescent protein (GFP). When two fluorescent proteins are in proximity, such as when a protein specifically interacts with a target molecule, the resonance energy can be transferred from one excited molecule to the other. As a result, the emission spectrum of the sample shifts, which can be measured by a fluorometer, such as a fMAX multiwell fluorometer (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale Calif.).
Scintillation proximity assay (SPA) is a particularly useful assay for detecting an interaction with the target molecule. SPA is widely used in the pharmaceutical industry and has been described (Hanselman et al., (1997) J. Lipid Res. 38:2365-2373; Kahl et al., (1996) Anal. Biochem. 243:282-283; Undenfriend et al., (1987) Anal. Biochem. 161:494-500). See also U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,626,513 and 4,568,649, and European Patent No. 0,154,734. One commercially available system uses FLASHPLATE® scintillant-coated plates (NEN Life Science Products, Boston, Mass.).
The target molecule can be bound to the scintillator plates by a variety of well known means. Scintillant plates are available that are derivatized to bind to fusion proteins such as GST, His6 or Flag fusion proteins. Where the target molecule is a protein complex or a multimer, one protein or subunit can be attached to the plate first, then the other components of the complex added later under binding conditions, resulting in a bound complex.
In a typical SPA assay, the gene products in the expression pool will have been radiolabeled and added to the wells, and allowed to interact with the solid phase, which is the immobilized target molecule and scintillant coating in the wells. The assay can be measured immediately or allowed to reach equilibrium. Either way, when a radiolabel becomes sufficiently close to the scintillant coating, it produces a signal detectable by a device such as a TOPCOUNT NXT® microplate scintillation counter (Packard BioScience Co., Meriden Conn.). If a radiolabeled expression product binds to the target molecule, the radiolabel remains in proximity to the scintillant long enough to produce a detectable signal.
In contrast, the labeled proteins that do not bind to the target molecule, or bind only briefly, will not remain near the scintillant long enough to produce a signal above background. Any time spent near the scintillant caused by random Brownian motion will also not result in a significant amount of signal. Likewise, residual unincorporated radiolabel used during the expression step may be present, but will not generate significant signal because it will be in solution rather than interacting with the target molecule. These non-binding interactions will therefore cause a certain level of background signal that can be mathematically removed. If too many signals are obtained, salt or other modifiers can be added directly to the assay plates until the desired specificity is obtained (Nichols et al., (1998) Anal. Biochem. 257:112-119).
IV. Kinase Activity Assays
A number of different assays for kinase activity can be utilized for assaying for active modulators and/or determining specificity of a modulator for a particular kinase or group or kinases. In addition to the assay mentioned in the Examples below, one of ordinary skill in the art will know of other assays that can be utilized and can modify an assay for a particular application. For example, numerous papers concerning kinases described assays that can be used.
Additional alternative assays can employ binding determinations. For example, this sort of assay can be formatted either in a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) format, or using an AlphaScreen (amplified luminescent proximity homogeneous assay) format by varying the donor and acceptor reagents that are attached to streptavidin or the phospho-specific antibody.
V. Organic Synthetic Techniques
A wide array of organic synthetic techniques exist in the art to meet the challenge of constructing potential modulators. Many of these organic synthetic methods are described in detail in standard reference sources utilized by those skilled in the art. One example of suh a reference is March, 1994 , Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure , New York, McGraw Hill. Thus, the techniques useful to synthesize a potential modulator of kinase function are readily available to those skilled in the art of organic chemical synthesis.
Regarding the synthetic examples described herein, solvents include polar and non-polar solvents known to those of skill in the art, including polar aprotic and polar protic solvents. Polar solvents include, without limitation, protic solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, t-butanol, n-butanol, acetic acid, formic acid or water, or aprotic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile, dioxane, methylene chloride, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), acetone, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), ethyl acetate, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, or pyridine. Polar solvents include a mixture of water with any of the above, or a mixture of any two or more of the above. Apolar solvents include, without limitation, toluene, benzene, chlorobenzene, xylenes and hexanes.
Regarding the synthetic examples described herein, reducing agent includes, without limitation, a reducing agent such as catalytic reducing agents using hydrogen and transition metal catalysts such as palladium, platinum, rhodium, etc. (e.g. Pt/acetic acid/H 2 ); a mixture of trifluoroacetic acid and triethylsilane, borane tetrahydrofuran complex, diborane, borane dimethylsulfide complex, and a combination of sodium borohydride and boron trifluoride; metals such as reduced iron, zinc powder, magnesium etc.; metal hydrogen complex compounds such as alkali metal borohydrides (for example, potassium borohydride, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, zinc borohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, etc.), aluminum lithium hydride, etc.; metal hydrides such as sodium hydride, etc.; organic tin compounds (triphenyltin hydride, etc.); and metal salts such as nickel compounds, zinc compounds, tin compounds (for example tin(II) chloride), and samarium iodide/pivalic acid/hexamethylphorphoric triamide.
Regarding the synthetic examples described herein, oxidizing agent includes, without limitation, an oxidizing agent such as Dess-Martin reagent, TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-N-oxide), DDQ (2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone), PDC (pyridinium dichromate), PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate), Pyridine.SO3, Chromium trioxide, p-nitroperbenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate, sodium periodate, potassium periodate, hydrogen peroxide, urea peroxide, alkali metal bromates, cumene hydroperoxide, tert-butyl peroxide, peracids such as performic acid, peracetic acid, pertrifluoroacetic acid, perbenzoic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, o-carboxyperbenzoic acid and the like; sodium metaperiodate, bichromic acid; bichromates such as sodium bichromate, potassium bichromate; permanganic acid; permanganates such as potassium permanganate, sodium permanganate; and lead salts such as lead tetraacetate.
VI. Alternative Compound Forms or Derivatives
(a) Isomers, Prodrugs, and Active Metabolites
Compounds contemplated herein are described with reference to both generic formulae and specific compounds. In addition, the invention compounds may exist in a number of different forms or derivatives, all within the scope of the present invention. These include, for example, tautomers, stereoisomers, racemic mixtures, regioisomers, salts, prodrugs (e.g. carboxylic acid esters), solvated forms, different crystal forms or polymorphs, and active metabolites.
(b) Tautomers, Stereoisomers, Regioisomers, and Solvated Forms
It is understood that some compounds may exhibit tautomerism. In such cases, the formulae provided herein expressly depict only one of the possible tautomeric forms. It is therefore to be understood that the formulae provided herein are intended to represent any tautomeric form of the depicted compounds and are not to be limited merely to the specific tautomeric form depicted by the drawings of the formulae.
Likewise, some of the compounds according to the present invention may exist as stereoisomers, i.e. having the same atomic connectivity of covalently bonded atoms yet differing in the spatial orientation of the atoms. For example, compounds may be optical stereoisomers, which contain one or more chiral centers, and therefore, may exist in two or more stereoisomeric forms (e.g. enantiomers or diastereomers). Thus, such compounds may be present as single stereoisomers (i.e., essentially free of other stereoisomers), racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers. As another example, stereoisomers include geometric isomers, such as cis- or trans-orientation of substituents on adjacent carbons of a double bond. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof are intended to be within the scope of the present invention. Unless specified to the contrary, all such steroisomeric forms are included within the formulae provided herein.
In some embodiments, a chiral compound of the present invention is in a form that contains at least 80% of a single isomer (60% enantiomeric excess (“e.e.”) or diastereomeric excess (“d.e.”)), or at least 85% (70% e.e. or d.e.), 90% (80% e.e. or d.e.), 95% (90% e.e. or d.e.), 97.5% (95% e.e. or d.e.), or 99% (98% e.e. or d.e.). As generally understood by those skilled in the art, an optically pure compound having one chiral center is one that consists essentially of one of the two possible enantiomers (i.e., is enantiomerically pure), and an optically pure compound having more than one chiral center is one that is both diastereomerically pure and enantiomerically pure. In some embodiments, the compound is present in optically pure form.
For compounds in which synthesis involves addition of a single group at a double bond, particularly a carbon-carbon double bond, the addition may occur at either of the double bond-linked atoms. For such compounds, the present invention includes both such regioisomers.
Additionally, the formulae are intended to cover solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the identified structures. For example, the indicated structures include both hydrated and non-hydrated forms. Other examples of solvates include the structures in combination with a suitable solvent such as isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine.
(c) Prodrugs and Metabolites
In addition to the present formulae and compounds described herein, the invention also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic derivatives (active metabolites), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Prodrugs are compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof which, when metabolized under physiological conditions or when converted by solvolysis, yield the desired active compound. Prodrugs include, without limitation, esters, amides, carbamates, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of the active compound. Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide one or more of advantageous handling, administration, and/or metabolic properties. For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound; during metabolysis, the ester group is cleaved to yield the active drug. Also, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound.
In this context, a common example of a prodrug is an alkyl ester of a carboxylic acid. Relative to compounds of Formula I, Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ig, Formula II, Formula IIa, Formula IIb, Formula IIc, Formula IId, Formula IIe, Formula IIf, Formula IIg, Formula IIh, Formula IIi, Formula IIj, Formula IIk, Formula IIm, Formula IIn, Formula IIo, Formula IIp, or Formula III, further examples include, without limitation, an amide or carbamate derivative at the pyrrole nitrogen (i.e. N1) of the azaindole core.
As described in The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry , Ch. 31-32 (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif., 2001), prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories, bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. Generally, bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds that are inactive or have low activity compared to the corresponding active drug compound, that contain one or more protective groups and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolic products should have acceptably low toxicity. Typically, the formation of active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction that is one of the follow types:
Oxidative reactions: Oxidative reactions are exemplified without limitation to reactions such as oxidation of alcohol, carbonyl, and acid functionalities, hydroxylation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxylation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon-carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-containing functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, and sulfur, oxidative N-dealkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination, as well as other oxidative reactions.
Reductive reactions: Reductive reactions are exemplified without limitation to reactions such as reduction of carbonyl functionalities, reduction of alcohol functionalities and carbon-carbon double bonds, reduction of nitrogen-containing functional groups, and other reduction reactions.
Reactions without change in the oxidation state: Reactions without change in the state of oxidation are exemplified without limitation to reactions such as hydrolysis of esters and ethers, hydrolytic cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, hydrolytic cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, new atomic linkages resulting from dehydration reactions, hydrolytic dehalogenation, removal of hydrogen halide molecule, and other such reactions.
Carrier prodrugs are drug compounds that contain a transport moiety, e.g., that improves uptake and/or localized delivery to a site(s) of action. Desirably for such a carrier prodrug, the linkage between the drug moiety and the transport moiety is a covalent bond, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, the prodrug and any release transport moiety are acceptably non-toxic. For prodrugs where the transport moiety is intended to enhance uptake, typically the release of the transport moiety should be rapid. In other cases, it is desirable to utilize a moiety that provides slow release, e.g., certain polymers or other moieties, such as cyclodextrins. (See, e.g., Cheng et al., U.S. Patent Publ. No. 2004/0077595, application Ser. No. 10/656,838, incorporated herein by reference.) Such carrier prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs. Carrier prodrugs can, for example, be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of pharmacological effects, increased site-specificity, decreased toxicity and adverse reactions, and/or improvement in drug formulation (e.g. stability, water solubility, suppression of an undesirable organoleptic or physiochemical property). For example, lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of hydroxyl groups with lipophilic carboxylic acids, or of carboxylic acid groups with alcohols, e.g., aliphatic alcohols. Wermuth, supra.
Prodrugs may proceed from prodrug form to active form in a single step or may have one or more intermediate forms which may themselves have activity or may be inactive.
Metabolites, e.g., active metabolites, overlap with prodrugs as described above, e.g., bioprecursor prodrugs. Thus, such metabolites are pharmacologically active compounds or compounds that further metabolize to pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives resulting from metabolic process in the body of a subject. Of these, active metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds. For prodrugs, the prodrug compound is generally inactive or of lower activity than the metabolic product. For active metabolites, the parent compound may be either an active compound or may be an inactive prodrug.
Prodrugs and active metabolites may be identified using routine techniques known in the art. See, e.g., Bertolini et al., 1997, J. Med. Chem., 40:2011-2016; Shan et al., 1997 , J Pharm Sci 86(7)756-757; Bagshawe, 1995 , Drug Dev. Res., 34:220-230; Wermuth, supra.
(d) Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts
Compounds can be formulated as or be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Contemplated pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, without limitation, mono, bis, tris, tetrakis, and so on. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are non-toxic in the amounts and concentrations at which they are administered. The preparation of such salts can facilitate the pharmacological use by altering the physical characteristics of a compound without preventing it from exerting its physiological effect. Useful alterations in physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing the solubility to facilitate administering higher concentrations of the drug.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts such as those containing sulfate, chloride, hydrochloride, fumarate, maleate, phosphate, sulfamate, acetate, citrate, lactate, tartrate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, cyclohexylsulfamate and quinate. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be obtained from acids such as hydrochloric acid, maleic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfamic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, cyclohexylsulfamic acid, fumaric acid, and quinic acid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include basic addition salts such as those containing benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, t-butylamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine, procaine, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, ammonium, alkylamine, and zinc, when acidic functional groups, such as carboxylic acid or phenol are present. For example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19 th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., Vol. 2, p. 1457, 1995. Such salts can be prepared using the appropriate corresponding bases.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by standard techniques. For example, the free-base form of a compound can be dissolved in a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous or aqueous-alcohol solution containing the appropriate acid and then isolated by evaporating the solution. In another example, a salt can be prepared by reacting the free base and acid in an organic solvent.
Thus, for example, if the particular compound is a base, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, an alpha-hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, an aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.
Similarly, if the particular compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, or the like. Illustrative examples of suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids, such as L-glycine, L-lysine, and L-arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as hydroxyethylpyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine or piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the different compounds may be present as a complex. Examples of complexes include 8-chlorotheophylline complex (analogous to, e.g., dimenhydrinate: diphenhydramine 8-chlorotheophylline (1:1) complex; Dramamine) and various cyclodextrin inclusion complexes.
Unless specified to the contrary, specification of a compound herein includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compound.
(e) Polymorphic Forms
In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the compounds and salts may exist in different crystal or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae.
VII. Administration
The methods and compounds will typically be used in therapy for human subjects. However, they may also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects. In this context, the terms “subject,” “animal subject,” and the like refer to human and non-human vertebrates, e.g. mammals, such as non-human primates, sports and commercial animals, e.g., equines, bovines, porcines, ovines, rodents, and pets, e.g., canines and felines.
Suitable dosage forms, in part, depend upon the use or the route of administration, for example, oral, transdermal, transmucosal, inhalant, or by injection (parenteral). Such dosage forms should allow the compound to reach target cells. Other factors are well known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms that retard the compound or composition from exerting its effects. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st edition, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa., 2005 (hereby incorporated by reference herein).
Compounds of the present invention (i.e. Formula I, Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ig, Formula II, Formula IIa, Formula IIb, Formula IIc, Formula IId, Formula He, Formula IIf, Formula IIg, Formula IIh, Formula IIi, Formula IIj, Formula IIk, Formula IIm, Formula IIn, Formula IIo, Formula IIp, or Formula III, and all sub-embodiments disclosed herein) can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Carriers or excipients can be used to produce compositions. The carriers or excipients can be chosen to facilitate administration of the compound. Examples of carriers include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars such as lactose, glucose, or sucrose, or types of starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols and physiologically compatible solvents. Examples of physiologically compatible solvents include sterile solutions of water for injection (WFI), saline solution, and dextrose.
The compounds can be administered by different routes including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, transmucosal, rectal, transdermal, or inhalant. In some embodiments, oral administration is preferred. For oral administration, for example, the compounds can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated drops.
For inhalants, compounds of the invention may be formulated as dry powder or a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol. Powders and solutions may be formulated with suitable additives known in the art. For example, powders may include a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch, and solutions may comprise propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol, sodium chloride and other additives, such as acid, alkali and buffer salts. Such solutions or suspensions may be administered by inhaling via spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer, and the like. The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with other inhaled therapies, for example corticosteroids such as fluticasone propionate, beclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, and mometasone furoate; beta agonists such as albuterol, salmeterol, and formoterol; anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide or tiotropium; vasodilators such as treprostinal and iloprost; enzymes such as DNAase; therapeutic proteins; immunoglobulin antibodies; an oligonucleotide, such as single or double stranded DNA or RNA, siRNA; antibiotics such as tobramycin; muscarinic receptor antagonists; leukotriene antagonists; cytokine antagonists; protease inhibitors; cromolyn sodium; nedocril sodium; and sodium cromoglycate.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained, for example, by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid, or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain, for example, gum arabic, talc, poly-vinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dye-stuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin (“gelcaps”), as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs). In addition, stabilizers may be added.
Alternatively, injection (parenteral administration) may be used, e.g., intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and/or subcutaneous. For injection, the compounds of the invention are formulated in sterile liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers or solutions, such as saline solution, Hank's solution, or Ringer's solution. In addition, the compounds may be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms can also be produced.
Administration can also be by transmucosal, topical, transdermal, or inhalant means. For transmucosal, topical or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives. In addition, detergents may be used to facilitate permeation. Transmucosal administration, for example, may be through nasal sprays or suppositories (rectal or vaginal).
The topical compositions of this invention are formulated preferably as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, and the like by choice of appropriate carriers known in the art. Suitable carriers include vegetable or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched chain fats or oils, animal fats and high molecular weight alcohol (greater than C 12 ). The preferred carriers are those in which the active ingredient is soluble. Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants may also be included as well as agents imparting color or fragrance, if desired. Creams for topical application are preferably formulated from a mixture of mineral oil, self-emulsifying beeswax and water in which mixture the active ingredient, dissolved in a small amount solvent (e.g. an oil), is admixed. Additionally, administration by transdermal means may comprise a transdermal patch or dressing such as a bandage impregnated with an active ingredient and optionally one or more carriers or diluents known in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
The amounts of various compounds to be administered can be determined by standard procedures taking into account factors such as the compound IC 50 , the biological half-life of the compound, the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the indication being treated. The importance of these and other factors are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, a dose will be between about 0.01 and 50 mg/kg, preferably 0.1 and 20 mg/kg of the subject being treated. Multiple doses may be used.
The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease. Such combination use includes administration of the compounds and one or more other therapeutics at different times, or co-administration of the compound and one or more other therapies. In some embodiments, dosage may be modified for one or more of the compounds of the invention or other therapeutics used in combination, e.g., reduction in the amount dosed relative to a compound or therapy used alone, by methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
It is understood that use in combination includes use with other therapies, drugs, medical procedures etc., where the other therapy or procedure may be administered at different times (e.g. within a short time, such as within hours (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4-24 hours), or within a longer time (e.g. 1-2 days, 2-4 days, 4-7 days, 1-4 weeks)) than a compound of the present invention, or at the same time as a compound of the invention. Use in combination also includes use with a therapy or medical procedure that is administered once or infrequently, such as surgery, along with a compound of the invention administered within a short time or longer time before or after the other therapy or procedure. In some embodiments, the present invention provides for delivery of compounds of the invention and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by a different route of administration or by the same route of administration. The use in combination for any route of administration includes delivery of compounds of the invention and one or more other drug therapeutics delivered by the same route of administration together in any formulation, including formulations where the two compounds are chemically linked in such a way that they maintain their therapeutic activity when administered. In one aspect, the other drug therapy may be co-administered with one or more compounds of the invention. Use in combination by co-administration includes administration of co-formulations or formulations of chemically joined compounds, or administration of two or more compounds in separate formulations within a short time of each other (e.g. within an hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, up to 24 hours), administered by the same or different routes. Co-administration of separate formulations includes co-administration by delivery via one device, for example the same inhalant device, the same syringe, etc., or administration from separate devices within a short time of each other. Co-formulations of compounds of the invention and one or more additional drug therapies delivered by the same route includes preparation of the materials together such that they can be administered by one device, including the separate compounds combined in one formulation, or compounds that are modified such that they are chemically joined, yet still maintain their biological activity. Such chemically joined compounds may have a linkage that is substantially maintained in vivo, or the linkage may break down in vivo, separating the two active components.
VIII. Manipulation of c-Kit and c-fms
As the full-length coding sequence and amino acid sequence of c-kit and c-fms from various mammals including human is known, cloning, construction of recombinant c-kit and c-fms, production and purification of recombinant protein, introduction of c-kit or c-fms into other organisms, and other molecular biological manipulations of c-kit and c-fms are readily performed.
Techniques for the manipulation of nucleic acids, such as, e.g., subcloning, labeling probes (e.g. random-primer labeling using Klenow polymerase, nick translation, amplification), sequencing, hybridization and the like are well disclosed in the scientific and patent literature, see, e.g., Sambrook, ed., Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.), Vols. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, (1989); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel, ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1997); Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology: Hybridization With Nucleic Acid Probes, Part I. Theory and Nucleic Acid Preparation, Tijssen, ed. Elsevier, N.Y. (1993).
Nucleic acid sequences can be amplified as necessary for further use using amplification methods, such as PCR, isothermal methods, rolling circle methods, etc., are well known to the skilled artisan. See, e.g., Saiki, “Amplification of Genomic DNA” in PCR Protocols, Innis et al., Eds., Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 1990, pp 13-20; Wharam et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 2001 Jun. 1; 29(11)E54-E54; Hafner et al., Biotechniques 2001 April; 30(4)852-6, 858, 860 passim; Zhong et al., Biotechniques 2001 April; 30(4)852-6, 858, 860 passim.
Nucleic acids, vectors, capsids, polypeptides, and the like can be analyzed and quantified by any of a number of general means well known to those of skill in the art. These include, e.g., analytical biochemical methods such as NMR, spectrophotometry, radiography, electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), and hyperdiffusion chromatography, various immunological methods, e.g. fluid or gel precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion, immuno-electrophoresis, radioimmunoassays (RIAs), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immuno-fluorescent assays, Southern analysis, Northern analysis, dot-blot analysis, gel electrophoresis (e.g. SDS-PAGE), nucleic acid or target or signal amplification methods, radiolabeling, scintillation counting, and affinity chromatography.
Obtaining and manipulating nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can be performed by cloning from genomic samples, and, if desired, screening and re-cloning inserts isolated or amplified from, e.g., genomic clones or cDNA clones. Sources of nucleic acid used in the methods of the invention include genomic or cDNA libraries contained in, e.g., mammalian artificial chromosomes (MACs), see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,721,118; 6,025,155; human artificial chromosomes, see, e.g., Rosenfeld (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:333-335; yeast artificial chromosomes (YAC); bacterial artificial chromosomes (BAC); P1 artificial chromosomes, see, e.g., Woon (1998) Genomics 50:306-316; P1-derived vectors (PACs), see, e.g., Kern (1997) Biotechniques 23:120-124; cosmids, recombinant viruses, phages or plasmids.
The nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can be operatively linked to a promoter. A promoter can be one motif or an array of nucleic acid control sequences which direct transcription of a nucleic acid. A promoter can include necessary nucleic acid sequences near the start site of transcription, such as, in the case of a polymerase II type promoter, a TATA element. A promoter also optionally includes distal enhancer or repressor elements which can be located as much as several thousand base pairs from the start site of transcription. A “constitutive” promoter is a promoter which is active under most environmental and developmental conditions. An “inducible” promoter is a promoter which is under environmental or developmental regulation. A “tissue specific” promoter is active in certain tissue types of an organism, but not in other tissue types from the same organism. The term “operably linked” refers to a functional linkage between a nucleic acid expression control sequence (such as a promoter, or array of transcription factor binding sites) and a second nucleic acid sequence, wherein the expression control sequence directs transcription of the nucleic acid corresponding to the second sequence.
The nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can also be provided in expression vectors and cloning vehicles, e.g., sequences encoding the polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention. Expression vectors and cloning vehicles used to practice the methods of the invention can comprise viral particles, baculovirus, phage, plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, fosmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, viral DNA (e.g. vaccinia, adenovirus, foul pox virus, pseudorabies and derivatives of SV40), P1-based artificial chromosomes, yeast plasmids, yeast artificial chromosomes, and any other vectors specific for specific hosts of interest (such as bacillus, Aspergillus and yeast). Vectors used to practice the methods of the invention can include chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences. Large numbers of suitable vectors are known to those of skill in the art, and are commercially available.
The nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can be cloned, if desired, into any of a variety of vectors using routine molecular biological methods; methods for cloning in vitro amplified nucleic acids are disclosed, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,426,039. To facilitate cloning of amplified sequences, restriction enzyme sites can be “built into” a PCR primer pair. Vectors may be introduced into a genome or into the cytoplasm or a nucleus of a cell and expressed by a variety of conventional techniques, well described in the scientific and patent literature. See, e.g., Roberts (1987) Nature 328:731; Schneider (1995) Protein Expr. Purif. 6435:10; Sambrook, Tijssen or Ausubel. The vectors can be isolated from natural sources, obtained from such sources as ATCC or GenBank libraries, or prepared by synthetic or recombinant methods. For example, the nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention can be expressed in expression cassettes, vectors or viruses which are stably or transiently expressed in cells (e.g. episomal expression systems). Selection markers can be incorporated into expression cassettes and vectors to confer a selectable phenotype on transformed cells and sequences. For example, selection markers can code for episomal maintenance and replication such that integration into the host genome is not required.
In one aspect, the nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention are administered in vivo for in situ expression of the peptides or polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention. The nucleic acids can be administered as “naked DNA” (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,859) or in the form of an expression vector, e.g., a recombinant virus. The nucleic acids can be administered by any route, including peri- or intra-tumorally, as described below. Vectors administered in vivo can be derived from viral genomes, including recombinantly modified enveloped or non-enveloped DNA and RNA viruses, preferably selected from baculoviridiae, parvoviridiae, picornoviridiae, herpesveridiae, poxyiridae, adenoviridiae, or picornnaviridiae. Chimeric vectors may also be employed which exploit advantageous merits of each of the parent vector properties (See e.g., Feng (1997) Nature Biotechnology 15:866-870). Such viral genomes may be modified by recombinant DNA techniques to include the nucleic acids used to practice the methods of the invention; and may be further engineered to be replication deficient, conditionally replicating or replication competent. In alternative aspects, vectors are derived from the adenoviral (e.g. replication incompetent vectors derived from the human adenovirus genome, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,096,718; 6,110,458; 6,113,913; 5,631,236); adeno-associated viral and retroviral genomes. Retroviral vectors can include those based upon murine leukemia virus (MuLV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), Simian Immuno deficiency virus (SIV), human immuno deficiency virus (HIV), and combinations thereof; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,117,681; 6,107,478; 5,658,775; 5,449,614; Buchscher (1992) J. Virol. 66:2731-2739; Johann (1992) J. Virol. 66:1635-1640). Adeno-associated virus (AAV)-based vectors can be used to transduce cells with target nucleic acids, e.g., in the in vitro production of nucleic acids and peptides, and in in vivo and ex vivo gene therapy procedures; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,110,456; 5,474,935; Okada (1996) Gene Ther. 3:957-964.
The present invention also relates to use of fusion proteins, and nucleic acids encoding them. A polypeptide used to practice the methods of the invention can be fused to a heterologous peptide or polypeptide, such as N-terminal identification peptides which impart desired characteristics, such as increased stability or simplified purification. Peptides and polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention can also be synthesized and expressed as fusion proteins with one or more additional domains linked thereto for, e.g., producing a more immunogenic peptide, to more readily isolate a recombinantly synthesized peptide, to identify and isolate antibodies and antibody-expressing B cells, and the like. Detection and purification facilitating domains include, e.g., metal chelating peptides such as polyhistidine tracts and histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp, Seattle Wash.). The inclusion of a cleavable linker sequences such as Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego Calif.) between a purification domain and the motif-comprising peptide or polypeptide to facilitate purification. For example, an expression vector can include an epitope-encoding nucleic acid sequence linked to six histidine residues followed by a thioredoxin and an enterokinase cleavage site (see e.g., Williams (1995) Biochemistry 34:1787-1797; Dobeli (1998) Protein Expr. Purif. 12:404-414). The histidine residues facilitate detection and purification while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the epitope from the remainder of the fusion protein. In one aspect, a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide used to practice the methods of the invention is assembled in appropriate phase with a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of the translated polypeptide or fragment thereof. Technology pertaining to vectors encoding fusion proteins and application of fusion proteins are well disclosed in the scientific and patent literature, see e.g., Kroll (1993) DNA Cell. Biol. 12:441-53.
The nucleic acids and polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention can be bound to a solid support, e.g., for use in screening and diagnostic methods. Solid supports can include, e.g., membranes (e.g. nitrocellulose or nylon), a microtiter dish (e.g. PVC, polypropylene, or polystyrene), a test tube (glass or plastic), a dip stick (e.g. glass, PVC, polypropylene, polystyrene, latex and the like), a microfuge tube, or a glass, silica, plastic, metallic or polymer bead or other substrate such as paper. One solid support uses a metal (e.g. cobalt or nickel)-comprising column which binds with specificity to a histidine tag engineered onto a peptide.
Adhesion of molecules to a solid support can be direct (i.e., the molecule contacts the solid support) or indirect (a “linker” is bound to the support and the molecule of interest binds to this linker). Molecules can be immobilized either covalently (e.g. utilizing single reactive thiol groups of cysteine residues (see, e.g., Colliuod (1993) Bioconjugate Chem. 4:528-536) or non-covalently but specifically (e.g. via immobilized antibodies (see, e.g., Schuhmann (1991) Adv. Mater. 3:388-391; Lu (1995) Anal. Chem. 67:83-87; the biotinistrepavidin system (see, e.g., Iwane (1997) Biophys. Biochem. Res. Comm. 230:76-80); metal chelating, e.g., Langmuir-Blodgett films (see, e.g., Ng (1995) Langmuir 11:4048-55); metal-chelating self-assembled monolayers (see, e.g., Sigal (1996) Anal. Chem. 68:490-497) for binding of polyhistidine fusions.
Indirect binding can be achieved using a variety of linkers which are commercially available. The reactive ends can be any of a variety of functionalities including, but not limited to: amino reacting ends such as N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) active esters, imidoesters, aldehydes, epoxides, sulfonyl halides, isocyanate, isothiocyanate, and nitroaryl halides; and thiol reacting ends such as pyridyl disulfides, maleimides, thiophthalimides, and active halogens. The heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents have two different reactive ends, e.g., an amino-reactive end and a thiol-reactive end, while homobifunctional reagents have two similar reactive ends, e.g., bismaleimidohexane (BMH) which permits the cross-linking of sulfhydryl-containing compounds. The spacer can be of varying length and be aliphatic or aromatic. Examples of commercially available homobifunctional cross-linking reagents include, but are not limited to, the imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate dihydrochloride (DMA); dimethyl pimelimidate dihydrochloride (DMP); and dimethyl suberimidate dihydrochloride (DMS). Heterobifunctional reagents include commercially available active halogen-NHS active esters coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl bromoacetate and N-succinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate (SIAB) and the sulfosuccinimidyl derivatives such as sulfosuccinimidyl(4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate (sulfo-SIAB) (Pierce). Another group of coupling agents is the heterobifunctional and thiol cleavable agents such as N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP) (Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.).
Antibodies can also be used for binding polypeptides and peptides used to practice the methods of the invention to a solid support. This can be done directly by binding peptide-specific antibodies to the column or it can be done by creating fusion protein chimeras comprising motif-containing peptides linked to, e.g., a known epitope (e.g. a tag (e.g. FLAG, myc) or an appropriate immunoglobulin constant domain sequence (an “immunoadhesin,” see, e.g., Capon (1989) Nature 377:525-531 (1989).
Nucleic acids or polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention can be immobilized to or applied to an array. Arrays can be used to screen for or monitor libraries of compositions (e.g. small molecules, antibodies, nucleic acids, etc.) for their ability to bind to or modulate the activity of a nucleic acid or a polypeptide used to practice the methods of the invention. For example, in one aspect of the invention, a monitored parameter is transcript expression of a gene comprising a nucleic acid used to practice the methods of the invention. One or more, or all the transcripts of a cell can be measured by hybridization of a sample comprising transcripts of the cell, or nucleic acids representative of or complementary to transcripts of a cell, by hybridization to immobilized nucleic acids on an array, or “biochip.” By using an “array” of nucleic acids on a microchip, some or all of the transcripts of a cell can be simultaneously quantified. Alternatively, arrays comprising genomic nucleic acid can also be used to determine the genotype of a newly engineered strain made by the methods of the invention. Polypeptide arrays” can also be used to simultaneously quantify a plurality of proteins.
The terms “array” or “microarray” or “biochip” or “chip” as used herein is a plurality of target elements, each target element comprising a defined amount of one or more polypeptides (including antibodies) or nucleic acids immobilized onto a defined area of a substrate surface. In practicing the methods of the invention, any known array and/or method of making and using arrays can be incorporated in whole or in part, or variations thereof, as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,277,628; 6,277,489; 6,261,776; 6,258,606; 6,054,270; 6,048,695; 6,045,996; 6,022,963; 6,013,440; 5,965,452; 5,959,098; 5,856,174; 5,830,645; 5,770,456; 5,632,957; 5,556,752; 5,143,854; 5,807,522; 5,800,992; 5,744,305; 5,700,637; 5,556,752; 5,434,049; see also, e.g., WO 99/51773; WO 99/09217; WO 97/46313; WO 96/17958; see also, e.g., Johnston (1998) Curr. Biol. 8:R171-R174; Schummer (1997) Biotechniques 23:1087-1092; Kern (1997) Biotechniques 23:120-124; Solinas-Toldo (1997) Genes, Chromosomes & Cancer 20:399-407; Bowtell (1999) Nature Genetics Supp. 21:25-32. See also published U.S. patent application Nos. 20010018642; 20010019827; 20010016322; 20010014449; 20010014448; 20010012537; 20010008765.
Host Cells and Transformed Cells
The invention also provides a transformed cell comprising a nucleic acid sequence used to practice the methods of the invention, e.g., a sequence encoding a polypeptide used to practice the methods of the invention, or a vector used to practice the methods of the invention. The host cell may be any of the host cells familiar to those skilled in the art, including prokaryotic cells, eukaryotic cells, such as bacterial cells, fungal cells, yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells, or plant cells. Exemplary bacterial cells include E. coli, Streptomyces, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium and various species within the genera Pseudomonas, Streptomyces , and Staphylococcus . Exemplary insect cells include Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9. Exemplary animal cells include CHO, COS or Bowes melanoma or any mouse or human cell line. The selection of an appropriate host is within the abilities of those skilled in the art.
Vectors may be introduced into the host cells using any of a variety of techniques, including transformation, transfection, transduction, viral infection, gene guns, or Ti-mediated gene transfer. Particular methods include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-Dextran mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.
Engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants or amplifying the genes used to practice the methods of the invention. Following transformation of a suitable host strain and growth of the host strain to an appropriate cell density, the selected promoter may be induced by appropriate means (e.g. temperature shift or chemical induction) and the cells may be cultured for an additional period to allow them to produce the desired polypeptide or fragment thereof.
Cells can be harvested by centrifugation, disrupted by physical or chemical means, and the resulting crude extract is retained for further purification. Microbial cells employed for expression of proteins can be disrupted by any convenient method, including freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or use of cell lysing agents. Such methods are well known to those skilled in the art. The expressed polypeptide or fragment can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Protein refolding steps can be used, as necessary, in completing configuration of the polypeptide. If desired, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) can be employed for final purification steps.
Various mammalian cell culture systems can also be employed to express recombinant protein. Examples of mammalian expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts and other cell lines capable of expressing proteins from a compatible vector, such as the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines.
The constructs in host cells can be used in a conventional manner to produce the gene product encoded by the recombinant sequence. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant production procedure, the polypeptides produced by host cells containing the vector may be glycosylated or may be non-glycosylated. Polypeptides used to practice the methods of the invention may or may not also include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce a polypeptide used to practice the methods of the invention. Cell-free translation systems can use mRNAs transcribed from a DNA construct comprising a promoter operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide or fragment thereof. In some aspects, the DNA construct may be linearized prior to conducting an in vitro transcription reaction. The transcribed mRNA is then incubated with an appropriate cell-free translation extract, such as a rabbit reticulocyte extract, to produce the desired polypeptide or fragment thereof.
The expression vectors can contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic trait for selection of transformed host cells such as dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture, or such as tetracycline or ampicillin resistance in E. coli.
For transient expression in mammalian cells, cDNA encoding a polypeptide of interest may be incorporated into a mammalian expression vector, e.g. pcDNA1, which is available commercially from Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif., U.S.A.; catalogue number V490-20). This is a multifunctional 4.2 kb plasmid vector designed for cDNA expression in eukaryotic systems, and cDNA analysis in prokaryotes, incorporated on the vector are the CMV promoter and enhancer, splice segment and polyadenylation signal, an SV40 and Polyoma virus origin of replication, and M13 origin to rescue single strand DNA for sequencing and mutagenesis, Sp6 and T7 RNA promoters for the production of sense and anti-sense RNA transcripts and a Col E1-like high copy plasmid origin. A polylinker is located appropriately downstream of the CMV promoter (and 3′ of the T7 promoter).
The cDNA insert may be first released from the above phagemid incorporated at appropriate restriction sites in the pcDNAI polylinker. Sequencing across the junctions may be performed to confirm proper insert orientation in pcDNAI. The resulting plasmid may then be introduced for transient expression into a selected mammalian cell host, for example, the monkey-derived, fibroblast like cells of the COS-1 lineage (available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md. as ATCC CRL 1650).
For transient expression of the protein-encoding DNA, for example, COS-1 cells may be transfected with approximately 8 μg DNA per 10 6 COS cells, by DEAE-mediated DNA transfection and treated with chloroquine according to the procedures described by Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor N.Y, pp. 16.30-16.37. An exemplary method is as follows. Briefly, COS-1 cells are plated at a density of 5×10 6 cells/dish and then grown for 24 hours in FBS-supplemented DMEM/F12 medium. Medium is then removed and cells are washed in PBS and then in medium. A transfection solution containing DEAE dextran (0.4 mg/ml), 100 μM chloroquine, 10% NuSerum, DNA (0.4 mg/ml) in DMEM/F12 medium is then applied on the cells 10 ml volume. After incubation for 3 hours at 37° C., cells are washed in PBS and medium as just described and then shocked for 1 minute with 10% DMSO in DMEM/F12 medium. Cells are allowed to grow for 2-3 days in 10% FBS-supplemented medium, and at the end of incubation dishes are placed on ice, washed with ice cold PBS and then removed by scraping. Cells are then harvested by centrifugation at 1000 rpm for 10 minutes and the cellular pellet is frozen in liquid nitrogen, for subsequent use in protein expression. Northern blot analysis of a thawed aliquot of frozen cells may be used to confirm expression of receptor-encoding cDNA in cells under storage.
In a like manner, stably transfected cell lines can also prepared, for example, using two different cell types as host: CHO K1 and CHO Pro5. To construct these cell lines, cDNA coding for the relevant protein may be incorporated into the mammalian expression vector pRC/CMV (Invitrogen), which enables stable expression. Insertion at this site places the cDNA under the expression control of the cytomegalovirus promoter and upstream of the polyadenylation site and terminator of the bovine growth hormone gene, and into a vector background comprising the neomycin resistance gene (driven by the SV40 early promoter) as selectable marker.
An exemplary protocol to introduce plasmids constructed as described above is as follows. The host CHO cells are first seeded at a density of 5×10 5 in 10% FBS-supplemented MEM medium. After growth for 24 hours, fresh medium is added to the plates and three hours later, the cells are transfected using the calcium phosphate-DNA co-precipitation procedure (Sambrook et al, supra). Briefly, 3 μg of DNA is mixed and incubated with buffered calcium solution for 10 minutes at room temperature. An equal volume of buffered phosphate solution is added and the suspension is incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature. Next, the incubated suspension is applied to the cells for 4 hours, removed and cells were shocked with medium containing 15% glycerol. Three minutes later, cells are washed with medium and incubated for 24 hours at normal growth conditions. Cells resistant to neomycin are selected in 10% FBS-supplemented alpha-MEM medium containing G418 (1 mg/ml). Individual colonies of G418-resistant cells are isolated about 2-3 weeks later, clonally selected and then propagated for assay purposes.
EXAMPLES
A number of examples illustrative of the present invention are described below. In most cases, alternative techniques could also be used. The examples are intended to be illustrative and are not limiting or restrictive to the scope of the invention. Unless specifically noted to the contrary, in cases where a compound number is not preceeded by a “P-” (e.g., “P-0001”) in the Examples section, compound naming and/or enumeration is not related to naming and/or enumeration employed in other sections of this application. Similarly, structure and substituent naming and enumeration within the Examples are independent of structure and substituent naming and enumeration in above sections of this application unless clearly indicated otherwise.
In the following Examples, it is understood that the solvents and reagents used or suggested are not limiting, and can be substituted appropriately with solvents and reagents known to those of skill in the art. Reaction products may be isolated by means known in the art, such as extraction with a suitable solvent, precipitation from a suitable solvent, chromatography using a suitable solvent system, including silica gel column chromatography, HPLC, preparative TLC, and the like. Exemplary methods for synthesis of compounds of the present invention may be found in US Patent Application Publication number US 2007/0032519, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine core of compounds described in the examples may also be referred to as 7-azaindole in the examples.
Example 1
Synthesis of Compound of Formula I, where X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH and L 1 is —CH 2 —
Compounds of Formula I, as described in paragraph [0011], where X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH and L 1 is —CH 2 — or —CO— may be synthesized from 7-azaindole according to one of the following Schemes 1-3, where R 24 is consistent with Ar 1 , which can be further substituted to provide compounds where R 24 is Ar 1 -L 2 -R 1 as described for Formula I.









Step-1—Synthesis of Compound 2
Compound 2 is synthesized from commercially available 7-azaindole following the literature procedure (Robinson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1955, 77, p. 457).
Step-2—Synthesis of Compound of Formula II
Compound of Formula II, where P is a protecting group, is synthesized by deprotonation using base (e.g. BuLi, NaH) in aprotic solvent like tetrahydrofuran or ether and reacting the anion with a silyl chloride (e.g. TIPS) or an anhydride (e.g. Boc anhydride). The compound is isolated by following standard procedure (quenching with ice-cold brine, work up, and purification by flash silica gel chromatography).
Steps-3 and 4—Synthesis of Compound of Formula I
Compounds of Formula I, wherein R 24 is Ar 1 as defined in Formula I, is synthesized through the reaction of compounds of Formula II with isopropyl chloroformate (or ethyl chloroformate) at room temperature in toluene to give a 3-chloromethyl intermediate. This intermediate is cooled to −78° C. and immediately reacted with an organocopper reagent, which is generated from the reaction between a Grignard reagent (or organolithium reagent) and a solution of copper cyanide and LiCl. The mixture is stirred at −78° C. for one hour and allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction is quenched with a solution of 4:1 ammonium chloride:ammonium hydroxide. The reaction is worked up in the usual manner and purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give the nitrogen-protected compound. The final compound can be realized through the deprotection of the protecting group (Boc, TIPS) using standard conditions (TFA or NH 4 F) at room temperature.









Step-1—Synthesis of Compound 3
Compound 3 is synthesized by reacting commercially available 7-azaindole, compound 1, with hexamethyltetramine and acetic acid in water with heating to reflux for two hours. After cooling, the desired compound is precipitated and collected by filtration.
Step-2—Synthesis of Compound of Formula III
Compound of Formula III, where P is a protecting group, is synthesized by reacting compound 3 with an appropriate reagent to introduce a protecting group (e.g. tert-butyloxycarbonyl dianhydride) and a base (e.g. sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically at room temperature for 12-18 hours. The compound can be isolated by conventional means (e.g. extraction).
Step-3—Synthesis of Compound of Formula IV
Compound of Formula IV, wherein R 24 is Ar 1 , is synthesized by reacting compound of Formula III in an appropriate solvent (e.g. 1,2-dimethoxyethane) with a Grignard reagent of the formula R 24 MgCl or R 24 MgBr (e.g. pyridinyl magnesium bromide) or an equivalent nucleophile in an appropriate solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) under inert atmosphere cooled typically to −10° C. The reaction is typically allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 12-18 hours. The desired compound is purified by reverse phase high pressure liquid chromatography.
Steps-4 and 5—Synthesis of an Intermediate of Compound of Formula I
An intermediate of compound of Formula I is synthesized by reacting compound of Formula IV with a reducing agent (e.g. sodium borohydride) in a polar solvent (e.g. ethanol) typically with heating to 80° C. for 1-4 hours. The reaction is quenched with the addition of methanol and concentrated and purified by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography. Compound of Formula I where R 24 is Ar 1 is synthesized by reacting this intermediate with an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group, P, (e.g. hydrochloric acid) in an apolar solvent (e.g. dioxane). The final compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. reverse phase preparative high pressure liquid chromatography).









Step-1—Synthesis of Compound of Formula I′
Compound of Formula I′ where R 24 is Ar 1 , is synthesized by reacting compound 1 with an activating agent (e.g. methyl magnesium bromide and zinc dichloride or anhydrous aluminum chloride) and a heteroaryl acid chloride (e.g. nicotinic acid chloride) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dichloromethane), under inert atmosphere (e.g. argon), at room temperature or with heating up to reflux for 18-24 hours. The compound is isolated by standard procedures (e.g. extraction and silica-gel chromatography).
Example 2
Synthesis of intermediate 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6) and (3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine) (6a)
Compound 6, an intermediate to compounds of Formula I, as described in paragraph [0011], where X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH, n is 1, P, Q and T are CH and L 1 is —CH 2 —, may be synthesized in four steps from 7-azaindole according to the following Scheme 4.









Step-1—Synthesis of dimethyl-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (2)
Into a 3-neck round bottom flask was added Isopropyl alcohol (320.0 mL) followed by the addition of 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 (7.10 g, 60.1 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (5.4 g, 0.066 mol), and formaldehyde (2.0 g, 0.066 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, and then refluxed for 30 minutes. The suspension solution was evaporated to dryness in vacuo. To the residue was added water (60.0 mL, 3.33 mol) and concentratred hydrochloric acid (6.0 mL, 0.20 mol). The water layer was extracted with ether and the aqueous layer was neutralized with potassium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the compound, which was then further washed with ether and dried to afford compound 2 (7.1 g, yield=67.4%), as a white solid.
Step-2—Synthesis of dimethyl-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (4)
Into a round bottom flask 7-Azagramine 2 (5.38 g, 30.7 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (25.0 mL), and sodium hydride (1.35 g, 33.8 mol) were combined. Into the reaction was added triisopropylsilyl chloride (6.8 mL, 0.032 mol). The reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage to give compound 4 (6.0 g, yield=58.8%) as a colorless oil.
Step-3—Synthesis of 3-chloromethyl-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (5)
Into a round bottom flask was added compound 4 (500.0 mg, 1.51 mmol) and toluene (5.0 mL, 0.047 mol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Into the reaction mixture 1.0 M isopropyl chloroformate in toluene (1.6 mL) was added slowly at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 2 hours to give desired compound 5 used for next step without purification.
Step-4—Synthesis of 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6)
Into a round bottom flask was added 5-iodo-2-chloro-pyridine (315.0 mg, 1.32 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (12.0 mL, 0.15 mol) at −40° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Into the reaction 2.0 M of isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (0.72 mL, 1.44 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 40 minutes at −40° C. TLC (hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1) indicated no starting material. Into the reaction mixture 0.6 M of CuCN.2LiCl in tetrahydrofuran (2.4 mL, 1.44 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to come to room temperature for 5 minutes and trimethyl phosphite (0.29 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added. After 10 minutes, this solution was added into a round bottom flask containing compound 5 (315.0 mg) and toluene (8.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 40 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and the compound extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage (dichloromethane/methanol 1:10) to give compound 6 (230 mg, yield=59.0%) as a white solid. Compound 6a (3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine) (MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =288.1, 290.1) was prepared substituting 5-iodo-2-chloro-pyridine with 5-iodo-2-bromo-pyridine in Step 4, with reaction conditions and work up procedure the same as that for the synthesis of compound 6.
Example 3
Synthesis of intermediate (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (7)
Compound 7, an intermediate to compounds of Formula I, as described in paragraph [0011], where X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH, n is 1, P, Q and T are CH and L 1 is —CO—, may be synthesized in one step from 7-azaindole according to the following Scheme 5.









Into a round bottom flask was added aluminum trichloride (16.0 g, 0.12 mol) and dichloromethane (100.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Into the reaction mixture 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 (3.2 g, 0.027 mol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 70.0 minutes and 6-Chloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride 8 (5.4 g, 0.031 mol) in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Methanol (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was poured into water and the precipitated compound was removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was dried and concentrated and combined with the solid isolated by filtration to give 7 (6.2 g, yield=88.6%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =258.
Example 4
Synthesis of benzyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0001)
Benzyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0001) was prepared in two steps from 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6) according to Scheme 6.









Step-1—Synthesis of benzyl-[5-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (10)
Into a round bottom flask was added 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 6 (160.0 mg, 0.40 mmol, prepared as described in Example 2), benzylamine (32, 0.1 mL, 0.90 mmol), palladium acetate (17.0 mg, 0.076 mmol), toluene (10.0 mL), potassium tert-butoxide (80.0 mg, 0.71 mmol) and 2-(di-t-butylphosphino)biphenyl (31.4 mg, 0.11 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred under reflux for 3 hours. TLC and MS indicated no starting material. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage (dichloromethane/methanol 1:20) to give compound 10 (110 mg, yield=58.5%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =471.
Step-2—Synthesis of benzyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0001)
Into a round bottom flask was added benzyl-[5-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine 10 (400.0 mg, 0.85 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (20.0 mL) and tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (240 mg, 0.93 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 minutes. TLC indicated no starting material. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage (dichloromethane/methanol 1:10) to give compound P-0001 (220 mg, Yield=82.4%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =315.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 6, substituting benzyl amine with a suitable amine in Step 1, and using either 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 6 or 3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 6a, in Step 1. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
Dimethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0021), (4-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0004), (4-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0005), (4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0006), (4-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0007), and [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0008).

The following table indicates the amine used in Step 1 in place of benzyl amine in Column 3, and whether 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine or 3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine was used in Step 1 in Column 2 (Cl or Br, respectively), with the compound structure in Column 4, experimental mass spectrometry result in Column 5, and compound number in Column 1.

















MS(ESI)


Starting


[M + H + ] +


azaindole
Amine
Compound
observed











P-0021
Cl


















253



P-0004
Br


















344.4



P-0005
Br


















348.8



P-0006
Br


















332.4



P-0007
Br


















328.4



P-0008
Br


















330.4
































Example 5
Synthesis of (6-Benzylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0002)
(6-Benzylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0002) was prepared in one step from (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (7) according to Scheme 7.









Into a pressure tube was added (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone 7 (270.0 mg, 1.05 mmol, prepared as described in Example 3), and benzylamine (32, 0.7 mL, 0.006 mol) and tetrahydrofuran (25.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 185° C. for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove most of the solvent and the residue was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage (dichloromethane/methanol 1:20) to give compound P-0002 (30 mg, yield=8.7%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =329.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 7, replacing benzylamine with a suitable amine. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[6-(4-Fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0015), [6-(3-Fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0016), (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone (P-0017), (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-{6-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl}-methanone (P-0018), (6-Phenylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0023), (6-Isopropylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0024), (6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0025), [6-(3-Benzyloxy-phenylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0026), [6-(Cyclopropylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0030), [6-(Cyclohexylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0031),

The following table indicates the amine substituted in place of benzylamine in column 2, to provide these compounds, shown by structure in column 3. Column 1 provides the compound number and column 4 gives the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS(ESI)




[M + H + ] +


Amine
Compound
observed



P-0015


















347.0



P-0016


















347.1



P-0017


















396.9



P-0018


















335.0



P-0023


















315.1



P-0024


















279 [M − H + ] −



P-0025


















293 [M − H + ] −



P-0026


















419 [M − H + ] −



P-0030


















293.1



P-0031


















335.2




































Example 6
Synthesis of Isobutyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0028
Compound P-0028 was synthesized in 1 step from 6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0025 as shown in Scheme 8.









Step-1—Synthesis of Isobutyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0028)
To (6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0025, 60.0 mg, 0.20 mmol, prepared as described in Example 5) in 1,2-ethanediol (5.0 mL) was added hydrazine (1.0 mL, 0.032 mol) and potassium hydroxide (200.0 mg, 3.56 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 180° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound (P-0028, 10 mg, 16.7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =281.
Cyclopropylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0032)

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 8, substituting (6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0025 with [6-(Cyclopropylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0030 (prepared as described in Example 5). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =279.

Cyclohexylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0033)

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 8, substituting (6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0025 with [6-(Cyclohexylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0031, (prepared as described in Example 5). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =321.

Example 7
3-(6-Isopropyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0019
3-(6-Isopropyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0019 was synthesized in 2 steps from 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 6 as shown in Scheme 9.









Step-1-Synthesis of 3-(6-Isopropyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (39)
To 3-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6, 54.0 mg, 0.000135 mol, prepared as described in Example 2) in Tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL) were added [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(II) (23.0 mg) and Isopropylmagnesium Chloride (0.15 mL, 2.0 M in Tetrahydrofuran). The reaction was stirred at 20° C. under an atmosphere of Nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound 39 (38 mg, 70.4%).
Step-2-Synthesis of 3-(6-Isopropyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0019)
To 3-(6-Isopropyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (39, 35.0 mg, 0.086 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) was added tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (29 mg, 0.11 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound (P-0019, 18.0 mg, 81.9%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =252.
Example 8
Synthesis of [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0003)
[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0003) was prepared in three steps from (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (7) according to Scheme 10.









Step-1—Synthesis of (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone (P-0017)
Into a pressure flask was added (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone 7 (3.5 g, 0.014 mol, prepared as described in Example 3), 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine (30, 9.0 g, 0.051 mol), tetrahydrofuran (30.0 mL, 0.37 mol), palladium acetate (200.0 mg, 0.890 mmol) and 2-(di-t-butylphosphino)biphenyl (200.0 mg, 0.67 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 180° C. overnight, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. To the residue was added acetic acid (15.0 mL) and H 2 O (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 5 hours and concentrated to remove the acetic acid. The residue was then treated with aqueous Na 2 HCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed, dried, concentrated and purified to give compound P-0017 (1.0 g, yield=18.5%) as a light yellow solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =397.
Step-2—Synthesis of (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol (14)
Into a round bottom flask was added (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone P-0017 (210.0 mg, 0.53 mmol) and sodium tetrahydroborate (80.0 mg, 2.11 mmol), dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.0 mL) and ethanol (20.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with biotage (dichloromethane/methanol 1:20) to give compound 14 (63 mg, yield=30%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =399.
Step-3—Synthesis of [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0003)
Into a round bottom flask was added (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol 14 (200.0 mg, 0.50 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (5.0 mL, 0.065 mol) and triethylsilane (3.0 mL, 0.019 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, poured into aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified to give pure compound P-0003 (120.0 mg, yield=62.8%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =383.
Example 9
Synthesis of Compounds of Formula I where n is 1, P, Q and T are CH X 1 , X 2 and Y 2 are CH, Y 1 is CR 4 , L 1 is —CH2-, L 2 is —NHCH 2 —, and R 1 is 4 substituted phenyl (Formula Ic)
Compounds of Formula Ic, where R 4 is as defined for Formula I (paragraph [0011]) and Z is a substituent as defined for optionally substituted aryl, can be synthesized in five Steps from 2-amino-5-bromopyridines as shown in the following general Scheme 11.









Step-1—Preparation of Compounds of Formula V
To a solution of an appropriately substituted benzaldehyde (e.g. p-trifluoromethyl benzaldehyde) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) is added an appropriate 2-amino-5-bromo-pyridine 15, followed by appropriate reagents to effect the reduction (e.g. dibutyltin dichloride and phenylsilane). Typically the reaction is heated (e.g. 50° C.) overnight. The solvent is removed at reduced pressure after heating to 50° C. overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula V.
Step-2—Preparation of Compounds of Formula VI
Compound of Formula V is dissolved in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) and typically cooled at −78° C. under an inert atmosphere. To this mixture is added an organo lithium reagent (e.g. methyl lithium). The reaction mixture is typically stirred at −78° C. for several hours. To this mixture is added an organo lithium reagent (e.g. tert-butyl lithium), and the mixture is stirred for several hours. The reaction mixture is maintained at −78° C., and an appropriate formylating reagent (e.g. 1-piperidine carboxaldehyde) is added. Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at −78° C. for an additional several hours and slowly warmed to room temperature. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula VI.
Step-3—Preparation of Compounds of Formula VII
Compound of Formula VI is dissolved in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) and stirred under an inert atmosphere. To this solution is added a base (e.g. triethylamine) and typically a catalyst (e.g. 4-dimethylaminopyridine). Typically, the mixture is stirred for a few minutes and then a reagent appropriate for the introduction of a protecting group (e.g. di-tert-butyldicarbonate) is added. Typically, the reaction is stirred overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula VII.
Step-4—Preparation of Compounds of Formula VIII and IX
4-Substituted 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine XXX is added to a stirring solution of base (e.g. potassium hydroxide) in an appropriate polar protic solvent (e.g. methanol). Compound of Formula VII is added, and the mixture is typically stirred at room temperature for several days. The solvent is evaporated, and 1 M HCl is added to the residue. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction, silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula VIII and IX.
Step-5—Preparation of Compounds of Formula Ic
Typically, compounds of Formula VIII and IX is combined and dissolved in an appropriate polar aprotic solvent (e.g. acetonitrile). Reagents appropriate to effect the reduction (e.g. triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid) are added. Typically, the reactions are stirred at room temperature for several days. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction, silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula Ic.
Example 10
Synthesis of [5-(4-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0011)









[5-(4-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0011 was synthesized as shown in Scheme 12:
















Step 1: Preparation of (5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (17)
Into a round bottom flask fitted with stirrer and reflux condenser was added 2-amino-5-bromopyridine (15, 1.73 mol, 300 g) and p-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (16, 1.723 mol, 300 g) to a solution of trifluoroacetic acid (400 mL), triethylsilane (825 mL) and acetonitrile (7500 mL). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight (24 hours). Solvents were removed and the residue was poured into aqueous K 2 CO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude compound was crystallized with diethyl ether/hexane to afford compound 17, 420 g (73.6%) as off white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =331.1 and 333.1 (1:1 ratio).
Step 2: Preparation of 6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (18)
Into a 5 L round bottom flask was added compound 17 (0.6 mol, 198.6 g,) and tetrahydrofuran (2.5 L) under an atmosphere of argon at −78° C. Into the reaction mixture was added 1.7 M tert-butyllithium in pentane (800 mL) over 60 mins. Two hours after the addition of tert-butyllithium, N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours, then allowed to stand at room temperature for another 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and triturated with hexane/isopropyl ether (1:1) to give aldehyde compound 18.
Step 3: Preparation of (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19)
Into a 2 L round bottom flask was added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (90 g), aldehyde 18 (75 g), diisopropyl ethyl amine (60 g), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.0 g,) and dichloromethane (1000.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight (18 hours) and the solvent was evaporated to give compound 19 (94 g).
Steps 4 and 5: Preparation of [5-(4-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0011)
Step 4: Into a solution of methanol (20 mL, 0.5 mol) was added sodium hydroxide (0.62 g, 0.016 mol), followed by 4-methoxy-7-azaindole (20, 600 mg, 4 mmol, prepared as described in Example 12). Once the mixture was homogeneous, compound 19 (1.7 g, 4.46 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The solvent was evaporated and dilute HCl was added to the residue. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to give a mixture of crude compounds 21 and 22, which was used in the next step.
Step 5: The mixture of 21 and 22 from Step 4 (2.36 g, 4.46 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (60 mL, 0.9 mol) to which triethylsilane (3.6 mL, 0.022 mol) and trifluoroacetic Acid (2.1 mL, 0.027 mol) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane:methanol (3:1). The organic layer was washed with saturated bicarbonate followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to give crude compound as a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give 1.15 g of solid P-0011 for a 60% yield.
MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =413.24.
[5-(4-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine P-0010

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 12, substituting 4-trifluoro-benzylamine with 4-chloro-benzylamine in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =379.2 and 381.2 (3:1 ratio).

[5-(4-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine P-0009


was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 12, substituting 4-trifluoro-benzylamine with 4-chloro-benzylamine in Step 1 and 4-methoxy-7-azaindole with 4-chloro-7-azaindole (24, prepared as described in Example 11) in Step 4. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =381.1 and 383.0.

Example 11
Synthesis of 4-chloro-7-azaindole (24)
4-chloro-7-azaindole 24 was synthesized in two Steps from 7-azaindole according to the protocol of Scheme 13.









Step-1—Synthesis of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 7-oxide (23)
1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 7-oxide 23 was synthesized by reacting commercially available 7-azaindole 1 with an oxidizing agent (e.g. m-CPBA) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. dimethoxyethane) as described by Schneller, S. W.; Luo, Jiann-Kuan. J. Org. Chem. 1980, 45:4045-4048. The compound was isolated by filtration of the resulting solid that forms upon standing at 5° C. for typically 1-3 h.
Step-2—Synthesis of 4-chloro-7-azaindole (24)
4-chloro-7-azaindole 24 was synthesized by reacting 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 7-oxide 23 with a chlorinating agent (e.g. POCl 3 ) neat as described by Schneller, S. W.; Luo, Jiann-Kuan. J. Org. Chem. 1980, 45:4045-4048. The resulting solution after heating for 3-5 h at elevated temperatures (100-150° C.) was neutralized with a base (e.g. NH 4 OH) until a solid precipitated. The solid was isolated by filtration.
Example 12
Synthesis of 4-methoxy-7-azaindole (20)
4-methoxy-7-azaindole 20 was synthesized in one Step from 4-chloro-7-azaindole according to the protocol of Scheme 14.









4-methoxy-7-azaindole 20 was prepared by reacting 4-chloro-7-azaindole 24 (prepared as described in Example 9) with sodium hydroxide in methanol as described by Girgis, N. et. al., J. Heterocyclic. Chem. 1989, 26:317-325.
Example 13
Synthesis of compounds of Formula I where n is 1, P is CR 30 , Q, T, X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH, L 1 is —CH2-, L 2 is —NHCH 2 —, and R 1 is substituted phenyl (Formula Id)
Compounds of Formula Id, where R 30 is a substituent as defined for optionally substituted heteroarylene (further defined in Scheme 13 below) and R 31 is a substituent as defined for optionally substituted aryl, can be synthesized in six Steps from appropriately substituted 2-halopyridines as shown in the following general Scheme 15.









Step 1—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XI
To an appropriately substituted 2-halopyridine X (e.g. 2-chloro-6-methoxypyridine), where Y is a halogen, preferably chlorine or bromine, and R 30 is a group appropriate to direct the following lithiation to the 5-position (e.g. R 30 =methoxy), in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) typically cooled in a −78° C. acetone/dry ice bath is added a solution of organolithium reagent (e.g. tert-butyllithium). The reaction is allowed to stir for a period, typically 1 hour. An appropriate formylating agent (e.g. dimethylformamide) is added and the reaction is allowed to stir cooled for a period and then warmed to room temperature for a period, typically 30 minutes. The reaction can be placed back in the dry-ice bath and quenched with 6 N HCl (1.5 mL) followed by water and allowed to warm to room temperature. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) provides compounds of Formula XI.
Step 2—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XII
To 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 and a compound of Formula XI is added an appropriate polar solvent (e.g. methanol) followed by an appropriate base (e.g. potassium hydroxide). The reaction is typically allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by convention means (e.g. extraction, washing and filtering) affords compounds of Formula XII.
Step 3—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIII
To a compound of Formula XII in an appropriate polar solvent (e.g. acetonitrile) is added a reducing agent (e.g. trifluoroacetic acid and triethylsilane). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula XIII.
Step 4—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIV
To a solution of compound of Formula XIII in an appropriate polar solvent (e.g. dimethylformamide) is added a base (e.g. sodium hydride). Typically, the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then an appropriate reagent to introduce a protecting group (“P”) is added (e.g. triisopropylsilyl chloride). The reaction typically is stirred at room temperature for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula XIV.
Step 5—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XVI
To a compound of Formula XIV, an appropriately substituted benzylamine XV (e.g. 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine), a base (e.g. sodium tert-butoxide), a catalyst (e.g. tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)), and ligand (e.g. 2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl) are added a non-reactive solvent (e.g. toluene) under an inert atmosphere. Typically, the reaction is heated (e.g. 80° C.) for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula XVI.
Step 6—Preparation of compounds of Formula Id
To compound of Formula XVI is added an appropriate polar solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) followed by an appropriate reagent to remove the protecting group (e.g. tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride). Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for several hours. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction and silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula Id.
Example 14
Synthesis of compounds of Formula I where n is 1, P is CR 32 , Q, T, X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are CH, L 1 is —CH 2 —, L 2 is —NHCH 2 —, and R 1 is substituted phenyl (Formula Ie)
Compounds of Formula Id, where R 32 is a substituent as defined for optionally substituted heteroarylene and R 33 is a substituent as defined for optionally substituted aryl, can be synthesized in five Steps from appropriately substituted 2-amino-5-bromopyridines as shown in the following general Scheme 16.









Step-1—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XIX
To a solution of an appropriately substituted benzaldehyde XVIII (e.g. p-trifluoromethyl benzaldehyde) in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) can be added an appropriate 2-amino-5-bromo-pyridine XVII (e.g. 2-amino-5-bromo-6-methylpyridine), followed by appropriate reagents to effect the reduction (e.g. dibutyltin dichloride and phenylsilane). Typically the reaction is heated (e.g. 50° C.) overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula XIX.
Step-2—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XX
Compound of Formula XIX is dissolved in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) and typically cooled at −78° C. under an inert atmosphere. To this mixture is added an organolithium reagent (e.g. methyllithium). The reaction mixture is typically stirred at −78° C. for several hours. To this mixture is added an organolithium reagent (e.g. tert-butyllithium) and the mixture is stirred for several hours. The reaction mixture is maintained at −78° C., and an appropriate formylating reagent (e.g. 1-piperidine carboxaldehyde) is added. Typically, the reaction is allowed to stir at −78° C. for an additional several hours and slowly warmed to room temperature. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula XX.
Step-3—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XXI
Compound of Formula XX is dissolved in a non-reactive solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran) and stirred under an inert atmosphere. To this solution is added a base (e.g. triethylamine) and typically a catalyst (e.g. 4-dimethylaminopyridine). Typically, the mixture is stirred for a few minutes, and then a reagent appropriate for the introduction of a protecting group (e.g. di-tert-butyldicarbonate) is added. Typically, the reaction is stirred overnight. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction) affords compounds of Formula XXI.
Step-4—Preparation of Compounds of Formula XXII and XXIII
1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 is added to a stirred solution of base (e.g. potassium hydroxide) in an appropriate polar solvent (e.g. methanol). Compound of Formula XXI is added, and the mixture is typically stirred at room temperature for several days. The solvent is evaporated and 1 M HCl is added to the residue. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction, silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula XXII and XXIII.
Step-5—Preparation of compounds of Formula Ie
Typically, compounds of Formula XII and XIII are combined and dissolved in an appropriate polar aprotic solvent (e.g. acetonitrile). Reagents appropriate to effect the reduction (e.g. triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid) are added. Typically, the reaction is stirred at room temperature for several days. Isolation by conventional means (e.g. extraction, silica gel chromatography) affords compounds of Formula Ie.
Example 15
Synthesis of [6-Methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0012)
[6-Methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0012 was synthesized in five steps from commercially available 2-chloro-6-methoxypyridine and 7-azaindole as shown in Scheme 17.









Step 1—Preparation of 6-chloro-2-methoxypyridine-3-carbaldehyde (26)
To 2-Chloro-6-methoxypyridine (25, 0.511 g, 3.56 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) cooled in a −78° C. acetone/dry ice bath was added tert-butyllithium (1.7 M in pentane, 5.0 mL, 7.66 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir for 1 hour. Dimethylformamide (0.673 mL, 17.4 mmol) was added and the reaction was allowed to continue for an additional 30 minutes at −78° C., then stirred for 30 minutes outside of the dry-ice bath. The reaction was placed back in the dry-ice bath and quenched with 6 N HCl (1.5 mL) followed by water and allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was extracted with diethyl ether and aqueous (1M) sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and volatiles removed by rotary evaporation, and the resulting yellow solid was dried under vacuum to provide 561 mg of compound 26 (3.27 mmol, 92% yield). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =172.0.
Step 2—Preparation of (6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (27)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 0.455 g, 3.85 mmol) and 6-chloro-2-methoxypyridine-3-carbaldehyde (26, 0.661 g, 3.85 mmol) was added methanol (10 mL) followed by potassium hydroxide (0.310 g, 5.52 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction was extracted with diethyl ether/ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation to provide a solid that was treated with dichloromethane and stored in a freezer overnight. The white solid was collected by vacuum filtration and dried in vacuo to give 613 mg of compound 27 (2.12 mmol, 55%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =290.1.
Step 3—Preparation 3-(6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (28)
To (6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (27, 0.613 g, 2.12 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.82 mL, 10.0 mmol) followed by triethylsilane (1.69 mL, 10.6 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 days, then 60° C. for 4 hours. The reaction was extracted with diethyl ether and aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The desired material was isolated from the filtrate by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to give 516 mg of a white solid compound 28 (1.88 mmol, 89%). MS(ESI) [M+H + ] + =274.1.
Step 4—Preparation 3-(6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1,1-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (29)
To a clear solution of 3-(6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (28, 0.516 g, 1.88 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion, 0.113 g, 2.82 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, triisopropylsilyl chloride (600 μL, 2.83 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then poured into aqueous (1M) sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separarted, dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation to give a crude solid. The compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes. This provided 732 mg of the desired compound as a white, crystalline solid (29, 1.70 mmol, 90%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =430.2.
Step 5—Preparation of [6-Methoxy-5-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (31)
3-(6-chloro-2-methoxypyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (29, 0.104 g, 0.242 mmol), 4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzylamine (30, 0.047 g, 0.266 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (0.0325 g, 0.338 mmol), Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium (0) (0.00062 g, 0.0006 mmol), and 2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (0.0011 g, 0.0018 mmol) were added to toluene (2 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction vial was placed in an oil bath at 80° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered, and volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes. This provided 34 mg of the desired compound 31 (0.060 mmol, 25%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =569.3.
Step 6—Preparation of [6-Methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0012)
To [6-Methoxy-5-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (31, 0.0340 g, 0.0598 mmol) was added tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) followed by tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (1M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 66 μL, 0.0658 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours, then poured into 1:1 water:saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and the volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with dichloromethane followed by 1% methanol in dichloromethane and finally 3% methanol in dichloromethane. This provided 20 mg of the desired compound as a white solid (P-0012, 0.048 mmol, 81%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =413.2.
Example 16
Synthesis of [6-Methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0013)
[6-Methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0013) was synthesized in five steps from commercially available 2-amino-5-bromo-6-methylpyridine and 7-azaindole as shown in Scheme 18.
















Step-1—Preparation of (5-Bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (34)
To a solution of p-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (16, 1.00 g, 5.74 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (9 mL) was added 2-amino-5-bromo-6-methylpyridine (33, 1.08 g, 5.77 mmol), followed by dibutyltin dichloride (40 mg, 0.13 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes at 25° C. and phenylsilane (0.69 g, 6.4 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 50° C. overnight, then the solvent was removed at reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate was added to the resulting solid which was washed with saturated sodium carbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentration under reduced pressure afforded a light yellow solid (34, 1.7 g, 4.93 mmol). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =345.1.
Step-2—Preparation of 2-Methyl-6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (35)
(5-Bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (34, 1.7 g, 4.93 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) and cooled at −78° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. To this mixture was added methyllithium (1.6 M in diethyl ether, 5.91 mmol) dropwise over 20 minutes. After the addition of methyllithium was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours. To this mixture was added tert-butyllithium (1.7 M in pentane, 10.85 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was maintained at −78° C., and 1-piperidinecarboxaldehyde (0.60 mL, 5.42 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to stir at −78° C. for an additional 2 hours and warming to 25° C. was achieved from the slow evaporation of the dry ice/acetone cooling bath. The reaction was quenched with ice cold saturated sodium chloride and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentration under reduced pressure afforded an orange oil (35, 1.4 g, 4.93 mmol).
MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =295.1.
Step-3—Preparation of (5-Formyl-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (36)
2-Methyl-6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (35, 1.4 g, 4.9 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (22 mL) and was stirred under an atmosphere of nitrogen. To this solution was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (150 mg, 1.23 mmol) and triethylamine (0.66 mL, 4.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes before solid di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.0 g, 4.9 mmol) was added directly to the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred overnight at 25° C. and was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with sodium bicarbonate, followed by washing with saturated sodium chloride. The resulting organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give a beige solid (36, 1.8 g, 4.6 mmol). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =395.2.
Step-4—Preparation of {5-[Hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (37) and {5-[Methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (38)
1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 540 mg, 4.57 mmol) was added to a stirring solution of potassium hydroxide (868 mg, 10.08 mmol) in methanol (33 mL). Once the mixture was homogeneous, (5-formyl-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (36, 1.8 g, 4.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 72 hours. The solvent was evaporated and 1 M HCl was added to the residue. The organic material was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate, followed by washing with saturated sodium chloride. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure afforded the crude material, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield the desired compounds as a light yellow solid (37 and 38 as a mixture, 294 mg; 13% yield).
MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =511.2 for 37 and MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =525.2 for 38.
Step-5Preparation of [6-Methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0013)
The combined materials of {5-[Hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (37) and {5-[Methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (38) (194 mg, 0.378 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL) and triethylsilane (0.30 mL, 1.9 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.17 mL, 2.3 mmol) were added. After stirring at 25° C. for overnight, TLC analysis indicated that the reaction was about 50% complete. To the reaction mixture was added triethylsilane (0.30 mL, 1.9 mmol), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.17 mL, 2.3 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir for another 48 hours at 25° C. and the solvent, excess triethylsilane and trifluoroacetic acid were removed by evaporation. Ethyl acetate was added and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated at reduced pressure to afford a brown oil. Purification of 80 mg of the crude material was carried out using preparatory chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford the compound as an off-white solid (P-0013, 10 mg, 0.025 mmol).
MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =397.2.
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0014

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 18, substituting 4-trifluoromethyl benzaldehyde with 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (40) in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =363.1.

Example 17
Synthesis of [5-(5-Bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (P-0038)
[5-(5-Bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine P-0038 was synthesized in 5 steps from commercially available 2-Amino-5-bromopyridine 15 as shown in Scheme 19.
















Step 1—Synthesis of (5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (41)
To 2-Amino-5-bromopyridine (15, 6.10 g, 0.0352 mol) in toluene (90.0 mL) were added 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (40, 5.00 g, 0.0356 mol), trifluoroacetic acid (8.0 mL, 0.10 mol) and triethylsilane (16.5 mL, 0.103 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue was crystallized with ethyl acetate to give compound (41, 6.8 g, 65.4%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (42)
To (5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (41, 10.00 g, 0.03360 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (400.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C. was added n-butyllithium (17.5 mL, 2.00 M in cyclohexane). After 90 minutes, tert-butyllithium (42.00 mL, 1.70 M in hexane) was added to the reaction. After 80 minutes, N,N-dimethylformamide (6.9 mL, 0.089 mol) was added to the reaction. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude compound, which was crystallized from tert-butoxyl methyl ether to provide compound (42, 7.66 g, 92.2%).
Step 3—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43)
To 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (42, 2.00 g, 8.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) were added triethylamine (1.70 mL, 12.2 mmol), di-tert-butyldicarbonate (2.00 g, 9.16 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (52.3 mg, 0.43 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (43, 2.50 g, 89.3%).
Step 4—Synthesis of {5-[(5-Bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (45)
To 5-bromo-7-azaindole (44, 198.0 mg, 1.01 mmol) in methanol (30.0 mL, 0.741 mol) were added (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43, 355.0 mg, 1.02 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (80.0 mg, 1.42 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 8% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound (45, 200.0 mg, 36.8%).
Step 5—Synthesis of [5-(5-Bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (P-0038)
To {5-[(5-Bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (45, 180.0 mg, 0.33 mmol) in acetonitrile (30.0 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL, 0.026 mol) and triethylsilane (4.0 mL, 0.025 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound (P-0038, 120 mg, 85.2%).
MS (ESI)[M+H + ] + =427.2, 429.2.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 19, optionally replacing 4-chlorobenzaldehyde 40 with an appropriate aldehyde in Step 1 and optionally replacing 5-bromo-7-azaindole 44 with an appropriate azaindole in Step 4. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0181), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0182), 3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0257), 3-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0269), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0270), 3-[6-(2-Fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0271), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0272), 3-{6-[(6-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0273), 3-[6-(2-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0274), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0275), [5-(5-Methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0276), 3-[6-(2,6-Difluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0277), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2,6-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0278), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0279), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0280), 3-[6-(2-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0281), (6-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0282), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0283), 3-{6-[(6-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0284), (2-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0285), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0286), 3-{6-[(2-M ethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0287), (2-Ethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0288), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0296), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0297), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0298), 3-[6-(2,5-Difluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0299), 3-[6-(2-Trifluoromethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0321), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0322), 3-[6-(2-Ethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0323), [5-(5-Fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0325), [5-(5-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0326), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0327), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0328), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0329), (2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0330), [5-(5-Fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0331), (6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0332), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0333), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0334), (2-Methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0336), 3-[6-(2-Methoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0337), (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0340), and (2,6-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0341).

The following table indicates the aldehyde used in Step 1 in Column 3 and the azaindole used in Step 4 in Column 2 to provide the compound of Column 4. Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 5 the measured mass spectrometry result.













Com-





pound



MS

num-
Azaindole
Aldehyde

[M +

ber
in Step 4
in Step 1
Compound structure
H + ] +



P- 0181



























418.2



P- 0182



























384.2



P- 0257



























374.2



P- 0269



























408.7



P- 0270



























367.0



P- 0271



























358.0



P- 0272



























347.0



P- 0273



























409.4



P- 0274



























408.5



P- 0275



























417.0



P- 0276



























397.6



P- 0277



























376.5



P- 0278



























385.0



P- 0279



























363.0



P- 0280



























383.3



P- 0281



























374.0



P- 0282



























360.8



P- 0283



























380.0



P- 0284



























371.5



P- 0285



























360.1



P- 0286



























380.0



P- 0287



























371.0



P- 0288



























359.6



P- 0296



























351.6



P- 0297



























365.5



P- 0298



























385.9



P- 0299



























376.4



P- 0321



























424.6



P- 0322



























399.5



P- 0323



























384.7



P- 0325



























401.5



P- 0326



























413.4



P- 0327



























367.2



P- 0328



























379.0



P- 0329



























369.7



P- 0330



























381.6



P- 0331



























364.5



P- 0332



























376.4



P- 0333



























369.6



P- 0334



























381.6



P- 0336



























345.7



P- 0337



























370.7



P- 0340



























351.5



P- 0341



























365.5









































































































Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 19, Steps 4 and 5, replacing (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 43 with an appropriate protected aldehyde and 5-bromo-7-azaindole 44 with an appropriate azaindole in Step 4. Aldehydes were prepared as described in Example 60. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
3-{2-Chloro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0232), [6-Chloro-5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0233), [6-Chloro-5-(5-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0234), (3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0235), 3-{6-[(3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0256), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0338), 3-[6-(2-Difluoromethoxy-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0339),

The following table indicates the aldehyde used in Column 2 and the azaindole used in Column 3 to provide the compound of Column 4. Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 5 the measured mass spectrometry result.











Compound



number
Aldehyde
Azaindole



P-0232





















P-0233





















P-0234





















P-0235





















P-0256





















P-0338





















P-0339

























Com-



pound

MS

num-

[M +

ber
Compound
H + ] +



P- 0232









443.0



P- 0233









[M − H + ] − = 446.1



P- 0234









430.1



P- 0235









383.9



P- 0256









375.2



P- 0338









415.0



P- 0339









406.6



















































Example 18
Synthesis of 1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 47
Compound 47 was synthesized in 2 steps from 7-azaindole 1 as described in Scheme 20.









Step 1—Preparation of 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (46)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 16.0 g, 135 mmol) in water (110 mL), were added hexamethylenetetramine (26.0 g, 185 mmol), and acetic acid (55.0 mL, 967 mmol). The reaction was refluxed for 12 hours. Water (329 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was filtrated and washed with water to give compound (46, 15.0 g, 76%). MS (ESI)[M+H + ] + =147.
Step 2—Preparation of 1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (47)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (46, 4.05 g, 27.71 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30.0 mL) were added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 1.5 g, 38 mmol) and triisopropylsilyl chloride (8.0 mL, 38 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (47, 3.0 g, 36%).
MS (ESI)[M+H + ] + =303.
1-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyl)-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 66

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 20 Step 2, substituting 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 46 with 3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine and triisopropylsilyl chloride with tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silyl chloride.

1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 55

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 20, substituting triisopropylsilyl chloride with benzenesulfonyl chloride in Step 2.

Example 19
Synthesis of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (P-0071)
N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide P-0071 was synthesized in 3 steps from 2-Amino-5-bromopyridine 15 as shown in Scheme 21.









Step 1—Synthesis of N-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (49)
To 2-Amino-5-bromopyridine (15, 1.50 g, 8.67 mmol) in acetonitrile (20.0 mL) were added pyridine (6.0 mL, 0.074 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.10 g, 0.82 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride (48, 2.14 g, 8.75 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated, poured into water, acidified with 1N HCl to pH=2, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was washed with ethyl acetate to give a white solid as desired compound (49, 2.80 g, 84.8%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =381.0, 383.0.
Step 2—Synthesis of N-5-[Hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (50)
To N-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (49, 0.96 g, 2.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., tert-butyllithium (4.62 mL, 1.70 M in hexane) was added slowly. After 15 minutes, 1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (47, 0.30 g, 0.99 mmol, prepared as described in Example 18) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) was added to the reaction. After 30 minutes, the reaction was allowed to come to room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into water, acidified with 1N HCl to pH around 2, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid compound (50, 0.55 g, 90.1%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =605.3.
Step 3—Synthesis of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (P-0071)
To N-5-[Hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (50, 0.27 g, 0.45 mmol) in acetonitrile (15.0 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL, 0.013 mol) and triethylsilane (2.0 mL, 0.012 mol). The reaction was heated to 85° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid compound (P-0071, 28.5 mg, 14.7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =433.2.
4-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide P-0074

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 21, substituting 4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride 48 with 4-chloro-benzoyl chloride in step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =363.2.

Example 20
Synthesis of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0072)
N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide P-0072 was synthesized in one step from (3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 6a as shown in Scheme 22.









Step 1—Synthesis of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0072)
To 3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6a, 50.0 mg, 0.000174 mol, prepared as described in Example 2) in 1,4-dioxane (4.0 mL) were added 4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (51, 70.0 mg, 0.37 mmol), Xanthphos (15.0 mg, 0.026 mmol), cesium carbonate (130.0 mg, 0.40 mmol) and Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (25.0 mg, 0.024 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 120° C. for 10 minutes in a CEM Discover microwave instrument. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0072, 4.7 mg, 6.8%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =397.2.
4-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide P-0073

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 22, substituting 4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide with 4-fluoromethyl-benzamide. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =347.2.

Example 21
Synthesis of (4-Chloro-phenyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0078)
(4-Chloro-phenyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine P-0078 was synthesized in 3 steps from 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carbaldehyde 52 as shown in Scheme 23.









Step 1—Synthesis of (5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-(4-chloro-phenyl)-amine (54)
To 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carbaldehyde (52, 1.00 g, 5.38 mmol) in acetonitrile (50.0 mL) were added p-chloroaniline (53, 0.686 g, 5.38 mmol), triethylsilane (6.00 mL, 0.0376 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (3.00 mL, 0.0389 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hours. The reaction was concentrated, poured into water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (54, 0.75 g, 47.0%).
Step 2—Synthesis of (1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-6-[(4-chloro-phenylamino)-methyl]-pyridin-3-yl-methanol (56)
To (5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-(4-chloro-phenyl)-amine (54, 0.380 g, 1.28 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C. was added n-butyllithium (0.850 mL, 1.60 M in hexane). After 10 minutes, 1,2-bis-(chloro-dimethyl-silanyl)-ethane (0.135 g, 0.627 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 40 minutes. The reaction was cooled to −78° C., followed by addition of 1.70 M tert-butyllithium in hexane (1.58 mL). After 30 minutes, 1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (55, 0.380 g, 1.33 mmol, prepared as described in Example 18) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added to the reaction. After 20 minutes, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (56, 0.30 g, 46.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =505.3.
Step 3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-5-[methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methy]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (57)
To (1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-6-[(4-chloro-phenylamino)-methyl]-pyridin-3-yl-methanol (56, 120.0 mg, 0.24 mmol) in methanol (20.0 mL) were added potassium hydroxide (0.400 g, 7.13 mmol) and water (5.0 mL, 0.28 mol). The reaction was heated to 50° C. for 10 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (57, 30 mg, 33.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =379.4.
Step 4—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-phenyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0078)
To (4-Chloro-phenyl)-5-[methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (57, 20.8 mg, 0.055 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL, 6.5 mmol) and triethylsilane (1.00 mL, 6.26 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give compound (P-0078, 6.1 mg, 32.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =349.4.
Example 22
Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0082)
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0082 was synthesized in 8 steps from 2,6-Difluoropyridine 58 as shown in Scheme 24.
















Step 1—Synthesis of 2,6-Difluoro-nicotinic acid (59)
To 2,6-difluoropyridine (58, 7.10 g, 0.0617 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (150.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., n-butyllithium (26.0 mL, 2.50 M in hexane) was added slowly. After 30 minutes, dry ice (3.0 g) was added to the reaction. After 1 hour, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1 N HCl to pH=4-5 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anyhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude compound as a light yellow solid (59, 5.6 g, 57.0%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 2,6-Difluoro-nicotinic Acid Methyl Ester (60)
To 2,6-difluoro-nicotinic acid (59, 5.60 g, 0.0352 mol) in methanol (60.0 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.0 mL, 0.019 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight, then poured into water, basified with 1M potassium carbonate to pH around 9, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give a yellow oil (60, 3.5 g, 57.0%).
Step 3—Synthesis of 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (62)
To 2,6-difluoro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (60, 2.00 g, 0.0116 mol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −40° C., was added p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 2.60 mL, 0.0214 mol). The reaction was stirred at −40° C. to −20° C. for 2 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (62, 2.0 g, 58.7%).
Step 4—Synthesis of [6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol (63)
To 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (62, 2.00 g, 6.79 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) was added lithium tetrahydroaluminate (13.6 mL, 1.00 M in Tetrahydrofuran) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction was added an excessive amount of NaSO 4 .10H 2 O, and then stirred for 1 hour. Filtration, concentration and purification with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane provided compound 63 (1.0 g, 55.0%).
Step 5—Synthesis of 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (64)
To [6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol (63, 1.0 g, 3.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.75 g, 4.12 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (64, 0.67 g, 68.0%).
Step 6—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (65)
To 6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (64, 670.0 mg, 2.53 mmol) in dichloromethane (16.2 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.23 g, 5.65 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (16.2 mg, 0.133 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (65, 0.63 g, 68.0%).
Step 7—Synthesis of (5-[1-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-hydroxy-methyl-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (67)
To 1-(tert-butyl-dimethyl-silanyl)-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (66, 0.53 g, 0.0015 mol) and tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −20° C., was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (0.78 mL, 2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran). The reaction was allowed to warm to 0° C. (around 80 minutes), then cooled to −20° C., followed by addition of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (65, 0.200 g, 0.55 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature in 1 hour, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow solid (67, 0.20 g, 61.1%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =597.4.
Step 8—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0082)
To (5-[1-(tert-Butyl-dimethyl-silanyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-hydroxy-methyl-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (67, 0.10 g, 0.17 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (1.00 mL, 6.26 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL, 6.5 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 2 hours, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0082, 43.2 mg, 70.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =367.4.
Example 23
Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0081)
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0081 was synthesized in 2 steps from (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 65 as shown in Scheme 25.









Step 1—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-5-[hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (68)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 90.0 mg, 0.76 mmol) in methanol (30.0 mL) were added (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (65, 300.0 mg, 0.82 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (720.0 mg, 12.83 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the compound (68, 60 mg, 15.9%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =495.3.
Step 2—Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-methoxy-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0081)
To (4-Chloro-benzyl)-5-[hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-6-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (68, 40.0 mg, 0.081 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol) and triethylsilane (0.60 mL, 0.0038 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hours. The reaction was concentrated to remove the solvents, then purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexane to give compound (P-0081, 10 mg, 32.7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =379.4.
Example 24
Synthesis of 5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (P-0076)
5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide P-0076 was synthesized in 3 Steps from 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride 69 as shown in Scheme 26.









Step 1—Synthesis of 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (70)
To 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride (69, 0.76 g, 3.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (29.0 mL) were added p-chloroaniline (53, 0.702 g, 5.50 mmol), 4-dimethylamino-pyridine (0.12 g, 0.96 mmol) and pyridine (2.9 mL, 0.036 mol). The reaction was stirred at 68° C. overnight, then poured into water, acidified with 1 N HCl to pH around 1 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane to give a white solid (70, 0.75 g, 70.0%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 5-[Hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (71)
To 5-Bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (70, 0.50 g, 1.60 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., tert-butyllithium (3.02 mL, 1.70 M in Hexane) was added. After 20 minutes, 1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (47, 0.39 g, 1.3 mmol, prepared as described in Example 18) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the compound as colorless oil (71, 100 mg, 14%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =535.3.
Step 3—Synthesis of 5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (P-0076)
To 5-[Hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)-amide (71, 100.0 mg, 0.19 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added trifluoroacetic acid (0.20 mL, 2.6 mmol) and triethylsilane (0.40 mL, 2.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow solid compound (P-0076, 5.5 mg, 8.1%).
MS (ESI) [M−H + ] − =361.1.
Example 25
Synthesis of [6-(3-Hydroxy-phenylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0027)
[6-(3-Hydroxy-phenylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0027 was synthesized in 1 Step from [6-(3-Benzyloxy-phenylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0026 as shown in Scheme 27.









To [6-(3-Benzyloxy-phenylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0026, 12.0 mg, 0.0285 mmol) in methanol (5.0 mL) was added 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (10.0 mg) under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Filtration and concentration gave compound (P-0027, 3.5 mg, 37%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =331.
Example 26
Synthesis of 3-[6-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0057
3-[6-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0057 was synthesized in 4 steps from commercially available 7-azaindole as shown in Scheme 28.









Step 1—Preparation of (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (7)
To 7-azaindole 1 in dichloromethane was added 6-chloronicotinoyl chloride 8, followed by aluminum chloride, under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −10° C. The reaction was stirred and allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with 3 N hydrochloric acid and concentrated hydrochloric acid was added until all solids dissolved. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic portions were dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting solid material was recrystallized from chloroform/hexane to provide (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone 7 and used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2—Preparation of (1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone (73)
To (6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone 7 in DMSO was added (3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-methanol 72. Sodium hydride was added and the reaction was heated to 60° C. for two hours. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portion was dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated to provide (1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone 73, which was used in the next step without additional purification.
Step 3—Preparation (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol (74)
To (1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone 73 in ethanol was added sodium borohydride. After one hour, the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portion was dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated to provide (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol 74, which was used in the next step without additional purification.
Step 4—Preparation of 3-[6-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, P-0057
(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol 74 was dissolved in 9:1 trifluoroacetic acid: triethylsilane. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide 3-[6-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0057. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =384.3.
Additional compounds may be prepared using steps 2-4 of Scheme 28, replacing (3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-methanol with an appropriate benzyl alcohol. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0056) 3-[6-(3-Chloro-benzyloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0055)

The benzyl alcohols used in step 2 of this procedure are indicated in column 2 of the following table, with the compound structure indicated in column 3. Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the measured mass spectrometry result.















MS(ESI) [M + H + ] +


Benzyl alcohol
Compound
observed



P-0056


















350.3



P-0055


















350.3



















Example 27
Synthesis of [2-Chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0048
[2-Chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0048 was synthesized in 3 steps from commercially available 2,6-dichloropyridine-3-carboxylic acid 75 as shown in Scheme 29.









Step 1—Preparation of 2,6-dichloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride (76)
To 2,6-dichloropyridine-3-carboxylic acid (75, 1.00 g, 0.00521 mol) in dichloromethane (75 mL) was added 2 M Oxalyl chloride (2.61 mL, 0.727 g, 0.00573 mol). The solution began to show vigorous gas evolution, which slowed but continued for about 2 hours. The reaction was allowed to continue at room temperature for an additional 3 hours. The reaction was concentrated to give the compound as a brown oil that crystallized on standing (76, 1.09 g, 99%).
Step 2—Preparation of (2,6-dichloropyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanone (77)
To Aluminum trichloride (4.18 g, 0.0314 mol) and dichloromethane (97.5 mL, 1.52 mol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 828.5 mg, 0.0070 mol) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 60 minutes, then added 2,6-dichloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride (76, 1.09 g, 0.00523 mol) in dichloromethane (6.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A precipitate formed, and nitromethane was added in −1 mL portions until almost all solid dissolved (8 mL). After an additional 60 minutes at room temperature, the reaction was slowly poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give 1.54 g of solid, which turned dark purple on sitting overnight. The solid was treated with dichloromethane, and the insoluble material was collected by vacuum filtration to give compound (77, 863 mg, 57%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =292.2.
Step 3—Preparation of [2-Chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0048)
To (2,6-dichloropyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanone (77, 0.0570 g, 0.195 mmol) was added 2-propanol (1.5 mL) followed by p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 49.8 μL, 0.410 mmol). The reaction was microwaved at 300 watts, 100° C. for 10 minutes, at 120° C. for 10 minutes, and finally at 150° C. for 10 minutes. Additional p-chlorobenzylamine (50 μL, 0.410 mmol) was added and the reaction continued at 150° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and 1 M sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane followed by 1% methanol to give compound (P-0048, 47 mg, 61%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =397.3.
Additional compounds may be prepared according to Scheme 29, replacing 2,6-dichloropyridine-3-carboxylic acid with an appropriate carboxylic acid. (6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanone P-0070

was made following this protocol, using 6-Chloro-2-trifluoromethyl-nicotinic acid as the carboxylic acid (prepared in two steps from commercially available 2-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine according to Cottet, F. and Schlosser, M. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 3793-3798). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =431.2.

Example 28
Synthesis of 3-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)pyridin-2-ol P-0051
3-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)pyridin-2-ol P-0051 was synthesized in 2 steps from [2-Chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0048 as shown in Scheme 30.









Step 1—Preparation of (6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)-2-chloropyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (P-0050)
To [2-Chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0048, 0.045 g, 0.00011 mol, prepared as described in Example 27) was added methanol (10 mL) and sodium borohydride (0.00428 g, 0.000113 mol). The reaction was allowed to stir at 50° C. overnight. The volatiles were removed from the reaction, and the resulting material was extracted with ethyl acetate and 1M aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane followed by 1% methanol in dichloromethane to give the compound (P-0050, 31 mg, 68%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =399.2.
Step 2—Preparation of 3-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)pyridin-2-ol (P-0051)
To (6-(4-chlorobenzylamino)-2-chloropyridin-3-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methanol (P-0050, 0.028 g, 0.000070 mol) dissolved in acetonitrile (1 mL) was added triethylsilane (42.6 uL, 0.000266 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (28.4 uL, 0.000368 mol). The reaction was heated at 85° C. overnight. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane, 3%, 5% and finally 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give the compound as a white solid (P-0051, 20 mg, 78%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =365.3.
Example 29
Synthesis of 5 Substituted 7-azaindole Intermediates
5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 79 was synthesized in 1 Step from commercially available 5-bromo-azaindole as shown in Scheme 31.









Step 1—5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (79)
To 4-morpholineethanol (30 mL, 0.2 mol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) was slowly added sodium hydride (7 g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.2 mol). After the solution turned clear, a solution of 5-bromo-7-azaindole (44, 1.0 g, 0.0051 mol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and copper(I) bromide (1.4 g, 0.0098 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. under nitrogen for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected, washed with a solution of ammonium chloride and ammonium hydroxide (4:1), brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as an off-white solid (79, 0.62 g, 50%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =248.25.
Additional 5-substituted 7-azaindoles were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 31, replacing 4-morpholineethanol with either 2-diethylamino-ethanol, 3-diethylamino-propan-1-ol, 2-piperidin-1-yl-ethanol, or 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol to provide diethyl-[2-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yloxy)-ethyl]-amine, Diethyl-[3-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-yloxy)-propyl]-amine, 5-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, and 5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, respectively.
Example 30
Synthesis of {5-[5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0065
{5-[5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0065 was synthesized in 4 Steps from (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyl)-amine 17 as shown in Scheme 32.
















Step 1—Preparation of 6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (18)
To a solution of (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (17, 3.55 g, 0.0107 mol, commercially available, or prepared as described in Example 10) in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) was added tert-butyllithium (13.2 mL, 1.70 M in pentane, 0.0224 mol) slowly under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C. over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 90 minutes. N,N-Dimethylformamide (2.2 mL, 0.028 mol) was added slowly into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours, then allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a light yellow solid (18, 1.67 g, 56%).
Step 2—Preparation of (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic Acid tert-butyl Ester (19)
To a solution of 6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (18, 3.7 g, 0.013 mol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (3.4 g, 0.016 mol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4.6 mL, 0.026 mol) and 4-diethylaminopyridine (0.2 g, 0.002 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then dissolved in ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with hydrochloric acid (10%), saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a white solid (19, 4.38 g, 87%).
Step 4—Preparation of (5-{Hydroxyl-[5-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (80)
A mixture of (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19, 315 mg, 0.828 mmol), 5-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (79, 205 mg, 0.829 mmol, prepared as described in Example 29), and potassium hydroxide (70 mg, 1 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the compound as a yellow solid (80, 0.2 g, 40%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =628.42.
Step 5—Preparation of {5-[5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0065)
A mixture of (5-{Hydroxy-[5-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (80, 0.2 g, 0.3 mmol), triethylsilane (4 mL, 0.02 mol), and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL, 0.02 mol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) was refluxed for 2 hours. After removal of solvent, the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the compound as a light yellow solid (P-0065, 17 mg, 10%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =512.42.
Additional compounds may be prepared using steps 3 and 4 of Scheme 32, using (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 19 or replacing it with (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43, prepared as described in Example 17) and replacing 5-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 79 with an appropriate azaindole, prepared as in Example 29 or 5-methoxy-7-azaindole (prepared as described in Example 31) or with commercially available 5-chloro-7-azaindole. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[5-(5-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0053), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0054), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0058), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0059), {5-[5-(2-Diethylamino-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0060), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{5-[5-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-amine (P-0063), {5-[5-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0064), {5-[5-(3-Diethylamino-propoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0066), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{5-[5-(3-diethylamino-propoxy)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]pyridin-2-yl}-amine (P-0069),

The aldehyde and azaindole used in step 4 of this procedure are indicated in columns 2 and 3 of the following table, respectively, with the compound structure indicated in column 4. Column 1 provides the compound reference number and Column 5 the experimental mass spectrometry result.

















MS





(ESI)





[M +





H + ] +





ob-


Aldehyde
Azaindole
Compound
served



P- 0053



























413.2



P- 0054



























417.2



P- 0058



























379.2



P- 0059



























383.2



P- 0060



























498.4



P- 0063



























478.3



P- 0064



























496.3



P- 0066



























512.3



P- 0069



























478.3





































Example 31
Synthesis of 3-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol P-0061
3-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol P-0061 was synthesized in 6 Steps from 5-bromo-7-azaindole 44 as described in Scheme 33.









Step 1—Preparation of 5-Methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (81)
To a mixture of 5-bromo-7-azaindole (1 g, 0.005 mol) in N,N-Dimethylformamide (20 mL) and methanol (20 mL) were added sodium methoxide (13 g, 0.24 mol) and Copper (I) bromide (0.7 g, 0.0048 mol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. under nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected, washed with a solution of ammonium chloride and ammonium hydroxide (4:1), brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a white solid (81, 0.4 g, 50%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =149.09.
Step 2—Preparation of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol (82)
To a solution of 5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (81, 0.5 g, 3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added boron tribromide (1.5 g, 6.0 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by methanol. After repeated addition of methanol and removal of solvent, the concentrated reaction mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected, washed with brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as an off-white solid (82, 0.18 g, 40%).
Step 3—Preparation of 5-Triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (83)
To a solution of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol (0.5 g, 0.004 mol) and 1H-imidazole (0.98 g, 0.014 mol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added triisopropylsilyl chloride (1 mL, 0.005 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane (10 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a viscous liquid (83, 0.4 g, 40%).
Step 4—Preparation of {5-[Hydroxy-(5-triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (84)
A mixture of (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19, 41 mg, 0.11 mmol, prepared as described in Example 30), 5-triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (83, 34 mg, 0.12 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (9.8 mg, 0.17 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a viscous liquid (84, 0.05 g, 70%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =671.38.
Step 5—Preparation of (4-Trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(5-triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (85)
A mixture of {5-[hydroxy-(5-triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (84, 0.05 g, 0.07 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL, 0.006 mol), and triethylsilane (1 mL, 0.006 mol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a viscous liquid (85, 0.04 g, 97%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =555.38.
Step 6—Preparation of 3-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol (P-0061)
To (4-Trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(5-triisopropylsilanyloxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (85, 0.13 g, 0.23 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (3 mL, 1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then was stirred at 65° C. for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a viscous liquid (P-0061, 0.062 g, 66%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =399.19.
3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-5-ol P-0062

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 33, replacing (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 19 with (5-Formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43, prepared as described in Example 17). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =365.2.

Example 32
Synthesis of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide P-0067
N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide P-0067 was synthesized in 2 Steps from 7-azaindole 1 as described in Scheme 34.









Step 1—Preparation of (6-Bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (87)
To a solution of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 1.2 g, 0.010 mol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added 6-bromo-nicotinoyl chloride (86, 2.6 g, 0.012 mol) at −10° C. After the solution turned clear, aluminum trichloride (10.2 g, 0.0765 mol) was added in one portion with vigorous stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred at −10° C. for 30 minutes, then was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with ice water and neutralized with sodium bicarbonate. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the compound as a white solid (87, 0.35 g, 11%).
Step 2—Preparation of N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0067)
A mixture of (6-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
(87, 160 mg, 0.53 mmol), 4-trifluoromethyl benzamide (51, 130 mg, 0.69 mmol), xanthphos (9 mg, 0.02 mmol), cesium carbonate (245 mg, 0.752 mmol), and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (5 mg, 0.005 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) in a sealed tube was stirred at 110° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was collected, washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as an off-white solid (P-0067, 0.42 mg, 19%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =411.17.
N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide P-0068

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 34, replacing 4-trifluoromethyl benzamide 51 with 4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide in Step 2. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =445.1.

Example 33
Synthesis of [(S)-1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0075
[(S)-1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethy 1)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0075 was synthesized in 3 Steps from 7-azaindole 1 as described in Scheme 35.









Step 1—Preparation of (6-Bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (89)
A mixture of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 1.2 g, 0.010 mol), 6-bromo-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (88, 1.8 g, 0.0097 mol), and potassium hydroxide (1.8 g, 0.032 mol) in methanol (25 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the compound as a white solid (89, 1.4 g, 45%), or may be used as mixture of 89 and 90 in Step 2.
Step 2—Preparation of 3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (91)
A mixture of (6-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (89, 1 g, 0.003 mol) and 3-[(6-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-methoxy-methyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (90, 2 g, 0.006 mol), triethylsilane (1 mL, 0.006 mol), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL, 0.006 mol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was collected, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as an off-white solid (91, 0.75 g, 60%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =288.06, 290.00.
Step 3—Preparation of [(S)-1-(4-Chloro phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0075
A mixture of 3-(6-bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (91, 100 mg, 0.0003 mol) and (S)-1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine (92, 0.5 g, 0.003 mol) in N-methylpyrrolidine (3 mL) was stirred at 150° C. in microwave for 100 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a white solid (P-0075, 0.03 g, 20%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =363.18.
Example 34
Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl))-[4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine P-0083
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine P-0083 was synthesized in 4 steps from 2,4-Dichloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde 93 as described in Scheme 36.









Step 1—Preparation of 4-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (94)
To a solution of p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 283 mg, 2.00 mmol) and N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.697 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was slowly added 2,4-Dichloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (93, 364 mg, 2.00 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a yellow solid (94, 0.3 g, 50%). MS (ESI) [M−H+]=286.97.
Step 2—Preparation of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (95)
To a solution of 4-Chloro-2-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (94, 0.32 g, 0.0011 mol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was slowly added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL, 0.002 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (27 mg, 0.22 mmol), and a solution of di-tert-butyldicarbonate (290 mg, 0.0013 mol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into iced water, extracted with dichloromethane, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a light brown solid (95, 0.32 g, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]=387.26.
Step 3—Preparation of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{4-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (97)
To a solution of 3-Iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 99 mg, 0.25 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) at −20° C. under nitrogen was added 2.0 M solution isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (0.2 ml, 0.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours, then allowed to warm to 5° C. After the reaction mixture was cooled down to −20° C., a solution of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (95, 80 mg, 0.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hrs, then allowed to warm to 5° C. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as an off-white solid (97, 76 mg, 50%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]=661.32, 663.32.
Step 4—Preparation of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0083)
A mixture of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{4-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (97, 76 mg, 0.11 mmol), triethylsilane (0.5 mL, 3 mmol), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.25 mL, 3.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a yellow solid (P-0083, 5.6 mg, 14%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]=389.35, 390.36.
Example 35
Synthesis of [2-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0077
[2-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0077 was synthesized in 2 steps from 2-Bromo-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid 98 and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 as shown in Scheme 37.









Step 1—Preparation of (2-Bromo-thiazol-5-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (99)
A suspension of 2-Bromo-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (98, 0.5 g, 0.002 mol) in oxalyl chloride (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature until it turned into a clear solution. Solvent was removed and the residue was dried over vacuum. A light yellow solid was obtained and was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and slowly added to a solution of 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 0.34 g, 0.0029 mol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) at −10° C. To the mixture was then added aluminum trichloride (2.6 g, 0.019 mol) in one portion with vigorous stirring. The reaction was held at −10° C. for 30 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with ice-water and acidified with hydrochloric acid (10%) to pH 4. The solution was then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was collected, washed with brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a white solid (99, 12 mg, 2%). MS (ESI) [M−H+]=369.09.
Step 2—Preparation of [2-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0077)
A mixture of (2-Bromo-thiazol-5-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (99, 5 mg, 0.02 mmol), p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 10 mg, 0.08 mmol), and N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (10 μL, 0.08 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), in a sealed reaction vessel, was stirred room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into iced water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to provide the compound as a light yellow solid (P-0077, 2 mg, 30%). MS (ESI) [M+H+]=305.90, 307.88.
Example 36
Synthesis of 3-((5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0080
3-((5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0080 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde 100 and 7-azaindole 1 as shown in Scheme 38.









Step 1—Preparation of 3-((5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)(methoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0079)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 0.100 g, 0.846 mmol) and 5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (100, 0.205 g, 0.931 mmol) was added 2 mL of methanol to give a solution. Potassium hydroxide (0.0475 g, 0.846 mmol) was added and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the compound (P-0079, 32 mg, 11%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =353.2.
Step 2—Preparation of 3-((5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0080)
To 3-((5-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)(methoxy)methyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0079, 0.030 g, 0.085 mmol) was added acetonitrile (10 mL, 0.2 mol). Trifluoroacetic acid (500 uL, 0.006 mol) and triethylsilane (500 uL, 0.003 mol) were added and the reaction allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane followed 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the compound as a yellowish foam (P-0080, 29 mg, 98%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =323.2.
Example 37
cKit Kinase Domain and Construction of c-Kit Sequences
c-Kit cDNA sequence is available from NCBI, e.g., as GenBank accession number NM — 000222. Using this sequence, c-kit DNA sequences can be cloned from commercially available libraries (e.g. cDNA libraries) or can be synthesized by conventional cloning methods.
Using conventional cloning methods, constructs encoding three c-kit polypeptides were prepared, and used to express c-kit kinase domain polypeptides. One such active c-kit kinase domain sequence included residues P551-S948, with the deletion of residues Q694-T753.
Example 38
Expression and Purification of c-Kit Kinase Domain
Purified c-kit kinase domain can be obtained using conventional expression and purification methods. Exemplary methods are described, for example, in Lipson et al., U.S. 20040002534 (U.S. application Ser. No. 10/600,868, filed Jun. 23, 2003), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Example 39
Binding Assays
Binding assays can be performed in a variety of ways, including a variety of ways known in the art. For example, as indicated above, binding assays can be performed using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) format, or using an AlphaScreen.
Alternatively, any method which can measure binding of a ligand to the ATP-binding site can be used. For example, a fluorescent ligand can be used. When bound to c-kit, the emitted fluorescence is polarized. Once displaced by inhibitor binding, the polarization decreases.
Determination of IC 50 for compounds by competitive binding assays. (Note that K I is the dissociation constant for inhibitor binding; K D is the dissociation constant for substrate binding.) For this system, the IC50, inhibitor binding constant and substrate binding constant can be interrelated according to the following Formula:
When using radiolabeled substrate






K
I

=


IC
⁢



⁢
50


1
+


[

L
*

]

/

K
D





,




the IC 50 ˜K I when there is a small amount of labeled substrate.
Example 40
Cell-Based Assays of c-fms Kinase Activity or c-kit Kinase Activity
M-CSF dependent RAW264.7 cells were seeded on a 12 well plate, 2.5×10 5 cells/well and the cells were allowed to attach overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 . The cells were then starved in serum-free medium overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 . The cells were treated with compound for 1 hour in serum-free media (1% DMSO final concentration); and then stimulated with 20 ng/ml M-CSF for 5 minutes. After stimulation, the cells were lysed on ice, and the lysates were centrifuged at 13,000 rpm for 1 minute. The amount of protein in the sample was quantitated, sample buffer was added, and the samples were boiled at 95° C. for 10 minutes. The samples were then centrifuged at 13,000 rpm for 1 minute. The samples (15-20 μg/lane) were loaded and run on 4-12% tris-glycine gel at 75V, and then transferred onto a PVDF membrane. The membrane was blocked for 1 hour with 5% BSA in PBS/1% Tween-20 (PBST); or 5% milk, depending on the primary antibody used. Then the blots were incubated with primary antibody overnight at 4 degrees with gentle shaking. After incubation with the capture antibody, the membranes were washed 3×10 minutes with PBST; then incubated with detection antibody Goat Anti-Rabbit-HRP for 1 hour, with gentle shaking The membranes were washed again 3×10 minutes with PBST. ECL Plus substrate was then added to the blots, the image captured with chemiluminescence camera, and the bands quantitated for pFMS and FMS levels.
The Fms inhibitors may also be assessed using M-NFS-60 mouse myelogenous leukemia cell line (ATCC catalog #CRL-1838). This cell line proliferation is stimulated by M-CSF, which binds and activates the fms tyrosine kinase receptor Inhibitors of fms kinase activity reduce or eliminate the M-CSF stimulated kinase activity, resulting in reduced cell proliferation. This inhibition is measured as a function of compound concentration to assess IC 50 values. M-NFS-60 cells were seeded at 5×10 4 cells per well of a 96 well cell culture plate in 50 μl of cell culture medium of RPMI 1640 (CellGro Mediatech catalog #10-040-CV) supplemented with 10% FBS (HyClone catalog #SH30071.03). Compounds were dissolved in DMSO at a concentration of 1 mM and were serially diluted 1:3 for a total of eight points and added to the cells to final concentrations of 10, 3.3, 1.1, 0.37, 0.12, 0.041, 0.014 and 0.0046 μM in 100 μl cell culture medium (final concentration 0.2% DMSO). Cells were also treated with staurosporine as a positive control. The cells were stimulated by adding 20 μl of 372 ng/ml M-CSF to a final concentration of 62 ng/ml (R&D Systems catalog #216-MC). The cells were incubated at 37° C., 5% CO 2 for three days. CellTiter-Glo Buffer (Promega Cell Viability Assay catalog #G7573) and substrate were equilibrated to room temperature, and enzyme/substrate Recombinant Firefly Luciferase/Beetle Luciferin was reconstituted. The cell plates were equilibrated to room temperature for 30 minutes, then lysed by addition of an equivalent volume of the Celltiter-Glo Reagent. The plate was mixed for 2 minutes on a plate shaker to lyse the cells, then incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. The plates were read on a Victor Wallac II using Luminescence protocol modified to read 0.1s per well. The luminescence reading assesses the ATP content, which correlates directly with cell number such that the reading as a function of compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 value.
The c-Kit inhibitors were assessed using M-07e cell line (DSMZ catalog #ACC 104). The M-07e proliferation is stimulated by SCF (Stem Cell Factor), which binds and activates c-Kit tyrosine kinase receptor. Inhibitors of c-Kit kinase reduce or eliminate the SCF mediated kinase activation, resulting in reduced cell proliferation of SCF stimulated cells. This inhibition is measured by the effect of compound concentration on cell growth to assess IC 50 values. M-07e cells were seeded at 5×10 4 cells per well of a 96 well cell culture plate in 50 μl of cell culture medium of Iscove's Medium 1× (MOD, CellGro Mediatech catalog #15-016-CV) supplemented with 10% FBS (HyClone catalog #SH30071.03). Compounds were dissolved in DMSO at a concentration of 0.1 mM and were serially diluted 1:3 for a total of eight points and added to the cells to final concentrations of 1, 0.33, 0.11, 0.037, 0.012, 0.0041, 0.0014 and 0.00046 μM in 100 μl cell culture medium (final concentration 0.2% DMSO). Cells were also treated with staurosporine as a positive control. Cells were stimulated by adding 20 μl of 600 ng/ml SCF to a final concentration of 100 ng/ml (Biosource International SCF kit ligand catalog #PHC2115) in cell culture medium. The cells were incubated at 37° C., 5% CO 2 for three days. CellTiter-Glo Buffer (Promega Cell Viability Assay catalog #G7573) and substrate were equilibrated to room temperature, and enzyme/substrate Recombinant Firefly Luciferase/Beetle Luciferin was reconstituted. The cell plates were equilibrated to room temperature for 30 minutes, then lysed by addition of an equivalent volume of the Celltiter-Glo Reagent. The plate was mixed for 2 minutes on a plate shaker to lyse the cells, then incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. The plates were read on a Victor Wallac II using Luminescence protocol modified to read 0.1s per well. The luminescence reading assesses the ATP content, which correlates directly with cell number such that the reading as a function of compound concentration is used to determine the IC 50 value.
This cell based assay was also used to assess phosphorylation. Samples were prepared with compounds as described for the growth inhibition assay only M-07e cells were seeded at 2×10 5 cells per well in a 96 well filter plate. Cells were incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. with the compounds as described above, and then stimulated by adding SCF to a final concentration of 50 ng/ml and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C. The culture medium was removed by centrifugation and the cells were lysed by addition of 30 μl lysis buffer (25 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1% Triton X100, 5 mM NaF, 1 mM NaVanadate, 10 mM Beta-glycerophosphate, no EDTA (Boehringer-Roche catatalog #1873580) and placed on ice for 30 minutes. A 15 μl aliquot of the lysate was taken and assayed according to Biosource Immunoassay Kit: Human c-Kit [pY823] (Catalog #KH00401) by diluting the aliquot with 85 μl dilution buffer in the assay plate, incubating for 2 hours at room temperature and washing the plate 4 times with wash buffer. Detection antibody (100 μl) was added to the plate and samples incubated for 1 hour at room temperature, then washed 4 times with wash buffer. HRP anti-rabbit antibody (100 μl) was added and samples incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature, then washed 4 times with wash buffer. Stabilized chromogen (100 μl) was added and samples incubated for 15-25 minutes at room temperature, then washed 4 times with wash buffer. Stop solution (100 μl) was added and the samples read on a Wallac Victor reader at 450 nm. The absorbance was plotted against the compound concentration and the IC 50 concentration was determined.
Additional cell based assays can be correlated to the Fms activity of compounds of the invention. For example, the ability of osteoclast precursor cells (commercially available from Lonza) to differentiate into mature osteoclasts, due to stimulation by M-CSF and RANKL, in the presence of compounds, can be measured using a method analogous to that previously reported (Hudson et al., Journal of Urology, 1947, 58:89-92), where the amount of acid phosphatase in the supernatant (i.e. TRAP5b excreted by mature osteoclasts) is proportional to the number of mature osteoclasts present. In another example, the ability of M-CSF-dependent murine macrophage cells (BAC1.2F5) to proliferate in the presence of compounds can be measured by culturing cells as previously described (Morgan et al., Journal of Cellular Physiology, 1987, 130:420-427) and determining cell viability by analysis of ATP levels in the cell culture (Crouch et al., Journal of Immunological Methods, 1993, 160:81-8).
Example 41
c-Kit, c-Fms, TrkA, and HGK Activity Assays
The effect of potential modulators of kinase activity of c-kit and other kinases can be measured in a variety of different assays known in the art, e.g., biochemical assays, cell-based assays, and in vivo testing (e.g. model system testing). Such in vitro and/or in vivo assays and tests can be used in the present invention. As an exemplary kinase assay, the kinase activity of c-kit or Fms is measured in AlphaScreening (Packard BioScience).
Exemplary c-Kit Biochemical Assay
The c-kit (or kinase domain thereof) is an active kinase in AlphaScreen. IC 50 values are determined with respect to inhibition of c-Kit kinase activity, where inhibition of phosphorylation of a peptide substrate is measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μl into 120 μl of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μl was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1:3 (50 μl to 100 μl DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each kinase reaction is 20 μl in 1× kinase buffer (50 mM HEPES, pH 7.2, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM MnCl 2 , 0.01% NP-40, 0.2% BSA), 5% DMSO and 10 μM ATP. Substrate was 100 nM biotin-(E4Y) 3 (Open Source Biotech, Inc.). C-kit kinase was at 0.1 ng per sample. After incubation of the kinase reaction for 1 hour at room temperature, 5 μl of donor beads (Streptavidin coated beads (Perkin Elmer Life Science) final concentration 1 μg/ml) in stop buffer (50 mM EDTA in 1× kinase buffer) was added, the sample was mixed and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature before adding 5 μl of acceptor beads (PY20 coated beads (Perkin Elmer Life Science) final concentration 1 μg/ml) in stop buffer. The samples were incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature and the signal per well was read on AlphaQuest reader. Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the PY20 antibody and association of the donor and acceptor beads such that signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
Compounds were also tested using a similar assay with a 10-fold higher ATP concentration. For these samples, compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μl into 120 μl of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μl was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1:3 (50 μl to 100 μl DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each kinase reaction is 20 μl in 1× kinase buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM MnCl 2 , 0.01% Tween-20, 1 mM DTT, and 0.001% BSA), 5% DMSO and 100 μM ATP. Substrate was 30 nM biotin-(E4Y)10 (Upstate Biotech, Cat#12-440). C-kit kinase was at 1 ng per sample. After incubation of the kinase reaction for 1 hour at room temperature, 5 μl of donor beads (Streptavidin coated beads (Perkin Elmer Life Science) final concentration 10 μg/ml) in stop buffer (25 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 100 mM EDTA, 0.3% BSA) was added, the sample was mixed and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature before adding 5 μl of acceptor beads (PY20 coated beads (Perkin Elmer Life Science) final concentration 10 μg/ml) in stop buffer. The samples were incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature and the signal per well was read on AlphaQuest or Envision reader (Perkin Elmer Life Science). Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the PY20 antibody and association of the donor and acceptor beads such that signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
The c-kit enzyme used in the above assay was either optained from Cell Signaling Technology (Cat. #7754) or was prepared as follows: A plasmid encoding kit (DNA and encoded protein sequences shown below) was engineered using common polymerase chain reaction (PCR) methods. Complementary DNA cloned from various human tissues were purchased from Invitrogen, and these were used as substrates in the PCR reactions. Specific custom synthetic oligonucleotide primers were designed to initiate the PCR product, and also to provide the appropriate restriction enzyme cleavage sites for ligation with the plasmids. The entire sequence encoding the enzyme was made through a gene synthesis procedure, using custom synthetic oligonucleotides covering the entire coding sequence (Invitrogen, see below).
The plasmid used for ligation with the kinase-encoding inserts was derivative of pET (Novagen) for expression using E. coli . The Kit kinase was engineered to include a Histidine tag for purification using metal affinity chromatography. The kinase-encoding plasmid was engineered as bicistronic mRNA to co-express a second protein that modifies the kinase protein during its expression in the host cell. Protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B (PTP), was co-expressed for dephosphorylation of the phospho-Tyrosines.
For protein expression, the plasmid containing the Kit gene was transformed into E. coli strains BL21(DE3)RIL and transformants selected for growth on LB agar plates containing appropriate antibiotics. Single colonies were grown overnight at 37° C. in 200 ml TB (Terrific broth) media. 16×1 L of fresh TB media in 2.8 L flasks were inoculated with 10 ml of overnight culture and grown with constant shaking at 37° C. Once cultures reached an absorbance of 1.0 at 600 nm, IPTG was added and cultures were allowed to grow for a further 12 to 18 hrs at temperatures ranging from 12-30° C. Cells were harvested by centrifugation and pellets frozen at −80° C. until ready for lysis.
For protein Purification; frozen E. coli cell pellets were resuspended in lysis buffer and lysed using standard mechanical methods. Protein was purified via poly-Histidine tags using immobilized metal affinity purification IMAC. The Kit kinase was purified using a 3 step purification process utilizing; IMAC, size exclusion chromatography and ion exchange chromatography. The poly-Histidine tag was removed using Thrombin (Calbiochem).
Compounds were assayed using a similar assay to that described above, using in a final reaction volume of 25 μl: c-Kit (h) (5-10 mU) in 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 10 mM MnCl 2 , 0.1 mg/ml poly (Glu, Tyr) 4:1, 10 mM MgAcetate and γ- 33 P-ATP (approximately 500 cpm/μmol), with appropriate concentrations of compound. Incubated for 40 minutes at room temperature and stopped by addition of 5 μl of 3% phosphoric acid. Spotted 10 μl of each sample onto Filtermat A and washed 3× with 75 mM phosphoric acid, once with methanol, dried and measured on scintillation counter (performed at Upstate USA, Charlottesville, Va.).
Compounds P-0001, P-0002, P-0003, P-0004, P-0005, P-0006, P-0007, P-0008, P-0009, P-0010, P-0011, P-0012, P-0013, P-0014, P-0015, P-0016, P-0017, P-0018, P-0020, P-0022, P-0024, P-0025, P-0026, P-0027, P-0028, P-0030, P-0031, P-0032, P-0033, P-0038, P-0053, P-0054, P-0055, P-0056, P-0057, P-0058, P-0059, P-0060, P-0061, P-0062, P-0063, P-0064, P-0065, P-0066, P-0069, P-0071, P-0072, P-0073, P-0074, P-0075, P-0078, P-0082, P-0092, P-0093, P-0094, P-0095, P-0096, P-0097, P-0098, P-0099, P-0100, P-0101, P-0102, P-0103, P-0104, P-0105, P-0107, P-0108, P-0109, P-0111, P-0112, P-0113, P-0114, P-0115, P-0116, P-0118, P-0120, P-0121, P-0122, P-0123, P-0125, P-0126, P-0127, P-0128, P-0129, P-0131, P-0132, P-0138, P-0143, P-0144, P-0145, P-0148, P-0154, P-0156, P-0157, P-0159, P-0161, P-0163, P-0170, P-0171, P-0173, P-0174, P-0176, P-0177, P-0179, P-0180, P-0181, P-0182, P-0186, P-0187, P-0188, P-0190, P-0192, P-0193, P-0194, P-0195, P-0197, P-0199, P-0201, P-0203, P-0205, P-0206, P-0208, P-0211, P-0212, P-0213, P-0214, P-0215, P-0216, P-0217, P-0218, P-0219, P-0221, P-0222, P-0224, P-0225, P-0226, P-0228, P-0234, P-0237, P-0239, P-0240, P-0242, P-0243, P-0244, P-0245, P-0246, P-0252, P-0253, P-0255, P-0257, P-0258, P-0259, P-0260, P-0262, P-0263, P-0264, P-0265, P-0266, P-0267, P-0268, P-0269, P-0270, P-0271, P-0272, P-0273, P-0274, P-0275, P-0276, P-0277, P-0278, P-0279, P-0280, P-0281, P-0282, P-0283, P-0284, P-0285, P-0286, P-0287, P-0288, P-0289, P-0290, P-0291, P-0294, P-0297, P-0298, P-0301, P-0302, P-0303, P-0305, P-0306, P-0307, P-0308, P-0309, P-0311, P-0312, P-0313, P-0314, P-0316, P-0319, P-0320, P-0321, P-0322, P-0323, P-0324, P-0325, P-0326, P-0327, P-0328, P-0329, P-0330, P-0331, P-0332, P-0334, P-0336, P-0337, P-0338, P-0339, P-0340, P-0341, P-0342, P-0343, P-0344, P-0345, P-0346, P-0347, P-0348, P-0350, P-0351, P-0352, P-0354, P-0355, P-0356, P-0357, P-0358, P-0359, P-0361, P-0362, P-0363, P-0365, P-0366, P-0367, P-0368, P-0369, P-0370, P-0371, P-0372, P-0373, P-0375, P-0376, P-0377, P-0378, P-0379, P-0382, P-0383, P-0385, P-0387, P-0390, P-0392, P-0393, P-0394, P-0395, P-0396, P-0402, P-0404, P-0406, P-0407, P-0408, P-0409, and P-0412 had IC 50 of less than 1 μM in at least one of the c-kit assays described above in Examples 40 and 41.
Kit







PCR primers






KIT
8K1A
ATGTACGAAGTTCAGTGGAAAGTTGTTGAAGAAATCAACGG
1776



(SEQ ID NO: 5)





8K1B
GGTCGATGTAAACGTAGTTGTTACCGTTGATTTCTTCAACAACTTT
1777



(SEQ ID NO: 6)





8K2A
AACAACTACGTTTACATCGACCCGACCCAGCTGCCGTACGAC
1779



(SEQ ID NO: 7)





8K2B
GTTACGCGGGAACTCCCATTTGTGGTCGTACGGCAGCTGGGTC
1781



(SEQ ID NO: 8)





8K3A
AAATGGGAGTTCCCGCGTAACCGTCTGTCTTTCGGTAAAACCC
1782



(SEQ ID NO: 9)





8K3B
ACCGAACGCACCCGCACCCAGGGTTTTACCGAAAGACAGAC
1783



(SEQ ID NO: 10)





8K4A
GGTGCGGGTGCGTTCGGTAAAGTTGTTGAAGCGACCGCGTACG
1784



(SEQ ID NO: 11)





8K4B
GCCGCGTCAGATTTGATCAGACCGTACGCGGTCGCTTCAAC
1785



(SEQ ID NO: 12)





8K5A
CTGATCAAATCTGACGCGGCGATGACCGTTGCGGTTAAAATGC
1786



(SEQ ID NO: 13)





8K5B
GTCAGGTGCGCAGACGGTTTCAGCATTTTAACCGCAACGGTCA
1787



(SEQ ID NO: 14)





8K6A
AAACCGTCTGCGCACCTGACCGAACGTGAAGCGCTGATGTCTG
1788



(SEQ ID NO: 15)





8K6B
CCAGGTAAGACAGAACTTTCAGTTCAGACATCAGCGCTTCACGT
1789



(SEQ ID NO: 16)





8K7A
CTGAAAGTTCTGTCTTACCTGGGTAACCACATGAACATCGTTAA
1791



(SEQ ID NO: 17)





8K7B
GGTGCACGCACCCAGCAGGTTAACGATGTTCATGTGGTTAC
1792



(SEQ ID NO: 18)





8K8A
CTGCTGGGTGCGTGCACCATCGGTGGTCCGACCCTGGTTATCA
1793



(SEQ ID NO: 19)





8K8B
GTCACCGTAGCAGCAGTATTCGGTGATAACCAGGGTCGGACCA
1794



(SEQ ID NO: 20)





8K9A
GAATACTGCTGCTACGGTGACCTGCTGAACTTCCTGCGTCGTA
1795



(SEQ ID NO: 21)





8K9B
AGAGCAGATGAAAGAGTCACGTTTACGACGCAGGAAGTTCAGC
1796



(SEQ ID NO: 22)





8K10A
CGTGACTCTTTCATCTGCTCTAAACAGGAAGACCACGCGGAAG
1797



(SEQ ID NO: 23)





8K10B
CAGCAGGTTTTTGTACAGCGCCGCTTCCGCGTGGTCTTCCTGT
1798



(SEQ ID NO: 24)





8K11A
GCGCTGTACAAAAACCTGCTGCACTCTAAAGAATCTTCTTGCTC
1799



(SEQ ID NO: 25)





8K11B
CCATGTATTCGTTGGTAGAGTCAGAGCAAGAAGATTCTTTAGAGT
1811



(SEQ ID NO: 26)





8K11A
GACTCTACCAACGAATACATGGACATGAAACCGGGTGTTTCTTA
1812



(SEQ ID NO: 27)





8K11B
TCCGCTTTGGTCGGAACAACGTAAGAAACACCCGGTTTCATGT
1813



(SEQ ID NO: 28)





8K12A
GTTGTTCCGACCAAAGCGGACAAACGTCGTTCTGTTCGTATCG
1814



(SEQ ID NO: 29)





8K12B
TAACGTCACGTTCGATGTAAGAACCGATACGAACAGAACGACGTTT
1815



(SEQ ID NO: 30)





8K13A
TCTTACATCGAACGTGACGTTACCCCGGCGATCATGGAAGACG
1816



(SEQ ID NO: 31)





8K13B
CCAGGTCCAGCGCCAGTTCGTCGTCTTCCATGATCGCCGG
1817



(SEQ ID NO: 32)





8K14A
GAACTGGCGCTGGACCTGGAAGACCTGCTGTCTTTCTCTTACC
1818



(SEQ ID NO: 33)





8K14B
GAACGCCATACCTTTCGCAACCTGGTAAGAGAAAGACAGCAGGT
1819



(SEQ ID NO: 34)





8K15A
GTTGCGAAAGGTATGGCGTTCCTGGCGTCTAAAAACTGCATCCA
1821



(SEQ ID NO: 35)





8K15B
CGCGCCGCCAGGTCACGGTGGATGCAGTTTTTAGACGCC
1822



(SEQ ID NO: 36)





8K16A
CGTGACCTGGCGGCGCGTAACATCCTGCTGACCCACGGTCG
1823



(SEQ ID NO: 37)





8K16B
ACCGAAGTCGCAGATTTTGGTGATACGACCGTGGGTCAGCAGG
1824



(SEQ ID NO: 38)





8K17A
ACCAAAATCTGCGACTTCGGTCTGGCGCGTGACATCAAAAACG
1825



(SEQ ID NO: 39)





8K17B
GTTACCTTTAACAACGTAGTTAGAGTCGTTTTTGATGTCACGCGCC
1826



(SEQ ID NO: 40)





8K18A
TCTAACTACGTTGTTAAAGGTAACGCGCGTCTGCCGGTTAAATG
1827



(SEQ ID NO: 41)





8K18B
GAAGATAGATTCCGGCGCCATCCATTTAACCGGCAGACGCGC
1829



(SEQ ID NO: 42)





8K19A
ATGGCGCCGGAATCTATCTTCAACTGCGTTTACACCTTCGAATC
1831



(SEQ ID NO: 43)





8K19B
GATACCGTAAGACCAAACGTCAGATTCGAAGGTGTAAACGCAG
1832



(SEQ ID NO: 44)





8K20A
GACGTTTGGTCTTACGGTATCTTCCTGTGGGAACTGTTCTCTC
1833



(SEQ ID NO: 45)





8K20B
CCTGTGGGAACTGTTCTCTCTGGGTTCTTCTCCGTACCCGG
1834



(SEQ ID NO: 46)





8K21A
GGTTCTTCTCCGTACCCGGGTATGCCGGTTGACTCTAAATTCTAT
1835



(SEQ ID NO: 47)





8K21B
CGGAAACCTTCTTTGATCATTTTGTAGAATTTAGAGTCAACCGGC
1836



(SEQ ID NO: 48)





8K22A
AAAATGATCAAAGAAGGTTTCCGTATGCTGTCTCCGGAACACG
1837



(SEQ ID NO: 49)





8K22B
ATGTCGTACATTTCCGCCGGCGCGTGTTCCGGAGACAGCATA
1838



(SEQ ID NO: 50)





8K23A
CCGGCGGAAATGTACGACATCATGAAAACCTGCTGGGACGCG
1839



(SEQ ID NO: 51)





8K23B
AAGGTCGGACGTTTCAGCGGGTCCGCGTCCCAGCAGGTTTTC
1841



(SEQ ID NO: 52)





8K24A
CCGCTGAAACGTCCGACCTTCAAACAGATCGTTCAGCTGATCG
1842



(SEQ ID NO: 53)





8K24B
TTGGTAGATTCAGAGATCTGTTTTTCGATCAGCTGAACGATCTGTT
1843



(SEQ ID NO: 54)





8K25A
AAACAGATCTCTGAATCTACCAACCACATCTACTCTAACCTGGC
1844



(SEQ ID NO: 55)





8K25B
TGACGGTTCGGAGAGCAGTTCGCCAGGTTAGAGTAGATGTGG
1845



(SEQ ID NO: 56)





8K26A
AACTGCTCTCCGAACCGTCAGAAACCGGTTGTTGACCACTCTG
1846



(SEQ ID NO: 57)





8K26B
GTAGAACCAACAGAGTTGATACGAACAGAGTGGTCAACAACCGGT
1847



(SEQ ID NO: 58)





8K27A
CGTATCAACTCTGTTGGTTCTACCGCGTCTTCTTCTCAGCCG
1848



(SEQ ID NO: 59)





8K27B
AACGTCGTCGTGAACCAGCAGCGGCTGAGAAGAAGACGCG
1849



(SEQ ID NO: 60)





8K-F
GTTGTTTCATATGTACGAAGTTCAGTGGAAAG
1851



(SEQ ID NO: 61)





8K-R
GTTGTTTGTCGACTAAACGTCGTCGTGAACCAGCAG
1852



(SEQ ID NO: 62)





KIT COD-K948X
GTTCTTGTCGACTAtttctgacggttcggagagc
3411



(SEQ ID NO: 63)





P1332.N6 BI PTP KIT M552-K948-X COD

(Nucleic Acid SEQ ID NO: 64) (Protein SEQ ID NO: 65)

taatacgactcactataggggaattgtgagcggataacaattcccctctagaaataattt



tgtttaactttaagaaggagatataccatgggtcaccaccatcaccatcatatgtacgaa

M G H H H H H H M Y E



gttcagtggaaagttgttgaagaaatcaacggtaacaactacgtttacatcgacccgacc

V Q W K V V E E I N G N N Y V Y I D P T



cagctgccgtacgaccacaaatgggagttcccgcgtaaccgtctgtctttcggtaaaacc

Q L P Y D H K W E F P R N R L S F G K T



ctgggtgcgggtgcgttcggtaaagttgttgaagcgaccgcgtacggtctgatcaaatct

L G A G A F G K V V E A T A Y G L I K S



gacgcggcgatgaccgttgcggttaaaatgctgaaaccgtctgcgcacctgaccgaacgt

D A A M T V A V K M L K P S A H L T E R



gaagcgctgatgtctgaactgaaagttctgtcttacctgggtaaccacatgaacatcgtt

E A L M S E L K V L S Y L G N H M N I V



aacctgctgggtgcgtgcaccatcggtggtccgaccctggttatcaccgaatactgctgc

N L L G A C T I G G P T L V I T E Y C C



tacggtgacctgctgaacttcctgcgtcgtaaacgtgactctttcatctgctctaaacag

Y G D L L N F L R R K R D S F I C S K Q



gaagaccacgcggaagcggcgctgtacaaaaacctgctgcactctaaagaatcttcttgc

E D H A E A A L Y K N L L H S K E S S C



tctgactctaccaacgaatacatggacatgaaaccgggtgtttcttacgttgttccgacc

S D S T N E Y M D M K P G V S Y V V P T



aaagcggacaaacgtcgttctgttcgtatcggttcttacatcgaacgtgacgttaccccg

K A D K R R S V R I G S Y I E R D V T P



gcgatcatggaagacgacgaactggcgctggacctggaagacctgctgtctttctcttac

A I M E D D E L A L D L E D L L S F S Y



caggttgcgaaaggtatggcgttcctggcgtctaaaaactgcatccaccgtgacctggcg

Q V A K G M A F L A S K N C I H R D L A



gcgcgtaacatcctgctgacccacggtcgtatcaccaaaatctgcgacttcggtctggcg

A R N I L L T H G R I T K I C D F G L A



cgtgacatcaaaaacgactctaactacgttgttaaaggtaacgcgcgtctgccggttaaa

R D I K N D S N Y V V K G N A R L P V K



tggatggcgccggaatctatcttcaactgcgtttacaccttcgaatctgacgtttggtct

W M A P E S I F N C V Y T F E S D V W S



tacggtatcttcctgtgggaactgttctctctgggttcttctccgtacccgggtatgccg

Y G I F L W E L F S L G S S P Y P G M P



gttgactctaaattctacaaaatgatcaaagaaggtttccgtatgctgtctccggaacac

V D S K F Y K M I K E G F R M L S P E H



gcgccggcggaaatgtacgacatcatgaaaacctgctgggacgcggacccgctgaaacgt

A P A E M Y D I M K T C W D A D P L K R



ccgaccttcaaacagatcgttcagctgatcgaaaaacagatctctgaatctaccaaccac

P T F K Q I V Q L I E K Q I S E S T N H



atctactctaacctggcgaactgctctccgaaccgtcagaaatagtcgactgaaaaagga

I Y S N L A N C S P N R Q K -



agagt









































































































































































































































































Additional Biochemical and Cell-Based Assays
In general, any protein kinase assay can be adapted for use with c-kit. For example, assays (e.g. biochemical and cell-based assays) as described in Lipson et al., U.S. Patent Publ. 20040002534 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) can be used in the present invention.
In Vivo Model System Testing
For in vivo testing, a suitable animal model system can be selected for use. For example, for multiple scerosis, the rodent experimental allergic encephalomyelitis (EAE) is commently used. This system is well-known, and is described, for example, in Steinman, 1996, Cell 85:299-302 and Secor et al., 2000, J. Exp. Med. 5:813-821, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Similarly, other model systems can be selected and used in the present invention.
Exemplary Fms Biochemical Assay
IC 50 values were determined with respect to inhibition of Fms kinase activity, where inhibition of phosphorylation of a peptide substrate is measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds to be tested, dissolved in DMSO (1 μl), were added to a white 384-well plate (Costar #3705). Working stocks of Fms kinase (Upstate Biotech, #14-551), biotin-(E4Y) 10 substrate (Upstate Biotech, Cat#12-440), and ATP (Sigma, Cat#A-3377) were prepared in 8 mM MOPS pH 7.4, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 8 mM MnCl 2 , 2 mM DTT, and 0.01% Tween-20. All components were added to the 384-well plate for a final concentration of 0.5 ng/well Fms, 30 nM biotin-(E4Y) 10 (Upstate Biotechnology) and 10 μM ATP in a volume of 20 μL. Each sample was at 5% DMSO. The plate was then incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Just before use, working stocks of donor and acceptor beads from the AlphaScreen PY20 Detection Kit (PerkinElmer, Cat#676601M) were prepared in 8 mM MOPS, pH 7.4, 100 mM EDTA, 0.3% BSA. To stop the reaction, the plate was uncovered in the dark and 5 μl of Donor Beads solution (Streptavidin beads) was added to each well. The plate was incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes. Five microliters of Acceptor Beads solution (PY20 coated beads) were then added to each well. The final concentration of each bead was 20 μg/mL. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes. Fluorescence signal was recorded on the Fusion Alpha reader or AlphaQuest reader. Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the PY20 antibody and association of the donor and acceptor beads such that signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
Compounds were also tested using a similar assay with a 10-fold higher ATP concentration. Compounds to be tested, dissolved in DMSO (1 μl), were added to a white 384-well plate (Costar #3705). Working stocks of Fms kinase (Upstate Biotech, #14-551), biotin-(E4Y) 10 substrate (Upstate Biotech, Cat#12-440), and ATP (Sigma, Cat#A-3377) were prepared in 25 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.5 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM MnCl 2 , 2 mM DTT, 0.01% BSA, and 0.01% Tween-20. All components were added to the 384-well plate for a final concentration of 0.5 ng/well Fms, 30 nM biotin-(E4Y) 10 (Upstate Biotechnology) and 100 μM ATP in a volume of 20 μL. Each sample was at 5% DMSO. The plate was then incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Just before use, working stocks of donor and acceptor beads from the AlphaScreen PY20 Detection Kit (PerkinElmer, Cat#676601M) were prepared in 25 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 100 mM EDTA, 0.01% BSA. To stop the reaction, the plate was uncovered in the dark and 5 μl of Donor Beads solution (Streptavidin beads) was added to each well. The plate was incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes. Five microliters of Acceptor Beads solution (PY20 coated beads) were then added to each well. The final concentration of each bead was 10 μg/mL. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes. Fluorescence signal was recorded on the AlphaQuest or Envision reader. Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the PY20 antibody and association of the donor and acceptor beads such that signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 .
Compounds were assayed using a similar assay to that described above, using in a final reaction volume of 25 μl: Fms (h) (5-10 mU) in 8 mM MOPS pH 7.0, 0.2 mM EDTA, 250 mM KKKSPGEYVNIEFG (SEQ ID NO:66), 10 mM MgAcetate and γ- 33 P-ATP (approximately 500 cpm/pmol), with appropriate concentrations of compound. Samples were incubated for 40 minutes at room temperature and stopped by addition of 5 μl of 3% phosphoric acid. 10 μl of each sample is spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed 3× with 75 mM phosphoric acid, once with methanol, dried and measured on scintillation counter (Upstate USA, Charlottesville, Va.).
Compounds P-0001, P-0002, P-0003, P-0004, P-0005, P-0006, P-0007, P-0008, P-0009, P-0010, P-0011, P-0013, P-0014, P-0015, P-0016, P-0028, P-0032, P-0033, P-0038, P-0053, P-0054, P-0055, P-0056, P-0057, P-0058, P-0059, P-0060, P-0061, P-0062, P-0063, P-0064, P-0065, P-0066, P-0069, P-0072, P-0073, P-0074, P-0075, P-0076, P-0078, P-0081, P-0082, P-0092, P-0093, P-0094, P-0095, P-0096, P-0097, P-0098, P-0099, P-0100, P-0101, P-0102, P-0103, P-0104, P-0105, P-0106, P-0107, P-0108, P-0109, P-0110, P-0111, P-0112, P-0113, P-0114, P-0115, P-0116, P-0117, P-0118, P-0119, P-0120, P-0121, P-0122, P-0123, P-0125, P-0126, P-0127, P-0128, P-0129, P-0130, P-0131, P-0132, P-0134, P-0135, P-0136, P-0137, P-0140, P-0141, P-0142, P-0143, P-0144, P-0145, P-0146, P-0147, P-0148, P-0149, P-0150, P-0151, P-0152, P-0153, P-0154, P-0156, P-0157, P-0158, P-0159, P-0160, P-0161, P-0163, P-0164, P-0165, P-0167, P-0168, P-0169, P-0170, P-0171, P-0172, P-0173, P-0174, P-0175, P-0176, P-0179, P-0180, P-0181, P-0182, P-0183, P-0185, P-0186, P-0187, P-0188, P-0189, P-0190, P-0191, P-0192, P-0193, P-0194, P-0195, P-0196, P-0197, P-0198, P-0199, P-0200, P-0201, P-0202, P-0203, P-0204, P-0205, P-0206, P-0207, P-0208, P-0209, P-0210, P-0211, P-0212, P-0213, P-0214, P-0215, P-0216, P-0217, P-0218, P-0219, P-0220, P-0221, P-0222, P-0223, P-0224, P-0225, P-0226, P-0227, P-0228, P-0229, P-0230, P-0231, P-0232, P-0233, P-0234, P-0235, P-0236, P-0237, P-0238, P-0239, P-0240, P-0241, P-0242, P-0243, P-0244, P-0245, P-0246, P-0247, P-0248, P-0249, P-0250, P-0251, P-0252, P-0253, P-0254, P-0255, P-0256, P-0257, P-0258, P-0259, P-0260, P-0261, P-0262, P-0263, P-0264, P-0265, P-0266, P-0267, P-0268, P-0269, P-0270, P-0271, P-0272, P-0273, P-0274, P-0275, P-0276, P-0277, P-0278, P-0279, P-0280, P-0281, P-0282, P-0283, P-0284, P-0285, P-0286, P-0287, P-0288, P-0289, P-0290, P-0291, P-0292, P-0293, P-0294, P-0295, P-0296, P-0297, P-0298, P-0299, P-0300, P-0301, P-0302, P-0303, P-0304, P-0305, P-0306, P-0307, P-0308, P-0309, P-0310, P-0311, P-0312, P-0313, P-0314, P-0315, P-0316, P-0317, P-0318, P-0319, P-0320, P-0321, P-0322, P-0323, P-0324, P-0325, P-0326, P-0327, P-0328, P-0329, P-0330, P-0331, P-0332, P-0333, P-0334, P-0335, P-0336, P-0337, P-0338, P-0339, P-0340, P-0341, P-0342, P-0343, P-0344, P-0345, P-0346, P-0347, P-0348, P-0349, P-0350, P-0351, P-0352, P-0353, P-0354, P-0355, P-0356, P-0357, P-0358, P-0359, P-0360, P-0361, P-0362, P-0363, P-0364, P-0365, P-0366, P-0367, P-0368, P-0369, P-0370, P-0371, P-0372, P-0373, P-0374, P-0375, P-0376, P-0377, P-0378, P-0379, P-0380, P-0381, P-0382, P-0383, P-0384, P-0385, P-0386, P-0387, P-0390, P-0391, P-0392, P-0393, P-0394, P-0395, P-0396, P-0402, P-0403, P-0404, P-0405, P-0406, P-0407, P-0408, P-0409, and P-0412 had IC 50 of less than 1 μM in at least one of the Fms assays described above in Examples 40 or 41.
Exemplary TrkA Biochemical Assay
Compounds were similarly assayed to determine IC 50 values with respect to inhibition of TrkA kinase activity, where inhibition of phosphorylation of a peptide substrate was measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds tested were dissolved in DMSO (1 μL) and added to a white 384-well plate (Costar #3705). Working stocks of TrkA kinase (Upstate Biotech, #14-571), biotin-(E4Y) 10 substrate (Upstate Biotech, Cat#12-440), and ATP (Sigma, Cat#A-3377) were prepared in 25 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 mM MnCl 2 , 1 mM DTT, and 0.01% Tween-20. All components were added to the 384-well plate for a final concentration of 1 ng/well TrkA, 30 nM biotin-(E4Y) 10 (Upstate Biotechnology) and 100 μM ATP in a volume of 20 μL. Each sample was at 5% DMSO. The plate was then incubated for 40 minutes at room temperature. Just before use, working stocks of donor and acceptor beads from the AlphaScreen PY20 Detection Kit (PerkinElmer, Cat#676601M) were prepared in 25 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 100 mM EDTA, 0.3% BSA. To stop the reaction, the plate was uncovered in the dark and 5 μl of Donor Beads solution (Streptavidin beads) was added to each well. The plate was incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes. Five microliters of Acceptor Beads solution (PY20 coated beads) were then added to each well. The final concentration of each bead was 10 μg/mL. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes. Fluorescence signal was recorded on the AlphaQuest or Envision reader. Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the PY20 antibody and association of the donor and acceptor beads such that signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 . Compounds P-0157, P-0171, P-0179, P-0180, P-0303, and P-0412 had IC 50 of less than 1 μM in this TrkA assay.
Exemplary HGK Biochemical Assay
The MAP4K4 (or kinase domain thereof) is an active kinase in AlphaScreen. IC 50 values are determined with respect to inhibition of MAP4K4 kinase activity, where inhibition of phosphorylation of a peptide substrate is measured as a function of compound concentration. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO to a concentration of 20 mM. These were diluted 30 μl into 120 μl of DMSO (4 mM) and 1 μl was added to an assay plate. These were then serially diluted 1:3 (50 μl to 100 μl DMSO) for a total of 8 points. Plates were prepared such that each kinase reaction is 20 μl in 1× kinase buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM DTT, 0.01% Tween-20), 5% DMSO and 10 μM ATP. Substrate was 10 nM biotin-ERM (T567/T564/T558, Cell Signaling, Inc., cat#1344). MAP4K4 kinase was at 0.5 ng per sample. After incubation of the kinase reaction for 40 min at room temperature, 5 μl of donor beads and protein A acceptor beads (Perkin Elmer Life Science, cat#67606017) at final concentration 1 μg/ml in stop buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 200 mM Nacl, 100 mM EDTA, 0.03% BSA) was added, along with Phospho-ERM Antibody (T567/T564/T558, Cell Signaling, Inc., cat#3141) at 1:1000 dilution. The samples were incubated for 2 hours at room temperature and the signal per well was read on AlphaQuest reader. Phosphorylated substrate results in binding of the antibody which binds to protein A acceptor bead and association of the donor and acceptor beads is such that the signal correlates with kinase activity. The signal vs. compound concentration was used to determine the IC 50 . Compounds P-0156, P-0177, P-0179, P-0195, P-0201, P-0203, P-0206, P-0207, P-0231, P-0240, P-0241, P-0255, P-0324, P-0341, and P-0403 had IC 50 of less than 1 μM in this HGK assay.
Example 42
Site-Directed Mutagenesis of c-Kit, c-Fms and Other Kinases
Mutagenesis of c-kit and other kinases (as well as other sequences of interest) can be carried out according to the following procedure as described in Molecular Biology: Current Innovations and Future Trends. Eds. A. M. Griffin and H. G. Griffin. (1995) ISBN 1-898486-01-8, Horizon Scientific Press, PO Box 1, Wymondham, Norfolk, U.K., among others.
In vitro site-directed mutagenesis is an invaluable technique for studying protein structure-function relationships, gene expression and vector modification. Several methods have appeared in the literature, but many of these methods require single-stranded DNA as the template. The reason for this, historically, has been the need for separating the complementary strands to prevent reannealing. Use of PCR in site-directed mutagenesis accomplishes strand separation by using a denaturing step to separate the complementing strands and allowing efficient polymerization of the PCR primers. PCR site-directed methods thus allow site-specific mutations to be incorporated in virtually any double-stranded plasmid; eliminating the need for M13-based vectors or single-stranded rescue.
It is often desirable to reduce the number of cycles during PCR when performing PCR-based site-directed mutagenesis to prevent clonal expansion of any (undesired) second-site mutations. Limited cycling which would result in reduced product yield, is offset by increasing the starting template concentration. A selection is used to reduce the number of parental molecules coming through the reaction. Also, in order to use a single PCR primer set, it is desirable to optimize the long PCR method. Further, because of the extendase activity of some thermostable polymerases it is often necessary to incorporate an end-polishing step into the procedure prior to end-to-end ligation of the PCR-generated product containing the incorporated mutations in one or both PCR primers.
The following protocol provides a facile method for site-directed mutagenesis and accomplishes the above desired features by the incorporation of the following steps: (i) increasing template concentration approximately 1000-fold over conventional PCR conditions; (ii) reducing the number of cycles from 25-30 to 5-10; (iii) adding the restriction endonuclease DpnI (recognition target sequence: 5-Gm6ATC-3, where the A residue is methylated) to select against parental DNA (note: DNA isolated from almost all common strains of E. coli is Dam-methylated at the sequence 5-GATC-3); (iv) using Taq Extender in the PCR mix for increased reliability for PCR to 10 kb; (v) using Pfu DNA polymerase to polish the ends of the PCR product, and (vi) efficient intramolecular ligation in the presence of T4 DNA ligase.
Plasmid template DNA (approximately 0.5 pmole) is added to a PCR cocktail containing, in 25 ul of 1× mutagenesis buffer: (20 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.5; 8 mM MgCl 2 ; 40 ug/ml BSA); 12-20 pmole of each primer (one of which must contain a 5-prime phosphate), 250 uM each dNTP, 2.5 U Taq DNA polymerase, 2.5 U of Taq Extender (Stratagene).
The PCR cycling parameters are 1 cycle of: 4 min at 94 C, 2 min at 50 C and 2 min at 72° C.; followed by 5-10 cycles of 1 min at 94° C., 2 min at 54 C and 1 min at 72° C. (step 1).
The parental template DNA and the linear, mutagenesis-primer incorporating newly synthesized DNA are treated with DpnI (10 U) and Pfu DNA polymerase (2.5 U). This results in the DpnI digestion of the in vivo methylated parental template and hybrid DNA and the removal, by Pfu DNA polymerase, of the Taq DNA polymerase-extended base(s) on the linear PCR product.
The reaction is incubated at 37° C. for 30 min and then transferred to 72° C. for an additional 30 min (step 2).
Mutagenesis buffer (1×, 115 ul, containing 0.5 mM ATP) is added to the DpnI-digested, Pfu DNA polymerase-polished PCR products.
The solution is mixed and 10 ul is removed to a new microfuge tube and T4 DNA ligase (2-4 U) added.
The ligation is incubated for greater than 60 min at 37° C. (step 3).
The treated solution is transformed into competent E. coli (step 4).
In addition to the PCR-based site-directed mutagenesis described above, other methods are available. Examples include those described in Kunkel (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 82:488-492; Eckstein et al. (1985) Nucl. Acids Res. 13:8764-8785; and using the GeneEditor™ Site-Directed Mutagenesis System from Promega.
Example 43
Synthesis of 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid benzylamide P-0084
3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid benzylamide P-0084 was synthesized in 6 steps from dimethyl-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine 2 as shown in Scheme 158.









Step 1: Preparation of 3-Dimethylaminomethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (511)
To dimethyl-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (2, 2.50 g, 14.3 mmol, prepared as described in Example 2, Scheme 4, Step 1) in tetrahydrofuran (200.0 mL) was added sodium hydride (0.685 g, 60% in mineral oil, 17.1 mmol). After 10 minutes, di-tert-butyldicarbonate (3.74 g, 17.1 mmol) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give as a white solid (511, 3.80 g, 96.7%).
Step 2: Preparation of 3-Chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (512)
To 3-dimethylaminomethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (511, 2.60 g, 9.44 mmol) in toluene (50.00 mL) was added isopropyl chloroformate (11.3 mL, 1.0 M in toluene) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (512, 2.0 g, 79.4%).
Step 3—Preparation of 3-(2-Acetyl-3-oxo-butyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (513)
To acetylacetone (0.563 g, 5.62 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (29.0 mL) was added sodium hydride (0.225 g, 60% in mineral oil, 5.62 mmol). After 20 minutes, 3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (512, 1.00 g, 3.75 mmol) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a colorless oil (513, 0.59 g, 48.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =331.4.
Step 4—Preparation of 3-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (514)
To 3-(2-acetyl-3-oxo-butyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (513, 1.20 g, 3.63 mmol) in methanol (15.0 mL), cooled to −20° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen, was added hydrazine (0.128 g, 4.00 mmol) in dichloromethane (6.0 mL). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated to remove the solvents, and the residue was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 60% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (514, 1.0 g, 84.4%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =327.4.
Step 5—Preparation of 3-(1-Benzylcarbamoyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (515)
To 3-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (514, 60.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dichloromethane (6.0 mL) were added 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.033 mL, 0.220 mmol) and benzyl isocyanate (29.4 mg, 0.220 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give crude compound (515, approx. 50 mg) that was used in the next step directly. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =460.5.
Step 6—3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid benzylamide (P-0084)
To 3-(1-benzylcarbamoyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (515, 50.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (6.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.20 mL, 2.6 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0084, 11.0 mg, 28.1%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =360.5.
3-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0124

was prepared from 3-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (514, 15.0 mg, 0.046 mmol) by dissolving in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) to which trifluoroacetic acid (0.10 mL, 1.3 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate in hexane to give an off-white solid (P-0124, 7.5 mg, 72.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =227.3.

Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 158, replacing benzyl isocyanate with an appropriate electrophile in Step 5. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid phenylamide (P-0085), [3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-phenyl-methanone (P-0086), 1-[3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-3-phenyl-propan-1-one (P-0087), 3-(3,5-Dimethyl-1-phenylmethanesulfonyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0088), 3-[1-(Butane-1-sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0089), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid butylamide (P-0090), and 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid phenethyl-amide (P-0091).

The electrophile used in place of benzyl isocyanate in Step 5 is indicated in Column 2 of the following table, with the compound structure given in Column 3. Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.













MS(ESI)




[M + H + ] +


Electrophile
Compound
observed



P-0085


















346.4



P-0086


















331.2



P-0087


















359.2



P-0088


















381.2



P-0089


















347.2



P-0090


















326.2



P-0091
















































Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 158, replacing dimethyl-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine 2 with (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-dimethyl-amine (prepared as described in Example 107, Scheme 164, isolated after step 1) in Step 1 and replacing benzyl isocyanate with an appropriate electrophile in Step 5. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0157), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0158), 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-chloro-benzylamide (P-0159), and 4-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-3,5-dimethyl-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [(S)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0160).

The electrophile used in place of benzyl isocyanate in Step 5 is indicated in Column 2 of the following table, with the compound structure given in Column 3. Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.













MS(ESI)




[M + H + ] +


Electrophile
Compound
observed



P-0157


















426.2



P-0158


















412.2



P-0159


















428.2



P-0160


















426.2
























Example 44
Synthesis of [4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine P-0168
[4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine P-0168 was synthesized in 5 steps as shown in Scheme 159.
















Step 1—Preparation of 4-chloro-2-[(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (517)
To a solution of 4-(aminomethyl)pyridine (516, 1.16 mL, 11.5 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.8 mL, 22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added 2,4-dichloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (93, 2.0 g, 11.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude compound 4-chloro-2-[(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (517) was used for the next step without purification.
Step 2—Preparation of (4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (518)
A mixture of 4-chloro-2-[(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde
(517, 3.28 g, 11.0 mmol), di-tert-butyldicarbonate (4.0 g, 18 mol) and triethylamine (10 mL, 74 mmol) in dichloromethane (120 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (518, 564 mg, 15%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =354.1.
Step 3—Preparation of {4-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (519)
To a solution of 3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 0.44 g, 1.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at −20° C., isopropylmagnesium chloride (2 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.6 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. in 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −40° C. A solution of (4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (518, 0.26 g, 0.73 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to −10° C. over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (519, 397 mg, 86%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =628.3.
Step 4—Preparation of [4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (520)
A mixture of {4-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (519, 0.397 g, 0.57 mmol), triethylsilane (1.0 mL, 6.3 mmol), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL, 6 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with sodium bicarbonate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (520, 126 mg, 49%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =456.2.
Step 5—Preparation of [4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0168)
To a solution of [4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (520, 126 mg, 0.000276 mol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into cold sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvents, the residue was washed with ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a light yellow solid (P-0168, 68.4 mg, 70%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =356.2.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 159, replacing 4-(aminomethyl)pyridine 516 with an appropriate amine. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0164), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0167), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0171), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0173), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0172), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,5-dimethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0175), and [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0156).

The following table indicates the amine (Column 2) used in Scheme 159 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the observed mass.















MS(ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amine
Compound
observed



P-0164


















356.1



P-0167


















356.1



P-0171


















370.2



P-0173


















424.2



P-0172


















373.2



P-0175


















373.2



P-0156


















373.1






























Example 45
Synthesis of [4-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0162 and (4-fluoro-benzyl)-[4-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine P-0162
[4-Ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0162 was synthesized in 1 step from [4-chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0156 as shown in Scheme 160.









Step 1—Preparation of [4-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0162)
Into a round bottom flask, under an atmosphere of nitrogen, [1,1′-bis(diphenyl phosphino) ferrocene]dichloro palladium (II), complex with dichloromethane (1:1), was placed with toluene (15 mL, 140 mmol). [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0156,145 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added in 5 ml of toluene at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. To the stirring reaction, a solution of 3.13 Methyl magnesium bromide in ether (1.86 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature. The opaque solution was heated to 60° C. Tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to the warm solution. The mixture was heated to reflux for an additional two hours. After cooling to 0° C., the reaction was quenched with a solution of citric acid at pH 4-5 in ice-water and stirred to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification with flash chromatography, eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate:hexanes (20:100), gave a yellow solid that was further washed with ethyl acetate to give P-0162 (15 mg, 10%) as an off-white solid. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =367.2.
(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-[4-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine P-0163

was prepared using the protocol of Scheme 160, substituting the 3.13 Methyl magnesium bromide in ether solution with 1.4 M of methylmagnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =353.2.

Example 46
Synthesis of (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridazin-3-yl]-amine P-0092
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridazin-3-yl]-amine P-0092 was synthesized in 3 steps as shown in Scheme 161.









Step 1—Synthesis of (6-bromo-pyridazin-3-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (522)
To 6-bromo-pyridazin-3-ylamine (521, 0.85 g, 0.0049 mol) in acetonitrile (30.0 mL) were added 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (40, 0.82 g, 0.0058 mol), triethylsilane (4.0 mL, 0.025 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL, 0.026 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 4 hours, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate to give a white solid (522, 1.0 g). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =298.3, 300.2.
Step 2—Preparation of 3-[6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (523)
To (6-bromo-pyridazin-3-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (522, 0.560 g, 1.88 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (45.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., was added n-butyllithium (2.50 M in hexane, 0.760 mL) slowly. After 10 minutes, 1,2-bis-(chloro-dimethyl-silanyl)-ethane (0.201 g, 0.94 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to −78° C., followed by addition of 1.70 M of tert-butyllithium in hexane (1.20 mL) slowly. The reaction was stirred for 20 minutes, followed by addition of a solution of CuCN.2LiCl (0.6 M in tetrahydrofuran, 3.00 mL) and 3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (512, 0.47 g, 1.8 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL). After 30 minutes, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) dissolved in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) for 10 minutes. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 60% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (523, 0.10 g, 23.8%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =450.1.
Step 3—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-[6-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridazin-3-yl]-amine (P-0092)
To 3-[6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridazin-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (523, 50.0 mg, 0.111 mmol) in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate and hexane to give an off-white solid (P-0092, 7.3 mg, 19.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =350.1.
Example 47
Synthesis of [1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0165
[1-Ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0165 was synthesized in 7 steps as shown in Scheme 162.
















Step 1—Preparation of 5-nitro-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (525)
To 5-nitro-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (524, 10.0 g, 0.0637 mol) in methanol (100.0 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.00 mL, 0.0180 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (525, 1.5 g, 13.8%).
Step 2—Preparation of 2-ethyl-5-nitro-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (526)
To 5-nitro-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (525, 2.50 g, 0.0146 mol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (62.5 mL) were added iodoethane (1.2 mL, 0.016 mol) and potassium carbonate (4.17 g, 0.0301 mol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (526, 1.3 g, 44.7%).
Step 3—Preparation of 5-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (527)
To 2-ethyl-5-nitro-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (526, 1.30 g, 6.53 mmol) in methanol (60.0 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH) 2 /C (0.1 g). The reaction was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. The reaction was filtered and concentrated to give a light yellow solid (527, 1.0 g, 90.6%).
Step 4—Preparation of 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (529)
To 5-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (527, 1.00 g, 5.91 mmol) in acetonitrile (27.5 mL) were added 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (528, 0.660 mL, 6.26 mmol), triethylsilane (4.77 mL, 0.0298 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (2.38 mL, 0.0310 mol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (529, 1.00 g, 61%).
Step 5—Preparation of 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (530)
To 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (529, 1.00 g, 3.61 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (70.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at room temperature, lithium tetrahydroaluminate (1.00 M of in tetrahydrofuran, 10.00 mL) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, followed by slowly adding sodium sulfate decahydrate (15.0 g). After 2 hours, the reaction was filtered, concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow oil (530, 0.16 g, 18%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =248.2.
Step 6—Preparation of 1-ethyl-51-methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methy)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (531)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 54.0 mg, 0.46 mmol) in methanol (15.0 mL) were added 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (530, 110.0 mg, 0.44 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (0.60 g, 0.011 mol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 40% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (531, 0.12 g, 71.1%). MS (ESI) [M−H + ] − =378.2.
Step 7—Preparation of [1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0165)
To 1-ethyl-5-[methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-yl-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (531, 0.12 g, 0.32 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL, 0.191 mol) were added triethylsilane (0.60 mL, 0.0038 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate and hexane to give crude compound. 1 H NMR indicated that the reaction was incomplete. The crude compound was dissolved in dichloromethane (15.0 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL) and triethylsilane (0.60 mL). The reaction was stirred at 43° C. for 72 hours. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate and hexane to give an off-white solid (P-0165, 18.7 mg, 17%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =350.3.
(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-[1-methyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine P-0169

was prepared using the protocol of Scheme 162, substituting iodoethane with iodomethane in Step 2. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =336.3.

[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0170

was prepared using the protocol of Scheme 162, substituting iodoethane with iodomethane in step 2 and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 with 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in step 6.

MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =370.3
(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-{1-methyl-5-[5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrazol-3-yl}-amine P-0180

was prepared using the protocol of Scheme 162, substituting iodoethane with iodomethane in step 2 and 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 with 5-(1-Methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (prepared as described in Example 115, Scheme 172) in step 6. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =416.2.

3-[5-(4-Fluoro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile P-0191


was prepared using the protocol of Scheme 162, substituting 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 with 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile in Step 6. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =361.5.

Example 48
Synthesis of [4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-[1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-meth-(E)-ylidene]-amine P-0166
[4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-[1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-meth-(E)-ylidene]-amine P-0166 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 163.









Step 1—Preparation of [4-chloro-1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-[1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-meth-(E)-ylidene]-amine (P-0166)
To [1-ethyl-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0165, 10.1 mg, 0.0289 mmol, prepared as described in Example 105, Scheme 162) in acetonitrile (8.0 mL) was added N-chloro-succinimide (4.18 mg, 0.0318 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0166, 1.1 mg). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =382.1.
Example 49
Synthesis of 5-chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
5-chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester was synthesized in 3 steps as shown in Scheme 164.









Step 1—Preparation of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-dimethyl-amine (533)
To 5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (532, 8.00 g, 0.0524 mol) in isopropyl alcohol (250.0 mL) were added dimethylamine hydrochloride (4.79 g, 0.0587 mol) and formaldehyde (1.77 g, 0.0589 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, followed by refluxing for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound (533, 10.0 g, 91%), that was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 and 3—Preparation of 5-chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (535)
5-Chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 535 was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 158 (Example 101) steps 1 and 2, substituting dimethyl-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine 2 with (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-dimethyl-amine 533 in step 1.
Example 50
Synthesis of (4-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0132
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0132 was synthesized in 3 steps as shown in Scheme 165.









Step 1—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (536)
To 2,6-difluoropyridine (58, 9.85 g, 0.0856 mol) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (50.0 mL) were added p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 10.5 mL, 8.63 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (30.0 mL, 0.172 mol). The reaction was stirred at 90° C. overnight. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate in hexane, then washed with ethyl acetate/hexane to give a white solid (536, 10 g, 50%).
Step 2—Preparation of (5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (537)
To (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (536, 1.03 g, 4.35 mmol) in acetonitrile (30.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen, N-bromosuccinimide (0.820 g, 4.61 mol) was added slowly. After 2 hours, the reaction was poured into a solution of sodium thiosulfate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and crystallized with ethyl acetate and hexane to give a white solid (537, 1.10 g, 80.1%).
Step 3—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0132)
To (5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (537, 2.76 g, 8.75 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (90.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., n-butyllithium (2.50 M in hexane, 3.64 mL) was added slowly. After 60 minutes, 1,2-bis-(chloro-dimethyl-silanyl)-ethane (0.942 g, 4.38 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (8.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to −78° C., followed by addition of tert-butyllithium (1.70 M in hexane, 10.50 mL). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes, followed by addition of 0.65 M of CuCN.2LiCl in tetrahydrofuran (14.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at −35° C. for 10 minutes, followed by addition of 5-chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (535, 1.70 g, 5.64 mol, prepared as described in Example 49, Scheme 164) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature for 1 hour and 2 N HCl (30 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, then stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was poured into aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (P-0132, 0.75 g, 33.1%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =401.1.
Example 51
Synthesis of 5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0155
5-Chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0155 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 166.









Step 1—Preparation of 5-chloro-3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0155)
To 2,6-Difluoropyridine (58, 3.40 g, 0.0295 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (200.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., 2.50 M of n-butyllithium in hexane (12.0 mL) was added slowly. After 60 minutes, CuCN.2LiCl (0.75 M in tetrahydrofuran, 40.0 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. After 5 minutes, 5-chloro-3-chloromethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (535, 4.20 g, 0.0139 mol, prepared as described in Example 49, Scheme 164) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. overnight, then poured into water and ammonia (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 15% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0155, 300 mg, 7.7%). MS (ESI) [M−H + ] − =278.1.
Example 52
Synthesis of 3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0154
3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine P-0154 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 167.









Step 1—Preparation of 3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0154)
To 3-(2,6-difluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (536, 0.35 g, 1.0 mmol, prepared as described in Example 49, Scheme 164, replacing 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 with 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in step 1) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (3.00 mL) were added p-chlorobenzylamine (0.20 mL, 1.6 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.30 mL, 0.0017 mol). The reaction was stirred at 50° C. for 72 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude intermediate was dissolve in dichloromethane (15.0 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 35% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0154, 0.18 g, 72%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =246.2.
Example 53
Synthesis of 5-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-N-(4-chlorobenzyl)-6-chloropyridin-2-amine P-0161
5-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-N-(4-chlorobenzyl)-6-chloropyridin-2-amine P-0161 was synthesized in 6 steps as shown in Scheme 168.
















Step 1—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (538)
To 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine (537, 5.60 g, 0.0436 mol) in acetonitrile (300 mL) were added 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (40, 6.7 g, 0.048 mol), trifluoroacetic acid (13 mL, 0.17 mol) and triethylsilane (21 mL, 0.13 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 4 hours, then concentrated, poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, and washed with sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The filtrate was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (538, 6.5 g, 59%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =255.1.
Step 2—Preparation of (5-bromo-6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (539)
To (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (538, 4.00 g, 0.0158 mol) in acetonitrile (66.7 mL, 1.28 mol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen, N-bromosuccinimide (2.81 g, 0.0158 mol) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and crystallized with ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (539, 2.60 g, 95.3%).
Step 3—Preparation of 2-chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (540)
To (5-bromo-6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (539, 2.60 g, 7.83 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.00 M in tetrahydrofuran, 4.20 mL) was added over 10 minutes. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was cooled to −78° C. tert-Butyllithium (1.70 M in hexane, 10.2 mL) was added to the reaction over 10 minutes. After 40 minutes, N,N-dimethylformamide (1.80 mL, 0.0232 mol) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 40 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature for another 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 35% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a light yellow solid (540, 1.0 g, 45.4%). MS (ESI) [M−H + ] − =279.0.
Step 4—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-chloro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (541)
To 2-chloro-6-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (540, 0.40 g, 1.42 mmol) in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) were added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (10.0 mg, 0.082 mmol), di-tert-butyldicarbonate (0.693 g, 3.17 mmol) and triethylamine (0.50 mL, 0.0036 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (541, 0.45 g, 83.0%).
Step 5—Preparation of (4-chloro-benzyl)-6-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (542)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1, 465 mg, 3.93 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) were added sodium hydroxide (0.630 g, 0.0157 mol) and (4-chloro-benzyl)-(6-chloro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (541, 1.5 g, 0.0039 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (542, 1.0 g, 51%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =499.1.
Step 6—Preparation of 5-((1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-N-(4-chlorobenzyl)-6-chloropyridin-2-amine (P-0161)
To (4-chloro-benzyl)-6-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (542, 1.00 g, 2.00 mmol) in acetonitrile (130.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (11.5 mL, 0.0720 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (5.5 mL, 0.071 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 2 hours, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate and hexane to give a light yellow solid (P-0161, 480 mg, 62%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =383.1, 385.1.
[6-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0174

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 168, substituting 4-chloro-benzaldehyde 40 with 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde in step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =418.2.

[6-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0176

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 168, substituting 4-chloro-benzaldehyde 40 with 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde in step 1 and 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 with 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in step 5. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =452.0.

{6-Chloro-5-[5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0179

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 168, substituting 4-chloro-benzaldehyde 40 with 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde in step 1 and 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 1 with 5-(1-Methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (prepared as described in Example 57, Scheme 172) in step 5. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =498.0.

Example 54
Synthesis of (3-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0129
(3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0129 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 169.









Step 1—Preparation of (3-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0129)
3-(6-bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6a, 10 mg, 0.023 mmol, prepared as described in Example 2, Scheme 4) was combined with 3-chlorobenzyl amine (543, 13 mg, 0.093 mmol) in dioxane (0.3 mL). Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (3 mg), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (Xantphos, 3 mg) and sodium tert-butoxide (15 mg) were added. The mixture was heated at 100° C. overnight. Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in DMSO and purified by reverse phase HPLC on a YMC-Pack ODS-A C-18 column (50 mm×10 mm ID), eluting with water with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid and 5-40% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 13 minutes at a flow rate of 6 mL/minute to provide the desired compound P-0129. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =349.1.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 169, replacing 3-chlorobenzyl amine 543 with an appropriate amine. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
(4-Morpholin-4-ylmethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0093), Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0094), (5-Methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0095), (2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0096), [1-(4-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0097), (2-Methoxy-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0098), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0099), ((R)-1-Phenyl-ethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0125), (3-Morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0126), [1-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0127), [2-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0128), (1-Methyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0130), and (1,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0131).

The following table indicates the amine (Column 2) used in Scheme 169 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and column 4 the observed mass.













MS(ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amine
Compound
observed



P-0093


















414.3



P-0094


















316.3



P-0095


















319.9



P-0096


















322.3



P-0097


















407.1



P-0098


















283.5



P-0099


















338.3



P-0125


















329.1



P-0126


















400.3



P-0127


















347.1



P-0128


















347.1



P-0130


















319.1



P-0131


















333.1










































Example 55
Synthesis of 3-chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide P-0111
3-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide P-0111 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 170.









Step 1—Preparation of 3-chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0111)
3-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (6a, 10 mg, 0.023 mmol, prepared as described in Example 2, Scheme 4) was combined with 3-chloro-benzamide (544, 15 mg, 0.096 mmol) in dioxane (0.4 mL). Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0) (3 mg), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (Xantphos, 3 mg), and sodium tert-butoxide (15 mg) were added. Cesium carbonate (20 mg) was added and the mixture was heated at 100° C. overnight. Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC on a YMC-Pack ODS-A C-18 column (50 mm×10 mm ID), eluting with water with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid and 5-40% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 13 minutes at a flow rate of 6 mL/minute to provide the desired compound P-0111. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =363.1.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 170, replacing 3-chloro-benzamide 544 with an appropriate amide. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
3,4-Dichloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0100), 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0101), 2,5-Dimethyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0102), Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0103), 2-Methoxy-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0104), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0105), Pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0106), Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0107), 6-Methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-nicotinamide (P-0108), 4-Fluoro-3-methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0109), 5-Methyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amide (P-0110), 4-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0112), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (P-0113), N-[5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (P-0114), 3-Chloro-4-fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0115), 3,4-Difluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0116), 2-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0117), 5-Fluoro-2-methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0118), 2-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0119), 3-Methoxy-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0120), 3-Fluoro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0121), 3-Methyl-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-benzamide (P-0122), and 2-Chloro-N-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-isonicotinamide (P-0123).

The following table indicates the amide (Column 2) used in Scheme 170 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and column 4 the observed mass.













MS(ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amide
Compound
observed



P-0100


















397.1



P-0101


















381.1



P-0102


















347.1



P-0103


















335.1



P-0104


















360.3



P-0105


















329.9



P-0106


















331.1



P-0107


















329.9



P-0108


















344.3



P-0109


















361.1



P-0110


















345.1



P-0112


















415.1



P-0113


















413.1



P-0114


















397.1



P-0115


















381.1



P-0116


















365.1



P-0117


















363.1



P-0118


















361.1



P-0119


















347.1



P-0120


















359.1



P-0121


















347.1



P-0122


















343.1



P-0123


















364.3






























































Example 56
Synthesis of 3,5-dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methoxy-benzylamide P-0135
3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methoxy-benzylamide P-0135 was synthesized in 1 step as shown in Scheme 171.









Step 1—Preparation of 3,5-dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0135)
3-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (514, 10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (0.5 mL). 1,8-Diazabicylo[5.4.0]unde-7-ene (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added. 1-Isocyanatomethyl-4-methoxy-benzene (545, 6.5 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to proceed at room temperature for 30 minutes. Acetic acid (0.2 mL) was added to the reaction. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (0.2 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC on a Phenomenex column (50 mm×10 mm ID), eluting with water with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid and 20-100% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 16 minutes at a flow rate of 6 mL/minute to provide the desired compound P-0135. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =390.3.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 171, replacing 1-isocyanatomethyl-4-methoxy-benzene 545 with an appropriate isocyanate or bromide. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
3-(1-Benzyl-3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0133), 2-[3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-1-phenyl-ethanone (P-0134), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-chloro-benzylamide (P-0136), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0137), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(5-trifluoromethyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0138), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(5-methyl-isoxazol-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0139), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-chloro-benzylamide (P-0140), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-ethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0141), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 3-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0142), 3-{3,5-Dimethyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0143), 3-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-methyl-2-phenyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0144), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-methoxy-benzylamide (P-0145), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0146), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0147), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid [2-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amide (P-0148), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid ((S)-1-phenyl-ethyl)-amide (P-0149), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 3-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0150), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro-benzylamide (P-0151), 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 4-methyl-benzylamide (P-0152), and 3,5-Dimethyl-4-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrazole-1-carboxylic acid 2-methyl-benzylamide (P-0153).

The following table indicates the isocyanate or bromide (Column 2) used in Scheme 171 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the observed mass.













MS(ESI)

Compound
Isocyanate or

[M + H + ] +

number
bromide
Compound
observed



P-0133


















317.1



P-0134


















345.1



P-0136


















394.3



P-0137


















378.3



P-0138


















375.1



P-0139


















322.3



P-0140


















393.9



P-0141


















404.3



P-0142


















390.3



P-0143


















482.3



P-0144


















414.3



P-0145


















390.3



P-0146


















442.3



P-0147


















392.3



P-0148


















392.3



P-0149


















374.3



P-0150


















378.3



P-0151


















378.3



P-0152


















374.3



P-0153


















374.3
























































Example 57
Synthesis of 5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 547
5-(1-Methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 547 was synthesized in 1 step from 5-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 44 as shown in Scheme 172.









Step 1—Preparation of 5-(1-Methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (547)
To 5-bromo-7-azaindole (44, 1.04 g, 5.28 mmol) in 1.00 M potassium carbonate in water (15.8 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (50.0 mL) were added 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (546, 1.65 g, 7.92 mmol), Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.305 mg, 0.26 mmol) and tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (0.20 g, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate in hexane to provide a light yellow solid (547, 670 mg, 64.0%). MS (ESI)[M+H + ] + =199.4.
Example 58
Synthesis of [2-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0177
[2-(4-Fluoro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0177 was synthesized in 2 steps as shown in Scheme 173.









Step 1—Preparation of (4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (549)
A mixture of {4-chloro-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (548, 0.397 g, 0.57 mmol, prepared according to the protocol of Scheme 159, Example 44, replacing 4-(aminomethyl)pyridine 516 with 4-fluoro-benzylamine in step 1, isolated after step 3), triethylsilane (1.0 mL, 6.3 mmol), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL, 6 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with sodium bicarbonate and brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (549, 0.11 g, 9%). MS (ESI) [M−H + ] + =451.10.
Step 2—Preparation of [2-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-thiazol-5-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0177)
To a solution of (4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (549, 0.11 g, 0.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into cold sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvents, the residue was washed with ethyl acetate to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (P-0177, 9 mg, 10%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =353.12.
Example 59
Synthesis of {2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0178
{2-[(4-Chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0178 was synthesized in 3 steps as shown in Scheme 174.









Step 1—Preparation of 4-chloro-2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (551)
To a solution of (4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amine (550, 2 g, 0.01 mol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4 mL, 0.03 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added 2,4-dichloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (93, 3 g, 0.01 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was collected by filtration and washed with hexanes to provide the desired compound as a light-yellow solid (551, 3.6 g, 90%).
Step 2—Preparation of {4-chloro-2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (552)
To a solution of 3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 0.82 g, 2.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at −20° C., isopropylmagnesium chloride (2 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.1 mL, 2.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. in 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −40° C. To the reaction mixture was added a solution of 4-chloro-2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (551, 0.41 g, 1.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to −10° C. in 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (552, 0.5 g, 60%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =575.29.
Step 3—Preparation of {2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0178)
A mixture of {4-chloro-2-[(4-chloro-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-thiazol-5-yl}-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (552, 1 g, 2 mmol), triethylsilane (2 mL, 12 mmol), and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL, 13 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with sodium bicarbonate and brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane to provide the desired compound as a yellow solid (P-0178, 0.17 g, 30%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =383.09.
Example 60
Synthesis of Aldehyde Intermediates
(3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 558 was synthesized in 4 steps from 6-amino-nicotinic acid methyl ester 553 as shown in Scheme 175.









Step 1—Synthesis of 6-[(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-nicotinic acid methyl ester (555)
To 6-amino-nicotinic acid methyl ester (553, 2.15 g, 0.014 mol) in acetonitrile (60.0 mL) were added 3-chloro-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (554, 2.00 g, 0.014 mol), triethylsilane (11.00 mL, 0.069 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (5.00 mL, 0.065 mol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (555, 1.5 g, 38.2%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =278.9.
Step 2—Synthesis of 6-[(3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]pyridin-3-yl-methanol (556)
To 6-[(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-nicotinic acid methyl ester (555, 1.00 g, 3.60 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (120 mL) was added a solution of lithium tetrahydroaluminate (1.00 M in tetrahydrofuran, 5.00 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, followed with addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the desired compound as a white solid (556, 0.5 g, 56%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =250.1.
Step 3—Synthesis of 6-[(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (557)
To 6-[(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanol (556, 0.50 g, 2.00 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.02 g, 2.40 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound (557, 0.45 g, 91%) that was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4—Synthesis of (3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (558)
To 6-[(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (557, 0.45 g, 1.80 mmol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (0.65 g, 3.00 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.012 g, 0.010 mmol) and triethylamine (0.28 mL, 2.00 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (558, 250 mg, 40.0%).
(2-Difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 559

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 175, substituting 3-chloro-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde 554 with 2-difluoromethoxy-benzaldehyde in Step 1.

[2,6-Difluoro-3-(propane-1-sulfonylamino)-benzyl]-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 560

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 175, substituting 3-chloro-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde 554 with propane-1-sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-formyl-phenyl)-amide in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =470.3.

(6-Fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 565 was synthesized in 4 steps from 2,6-Difluoro-nicotinic acid methyl ester 60 as shown in Scheme 176.









Step 1—Synthesis of 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-nicotinic acid methyl ester (562)
To 2,6-difluoro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (60, 1.82 g, 0.0105 mol, prepared as described in Example 22, Scheme 24, Step 2) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −40° C., C-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methylamine (561, 1.00 g, 5.68 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at −40° C., then allowed to warm to room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 35% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (562, 1.40 g, 74.9). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =330.1.
Step 2—Synthesis of 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanol (563)
To 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-nicotinic acid methyl ester (562, 1.40 g, 4.25 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at room temperature, a solution of lithium tetrahydroaluminate (1.00 M in tetrahydrofuran, 10.0 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, followed by addition of an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate decahydrate. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to give crude compound (563, 1.2 g, 93.7%) that was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3—Synthesis of 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (564)
To 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanol (563, 1.20 g, 3.98 mmol) in dichloromethane (40.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.86 g, 4.38 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then poured into aqueous sodium thiosulfate and potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (564, 0.28 g, 23.5%).
Step 4—Synthesis of (6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (565)
To 2-fluoro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (564, 0.28 g, 0.94 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (0.245 g, 1.12 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.050 g, 0.41 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (565, 0.22 g, 59%).
(6-Chloro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 570 was synthesized in 4 steps from 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine 537 as shown in Scheme 177.









Step 1—Synthesis of (6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (567)
To 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine (537, 0.760 g, 5.91 mmol) in acetonitrile (30.0 mL), 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (566, 1.06 g, 6.05 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (3.00 mL, 0.0389 mol) and triethylsilane (6.00 mL, 0.0376 mol) were added. The reaction was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (567, 1.60 g, 94.1%).
Step 2—Synthesis of (5-bromo-6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (568)
To (6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (567, 4.50 g, 0.0156 mol) in acetonitrile (120.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen, N-bromosuccinimide (3.03 g, 0.0170 mol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (568, 6.20 g, 80.2%).
Step 3—Synthesis of 2-chloro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (569)
To (5-bromo-6-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine
(568, 4.60 g, 0.0125 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (60.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.00 M in tetrahydrofuran, 6.44 mL) was added over 10 minutes. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes, and then allowed to warm to room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was cooled to −78° C., followed by adding tert-butyllithium (1.70 M in hexane, 15.3 mL) over 10 minutes. After 40 minutes, N,N-dimethylformamide (1.23 mL, 0.0158 mol) was added and the reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 40 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 35% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a light yellow solid (569, 2.84 g, 71.7%).
Step 4—Synthesis of (6-chloro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (570)
To a solution of 2-chloro-6-[(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (569, 0.545 g, 1.73 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.60 mL, 3.40 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (20 mg, 0.10 mmol), and a solution of di-tert-butyldicarbonate (0.41 g, 0.0019 mol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (570, 0.60 g, 83.6%).
(5-Bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-chloro-benzyl)-amine 571

was prepared following the protocol of Steps 1 and 2 of Scheme 177, substituting 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine 537 and 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 566 with 6-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylamine and 2-chloro-benzaldehyde, respectively in Step 1.

(6-Fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 572

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 177, substituting 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine 537 and 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 566 with 6-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylamine and 6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde, respectively in step 1.

(5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 631

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 177, substituting 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine 537 and 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 566 with 6-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylamine and 5-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde, respectively in Step 1, without Step 3 (i.e. the product of Step 2 is reacted according to Step 4).

(5-Bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 637

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 177, substituting 6-chloro-pyridin-2-ylamine 537 and 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 566 with 6-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylamine and 5-chloro-benzaldehyde, respectively in Step 1, without Step 3 (i.e. the product of Step 2 is reacted according to Step 4).

Example 61
Synthesis of propane-1-sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl-phenyl)-amide P-0258
Propane-1-sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl-phenyl)-amide P-0258 was synthesized in 2 steps from 3-Iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 96 as shown in Scheme 178.









Step 1—Synthesis of [2,6-difluoro-3-(propane-1-sulfonylamino)-benzyl]-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (574)
To a solution of 3-Iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 0.644 g, 1.61 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) at −40° C. under nitrogen, isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.80 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to 15° C. over 100 minutes, then cooled to −40° C., followed by adding [2,6-difluoro-3-(propane-1-sulfonylamino)-benzyl]-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (560, 0.100 g, 0.21 mmol, prepared as described in Example 60, Scheme 175) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 5° C. over 2 hours, then poured into aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow solid (574, 75 mg, 47%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =744.7.
Step 2—Synthesis of Propane-1-sulfonic acid (2,4-difluoro-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl-phenyl)-amide (P-0258)
To [2,6-difluoro-3-(propane-1-sulfonylamino)-benzyl]-5-[hydroxy-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (574, 75.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (0.40 mL, 2.5 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.20 mL, 2.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 15% methanol in dichloromethane to give an off-white solid (P-0258, 29.3 mg, 61.6%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =472.4.
Propane-1-sulfonic acid (3-{[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-amide (P-0259), [6-Fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0378), and [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0379),

respectively,

were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 178. P-0259 was prepared by replacing 3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 96 with 5-chloro-3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in Step 1 (MS [M+H + ] + =506.1). P-0378 was prepared by replacing [2,6-difluoro-3-(propane-1-sulfonylamino)-benzyl]-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 560 with (6-Fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 572 (prepared as described in Example 60, Scheme 177) in Step 1 (MS [M+H + ] + =364.1). P-0379 was prepared by replacing both azaindole 96 with 5-chloro-3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine and aldehyde 560 with aldehyde 572 in Step 1 (MS [M+H + ] + =400.0).

Example 62
Synthesis of [6-fluoro-5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0187
[6-Fluoro-5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0187 was synthesized in 3 steps from 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 575 as shown in Scheme 179.









Step 1—Synthesis of 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (576)
To 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (575, 0.326 g, 0.000788 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.00 mL) at −45° C. under nitrogen, isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.380 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to −25° C. in 30 minutes, and then cooled to −45° C. followed by adding (6-fluoro-5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (565, 80.0 mg, 0.20 mmol, prepared as described in Example 60, Scheme 176) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (576, 0.080 g, 60%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =688.1.
Step 2—Synthesis of [5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (577)
To 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (576, 0.100 g, 0.15 mmol) in acetonitrile (12.6 mL) were added triethylsilane (0.34 mL, 2.10 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.17 mL, 2.20 mmol). The reaction was heated to 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude compound (577, 90 mg, 100%) that was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3—Synthesis of [6-Fluoro-5-(5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0187)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (577, 0.08 g, 0.13 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.110 g, 0.35 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give an off-white solid (P-0187, 8.1 mg, 10%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =431.9.
[6-Fluoro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0186 and [6-Fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0188,

respectively, were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 179, substituting 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 575 with 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine or 1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, respectively, in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =435.7 and 401.6, respectively.

Example 63
Synthesis of [6-(2-fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0403
[6-(2-fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0403 was synthesized in 2 steps from 3-Iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 96 as shown in Scheme 180.









Step 1—(2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic Acid tert-butyl Ester (580)
To 3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 0.550 g, 1.37 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) at −40° C. under nitrogen, isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.65 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to 5° C. over 70 minutes, then cooled to −40° C., followed by adding (2-fluoro-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (579, prepared according to the protocol of Example 17, Scheme 19, Steps 1-3, replacing 4-chlorobenzaldehyde 40 with 2-fluoro-benzaldehyde in Step 1) in tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 hour, then poured into aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (580, 0.14 g, 26%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =447.0.
Step 2—Synthesis of [6-(2-Fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0403)
To (2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (580, 0.080 g, 0.18 mmol) in dichloromethane (3.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL, 0.013 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 15% methanol in dichloromethane to give the desired compound (P-0403, 15.0 mg, 23.0%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + 347.5.
Example 64
Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(2-fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone P-0404
(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(2-fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone P-0404 was synthesized in 4 steps from 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 581 as shown in Scheme 181.









Step 1—Synthesis of 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (582)
To a solution of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (581, 0.420 g, 1.00 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) at −40° C. under nitrogen, isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.49 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to 5° C. over 70 minutes, then cooled to −40° C., followed by adding (2-fluoro-benzyl)-(5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 579 in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 hour, then poured into aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (582, 0.25 g, 41%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =623.1.
Step 2—Synthesis of [5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (583)
To 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (582, 0.25 g, 0.40 mmol) in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.20 g, 0.48 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (583, 0.060 g., 24%).
Step 3—Synthesis of [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (584)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (583, 60.0 mg, 0.097 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added aqueous potassium carbonate (1.0 M, 1.0 mL). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 100° C. for 10 minutes, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound (584, 0.040 g, 64%) that was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4—Synthesis of (5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(2-fluoro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanone (P-0404)
To [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (584, 0.030 g, 0.062 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL, 0.013 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 15% methanol in dichloromethane to give the desired compound (P-0404, 2.8 mg, 12%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =381.0.
Example 65
Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-6-[(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanone P-0405
(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-6-[(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanone P-0405 was synthesized in 3 steps from 5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 as shown in Scheme 182.









Step 1—Synthesis of 5-[(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (586)
To 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (532, 0.092 g, 0.60 mmol) in methanol (15.0 mL) were added (5-formyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (585, 0.240 g, 0.70 mmol, prepared according to the protocol of Example 17, Scheme 19, Steps 1-3, replacing 4-chlorobenzaldehyde 40 with 6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde in Step 1) and potassium hydroxide (1.2 g, 0.021 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (586, 0.110 g, 37%).
Step 2—Synthesis of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (587)
To 5-[(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (586, 0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.062 g, 0.15 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (587, 0.020 g, 33%).
Step 3—Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-6-[(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl-methanone (P-0405)
To [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (587, 0.020 g, 0.040 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (P-0405, 5.5 mg, 34%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =394.3.
{6-[(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-yl}-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone P-0406

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 182, substituting 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 with 5-methoxy-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =390.1.

Example 66
Synthesis of intermediate 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 592
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 592 was synthesized in 4 steps from 2-amino-4-chloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde 588 as shown in Scheme 183.









Step 1—Synthesis of (4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (589)
To 2-amino-4-chloro-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (588, 5.00 g, 0.0308 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (122 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (7.38 g, 0.0338 mol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.35 g, 0.0029 mol). The reaction was stirred at 58° C. for 2 hours, then concentrated and purified with silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 80% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow solid (589, 7.0 g, 87%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (590)
To a solution of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (581, 4.40 g, 10.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30.0 mL) at −45° C. under nitrogen, a solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 5.4 mL) was added slowly over 10 minutes. The reaction was allowed to warm to −25° C. over 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to −65° C., followed by adding the cold deprotonated (4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 589, which was prepared in situ by adding isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 5.0 mL) to (4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (589, 2.51 g, 9.55 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (23.0 mL) at −78° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature in 2 hours, then poured into aqueous ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (590, 3.70 g, 60.3%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =554.2.
Step 3—Synthesis of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (591)
To 5-[(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (590, 0.200 g, 0.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (15.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (0.600 mL, 376 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.300 mL, 3.89 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (591, 0.155 g, 88.7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =538.9.
Step 4—Synthesis of 5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine (592)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (591, 4.30 g, 7.97 mmol) in dichloromethane (70.0 mL) was added a solution of hydrogen chloride (4.00 M in 1,4-dioxane, 42.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 days, then concentrated, and triturated with ethyl ether and ethyl acetate to give the desired compound (592, 2.60 g, 74.2%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =439.0.
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 593

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 183, substituting 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 581 with 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in Step 2. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =404.4.

Example 67
Synthesis of [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0231
[4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0231 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 592 as shown in Scheme 184.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (595)
To 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine (592, 50.0 mg, 0.11 mmol, prepared as described in Example 66, Scheme 183) in ethanol (1.60 mL) and acetic acid (0.08 mL) were added 5-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (594, 43 mg, 0.34 mmol) and silica supported cyanoborohydride (1.21 mmol/g, 0.180 g). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 100° C. for 7 minutes. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (595, 0.030 g, 48%).
Step 2—Synthesis of [4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0231)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (595, 0.030 g, 0.055 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.034 g, 0.11 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (P-0231, 1.5 mg, 6.7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =408.1.
Example 68
Synthesis of 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 599
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 599 was synthesized in 4 steps from 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 as shown in Scheme 185.









Step 1—Synthesis of 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (596)
To 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (532, 10.0 g, 65.5 mmol) in acetic acid (28.3 mL) were added hexamethylenetetramine (11.9 g, 85.2 mmol) and water (56.7 mL). The reaction was refluxed overnight, followed by addition of 200 mL of water. After 30 minutes, the reaction was filtered to recover the solid, then dried under air to give the desired compound (596, 7.0 g. 59%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (597)
To 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (596, 3.60 g, 0.0199 mol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) were added a solution of potassium hydroxide (9 M in water, 50 mL), tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (400 mg, 0.001 mol) and benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.9 mL, 0.023 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate to give a white solid (597, 2.3 g, 36.0%).
Step 3—Synthesis of (6-amino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (598)
To 2-amino-5-bromopyridine (15, 3.10 g, 17.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., a solution n-butyllithium (2.50 M in hexane, 7.10 mL) was added slowly. After 30 minutes, 1,2-bis-(chloro-dimethyl-silanyl)-ethane (3.90 g dissolved in tetrahydrofuran 20.0 mL, 18.1 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture slowly, and then allowed to warm to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled to −78° C. followed by adding a solution of n-butyllithium (2.50 M in Hexane, 7.10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 60 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C., followed by adding a solution of n-butyllithium (2.50 M in Hexane, 7.50 mL) slowly. After 60 minutes, 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (597, 1.90 g in 30 mL tetrahydrofuran, 5.92 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours, then allowed to warm to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the desired compound (598, 1.25 g, 50.9%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =415.2.
Step 4—Synthesis of 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (599)
To (6-amino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (598, 1.00 g, 0.00241 mol) in dichloromethane (25.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (3.00 mL, 0.0188 mol) and trifluoroacetic acid (1.50 mL, 0.0195 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (599, 0.70 g, 73%).
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 600

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 185, substituting 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 with 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =365.2.

Example 69
Synthesis of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0324
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0324 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 599 as shown in Scheme 186.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (601)
To 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (599, 80.0 mg, 0.20 mmol, prepared as described in Example 68, Scheme 185) in ethanol (2.0 mL) and acetic acid (0.10 mL, 0.0018 mol) were added 5-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (594, 62.7 mg, 0.50 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride on silica gel (1.200 mmol/g loading; 0.251 g, 0.30 mmol). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 100° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (601, 0.060 g, 59%).
Step 2—Synthesis of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0324)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (601, 0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.11 g, 0.35 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (P-0324, 13.5 mg, 31%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =368.0.
Example 70
Synthesis of (3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]amine P-0183
(3-Chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0183 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 600 as shown in Scheme 187.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (602)
To 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (600, 120.0 mg, 0.33 mmol, prepared as described in Example 68, Scheme 185) in acetonitrile (10.0 mL) were added 3-chloro-pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (554, 51.3 mg, 0.36 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol) and triethylsilane (0.60 mL, 0.0038 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (602, 80 mg, 49.6%). MS [M+H + ] + =490.2.
Step 2—Synthesis of (3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0183)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (602, 0.08 g, 0.16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.240 g, 0.76 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a yellow solid (P-0183, 4.0 mg, 7%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =350.2.
Example 71
Synthesis of [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-[6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-amine P-0409
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0409 was synthesized in 1 step from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 599 as shown in Scheme 188.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-[6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0409)
To 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (599, 124.1 mg, 0.31 mmol, prepared as described in Example 68, Scheme 185) in ethanol (3.00 mL) and acetic acid (0.2 mL) were added 6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (603, 164.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) and silica supported cyanoborohydride (1.21 mmol/g, 0.700 g). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 100° C. for 150 minutes. To the reaction was added a solution of potassium hydroxide (9.0 M in water, 1.0 mL). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 100° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (P-0409, 10.6 mg, 7.6%). MS ESI) [M+H + ] + 448.4.
Example 72
Synthesis of 1-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-urea P-0412
1-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-urea P-0412 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 600 as shown in Scheme 189.









Step 1—Synthesis of 1-[5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-urea (605)
To 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (600, 150.0 mg, 0.41 mmol, prepared as described in Example 68, Scheme 185) in acetonitrile (12.5 mL) were added 3-fluoro-isocyanato-benzene (604, 61.6 mg, 0.45 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (10.0 mg, 0.082 mmol) and triethylamine (0.25 mL, 0.0018 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70° C. overnight, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (605, 0.100 g, 48.4%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 1-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-urea (P-0412)
To 1-[5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-3-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-urea (605, 0.100 g, 0.20 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.240 g, 0.76 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0412, 17.9 mg, 24.8%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =362.2.
Example 73
Synthesis of (2-chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0335
(2-Chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0335 was synthesized in 2 steps from (5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-chloro-benzyl)-amine 571 as shown in Scheme 190.









Step 1—Synthesis of [6-(2-chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl]-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (606)
To (5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-chloro-benzyl)-amine (571, 0.635 g, 2.01 mmol, prepared as described in Example 60, Scheme 177) in tetrahydrofuran (25.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at −78° C., a solution of n-butyllithium (2.50 M in hexane, 0.80 mL) was added slowly. After 20 minutes, tert-butyllithium (1.7 M in hexane, 2.40 mL) was added to the reaction and after 30 minutes, 1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (47, 0.575 g, 1.90 mmol, prepared as described in Example 18) in tetrahydrofuran (8.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 60 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature for another 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (606, 0.180 g, 17.6%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =539.2.
Step 2—Synthesis of (2-chloro-benzyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0335)
To [6-(2-chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl]-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (606, 180.0 mg, 0.33 mmol) in acetonitrile (15.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (1.00 mL, 6.26 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL, 6.50 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 2 hours, then poured into aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0335, 24.9 mg, 19.4%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =367.0.
Example 74
Synthesis of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 610
1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 610 was synthesized in 3 steps from 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 581 as shown in Scheme 191.









Step 1—Synthesis of (1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-(2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-5-yl)-methanol (608)
To a solution of 1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (581, 4.36 g, 10.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) at −40° C. under nitrogen, isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran. 5.06 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to 5° C. over 60 minutes, then cooled to −40° C., followed by adding 2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (607, 1.30 g, 8.43 mmol, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran 15.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 10° C. over 2 hours. The reaction was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 15% methanol in dichloromethane to give the desired compound (608, 3.00 g, 79.6%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =447.2.
Step 2—Synthesis of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (609)
To (1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-(2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-5-yl)-methanol (608, 0.35 g, 0.78 mmol) in dichloromethane (15.0 mL) were added triethylsilane (2.00 mL, 12.52 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (1.00 mL, 13.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 35° C. overnight, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (609, 0.25 g, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =430.9.
Step 3—Synthesis of 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (610) and 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfinyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (611)
To 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (609, 0.500 g, 1.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (15.0 mL) was added meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (max. 77%, 0.572 g, 2.55 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 70 minutes, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compounds (610, 0.310 g, 57.7%), MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =463.1; and (611, 0.200 g, 38.6%), MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =447.2.
1-Benzenesulfonyl-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 612

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 191, substituting 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 581 with 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-iodo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in Step 1.

Example 75
Synthesis of (4-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine P-0260
(4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine P-0260 was synthesized in 2 steps from 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 610 as shown in Scheme 192.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (613)
To 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (610, 0.060 g, 0.13 mmol, prepared as described in Example 74, Scheme 191) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (1.80 mL) was added p-chlorobenzylamine (61, 0.20 g, 1.4 mmol). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 150° C. for 15 minutes, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (613, 0.05 g, 74%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =524.3.
Step 2—Synthesis of (4-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0260)
To [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-chloro-benzyl)-amine (613, 0.050 g, 0.095 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride, trihydrate (0.20 g, 0.63 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, then poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and washed with ethyl acetate in hexane to give an off-white solid (P-0260, 16.9 mg, 46%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =385.9.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 192, substituting p-chlorobenzylamine 61 with a suitable amine in Step 1. The following compounds were prepared following this protocol:
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,6-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0261), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0262), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0263), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0264), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0265), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0266), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0267), and [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0268).

The following table indicates the amine (Column 2) used in Scheme 192 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amine in Step 1
Compound
observed



P-0261


















384.1



P-0262


















418.9



P-0263


















384.2



P-0264


















368.2



P-0265


















386.2



P-0266


















418.9



P-0267


















[M − H + ] − = 384.0



P-0268


















419.2
































Example 76
Synthesis of (2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine P-0291
(2-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine P-0291 was synthesized in 1 step from 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 612 as shown in Scheme 193.









Step 1—Synthesis of (2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0291)
To 1-benzenesulfonyl-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (612, 0.080 g, 0.19 mmol, prepared as described in Example 74, Scheme 191) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (1.00 mL) was added 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzylamine (614, 0.20 g, 1.0 mmol). The reaction was irradated with microwave on 300 watts, 150° C. for 15 minutes. Potassium hydroxide in water (1.00 M, 2.00 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 90° C. for 10 minutes, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0291, 37.4 mg, 50%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =402.6.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 193, substituting 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzylamine 614 with a suitable amine. The following compounds were prepared following this protocol:
(2,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0292), (2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0293), (3-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0294), (3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0295), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0300), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0301), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0302), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0303), (5-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0304), (2,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0305), (2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0306), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0307), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0308), (2-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0309), (2,5-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0310), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0311), (2-Difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0312), (2,3-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0313), (4-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0314), (5-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0315), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0316), (5-Chloro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0317), (5-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0318), (2-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0319), (4-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0320), and (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0407).

The following table indicates the amine (Column 2) used in Scheme 193 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amine
Compound
observed



P-0292


















352.3



P-0293


















418.2



P-0294


















402.5



P-0295


















352.3



P-0300


















334.5



P-0301


















349.9



P-0302


















384.0



P-0303


















400.5



P-0304


















367.9



P-0305


















383.9



P-0306


















352.4



P-0307


















352.0



P-0308


















384.0



P-0309


















402.5



P-0310


















389.0



P-0311


















368.0



P-0312


















382.5



P-0313


















385.0



P-0314


















367.9



P-0315


















402.4



P-0316


















368.2



P-0317


















364.8



P-0318


















348.6



P-0319


















402.5



P-0320


















402.5



P-0407


















368.3




































































Example 77
Synthesis of [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine P-0390
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine P-0390 was synthesized in 1 step from 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 610 as shown in Scheme 194.









Step 1—Synthesis of [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0390)
To 1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-3-(2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (610, 0.060 g, 0.13 mmol, prepared as described in Example 74, Scheme 191) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (1.40 mL) was added 2-difluoromethoxy-benzylamine (615, 0.200 g, 1.16 mmol). The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 150° C. for 15 minutes. Potassium hydroxide in water (1.00 M, 2.00 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts, 90° C. for 10 minutes, then poured into ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0390, 10.9 mg, 20%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =418.0.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 194, substituting 2-difluoromethoxy-benzylamine 615 with a suitable amine. The following compounds were prepared following this protocol:
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0289), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0391), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0392), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0393), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0394), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2,3-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0395), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0396), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0402), (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0408), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0416), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (P-0417), Benzyl-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0418), Benzyl-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0419), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0420), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0421), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0422), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0423), (3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0424), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0425), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[1-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0426), [1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0427), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[(S)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0428), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0429), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine (P-0430), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0431), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0433), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amine (P-0434), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-cyclohexylmethyl-amine (P-0435), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0436), [2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0437), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0438), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0439), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0440), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amine (P-0441), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0442),

(3-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0443),
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-ethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0444), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(4-morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-amine (P-0445), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(3-difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0446), (4-Chloro-3-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-amine (P-0447), [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-[1-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-amine (P-0448), and [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-(2-dimethylamino-benzyl)-amine (P-0449).

The following table indicates the amine (Column 2) used in Scheme 194 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Amine
Compound
observed



P-0289


















436.0



P-0391


















436.0



P-0392


















402.0



P-0393


















[M − H + ] − = 434.1



P-0394


















437.3



P-0395


















386.0



P-0396


















402.0



P-0402


















434.3



P-0408


















402.0



P-0416


















351.1



P-0417


















357.1



P-0418


















350.3



P-0419


















364.3



P-0420


















434.3



P-0421


















383.9



P-0422


















351.1



P-0423


















368.3



P-0424


















398.3



P-0425


















386.3



P-0426


















382.3



P-0427


















398.3



P-0428


















382.3



P-0429


















419.1



P-0430


















397.9



P-0431


















364.3



P-0433


















380.3



P-0434


















373.1



P-0435


















356.3



P-0436


















351.1



P-0437


















397.9



P-0438


















416.3



P-0439


















380.3



P-0440


















364.3



P-0441


















317.9



P-0442


















368.3



P-0443


















401.9



P-0444


















393.9



P-0445


















435.1



P-0446


















416.3



P-0447


















402.3



P-0448


















382.3



P-0449


















393.1




































































































Example 78
Synthesis of (2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0210
(2-Chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0210 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 600 as shown in Scheme 195.









Step 1—Preparation of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (617)
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine (600, 30 mg, 0.083 mmol, prepared as described in Example 68, Scheme 185) was combined with 2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzaldehyde (616, 26.2 mg, 0.165 mmol) in a 2 mL microwave reaction vial. The mixture was dissolved in ethanol:acetic acid (95:5, 0.6 mL). Silica supported cyanoborohydride (1.0 mmol/g, 83 mg, 0.083 mmol) was added and the mixture was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts for 5 minutes at 100° C. The silica was separated by centrifuging and the supernatant solution was decanted. The silica residue was rinsed with ethanol (0.500 mL) and centrifuged. The solvents were combined and removed under reduced pressure to give compound 617, which was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2—Preparation of (2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0210)
[5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-amine 617 was combined with methanol:potassium hydroxide (1M) (1:1, 0.5 mL). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 2 hours. Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (0.4 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC on a Phenomenex column (50 mm×10 mm ID) eluting with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water and 20-100% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 16 minutes at a flow rate of 6 mL/minute to provide the desired compound P-0210. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =367.1.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 195, replacing 2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzaldehyde 616 with an appropriate aldehyde in Step 1. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
Phenethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0211), (2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0212), (2-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0213), (3-Bromo-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0214), (2-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0215), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0216), (2-Methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0217), (1-Methyl-1H-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0218), (6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0219), (1H-Benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0220), (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0221), (5-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0222), (3-Fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0223), (6-M ethoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0224), (4-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0225), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0226), (3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0227), (6-Morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0228), (3-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0229), (5-Fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0230), (2,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0342), (3-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0343), (2-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0344), (4-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0345), (3-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0346), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0347), (4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0348), (2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0349), (2-Fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]amine (P-0350), (2,3-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0351), (2-Fluoro-3-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0352), Dimethyl-(5-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyrimidin-2-yl)-amine (P-0353), (3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0354), (5-Fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0355), (3,5-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0356), (2-Propoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0357), (2-Morpholin-4-yl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0358), (2-Chloro-3-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0359), (2-Fluoro-6-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0360), [2-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0361), (2,3-Difluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0362), (2-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0363), (2-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0364), (2-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0365), (5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0366), (2-Difluoromethoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0367), (2-Fluoro-4-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0368), [2-(3-Dimethylamino-propoxy)-benzyl]-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0369), (2,6-Dimethoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0370), (2-Fluoro-5-methoxy-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0371), (4-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0372), (3-Chloro-5-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0373), (6-Cyclopentyloxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0374), (5-Fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0375), [5-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-[2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-amine (P-0376), Propane-1-sulfonic acid (2-fluoro-3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-amide (P-0377), (2,5-Dichloro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0380), Pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0381), (5-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0382), (2-Ethyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0383), 2,2-Dimethyl-N-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-propionamide (P-0384), Methyl-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (P-0385), Methyl-(5-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyrimidin-2-yl)-amine (P-0386), (2-Chloro-4-methanesulfonyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0387), (5-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0397), (2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0398), Dimethyl-(3-{[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (P-0399), (5-Chloro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0400), and (2-Methoxy-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine (P-0401).

The following table indicates the aldehyde (Column 2) used in Step 1 of Scheme 195 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Aldehyde
Compound
observed



P-0211


















329.1



P-0212


















351.1



P-0213


















338.1



P-0214


















395.9



P-0215


















345.9



P-0216


















349.1



P-0217


















329.1



P-0218


















369.1



P-0219


















345.9



P-0220


















355.1



P-0221


















367.1



P-0222


















345.9



P-0223


















334.3



P-0224


















345.9



P-0225


















401.1



P-0226


















383.1



P-0227


















383.9



P-0228


















401.1



P-0229


















334.3



P-0230


















334.3



P-0342


















383.1



P-0343


















333.1



P-0344


















401.1



P-0345


















367.1



P-0346


















401.1



P-0347


















401.1



P-0348


















417.1



P-0349


















417.1



P-0350


















401.1



P-0351


















383.1



P-0352


















363.1



P-0353


















360.3



P-0354


















367.1



P-0355


















334.3



P-0356


















351.1



P-0357


















373.1



P-0358


















400.3



P-0359


















379.1



P-0360


















401.1



P-0361


















444.3



P-0362


















351.1



P-0363


















417.1



P-0364


















367.1



P-0365


















401.1



P-0366


















363.1



P-0367


















381.1



P-0368


















347.1



P-0369


















416.3



P-0370


















376.3



P-0371


















363.1



P-0372


















347.1



P-0373


















367.1



P-0374


















400.3



P-0375


















401.1



P-0376


















413.9



P-0377


















453.9



P-0380


















383.1



P-0381


















317.2



P-0382


















367.1



P-0383


















343.1



P-0384


















415.2



P-0385


















345.4



P-0386


















345.2



P-0387


















427.1



P-0397


















347.1



P-0398


















396.1



P-0399


















359.1



P-0400


















350.3



P-0401


















347.1


























































































































































Example 79
Synthesis of [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0190
[4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine P-0190 was synthesized in 2 steps from 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 592 as shown in Scheme 196.









Step 1—Preparation of [5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (619)
5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine (592, 30 mg, 0.083 mmol, prepared as described in Example 66, Scheme 183) was combined with 6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde (618, 26.2 mg, 0.165 mmol) in a 2 mL microwave reaction vial. The mixture was dissolved in ethanol: acetic acid (95:5, 0.6 mL). Silica supported cyanoborohydride (1.0 mmol/g, 83 mg, 0.083 mmol) was added and the mixture was irradiated with microwave on 300 watts for 5 minutes at 100° C. The silica was separated by centrifuging and the supernatant solution was decanted. The silica residue was rinsed with ethanol (0.500 mL) and centrifuged. The solvents were combined and removed under reduced pressure to give the desired compound 619, which was used without further purification.
Step 11—Preparation of [4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0190)
[5-(1-Benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine 619 was combined with methanol: potassium hydroxide (1M) (1:1, 0.5 mL). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 2 hours. Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added and the solvents removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (0.4 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC on a Phenomenex column (50 mm×10 mm ID) eluting with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water and 20-100% acetonitrile with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid over 16 minutes at a flow rate of 6 mL/minute to provide the desired compound P-0190. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =419.9.
Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 196, replacing 6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 618 with a suitable aldehyde in Step 1. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-thiazol-2-ylmethyl-amine (P-0189), Benzyl-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0192), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-amine (P-0193), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0194), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0195), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0196), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0197), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0198), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0199), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0200), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methyl-thiazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0201), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-methyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0202), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0203), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-amine (P-0236), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-amine (P-0237), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-chloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0238), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0239), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0240), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0241), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0242), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0243), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-phenethyl-amine (P-0244), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-difluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0245), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0246), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0247), (2-Chloro-benzyl)-[4-chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine (P-0248), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-methyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0249), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0250), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0251), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0252), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0253), [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0254), and [4-Chloro-5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0255).

The following table indicates the aldehyde (Column 2) used in Step 1 of Scheme 196 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Aldehyde
Compound
observed



P-0189


















395.9



P-0192


















389.1



P-0193


















419.1



P-0194


















425.1



P-0195


















407.1



P-0196


















423.9



P-0197


















421.1



P-0198


















407.1



P-0199


















419.9



P-0200


















407.9



P-0201


















409.9



P-0202


















409.9



P-0203


















423.9



P-0236


















390.3



P-0237


















390.3



P-0238


















425.9



P-0239


















407.1



P-0240


















407.9



P-0241


















419.9



P-0242


















458.3



P-0243


















443.1



P-0244


















403.1



P-0245


















424.7



P-0246


















407.1



P-0247


















419.9



P-0248


















424.7



P-0249


















403.1



P-0250


















441.1



P-0251


















407.9



P-0252


















475.1



P-0253


















459.9



P-0254


















457.1



P-0255


















404.3


















































































Additional compounds were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 196, replacing 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 592 with 5-(1-benzenesulfonyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-chloro-thiazol-2-ylamine 593 (prepared as described in Example 66, Scheme 183) in addition to replacing 6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbaldehyde 618 with a suitable aldehyde in Step 1. The following compounds were made following this procedure:
[4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0204), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2-ethyl-5-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0205), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0206), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(5-methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0207), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4,5-dimethyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0208), [4-Chloro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(2,5-dimethyl-thiophen-3-ylmethyl)-amine (P-0209),

The following table indicates the aldehyde (Column 2) used in Step 1 of Scheme 196 to provide the compounds (Column 3). Column 1 provides the compound number and Column 4 the experimental mass spectrometry result.















MS (ESI)

Compound


[M + H + ] +

number
Aldehyde
Compound
observed



P-0204


















390.3



P-0205


















387.1



P-0206


















373.9



P-0207


















386.3



P-0208


















389.1



P-0209


















389.1




























Example 80
Synthesis of 5-[1-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0388
5-[1-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine P-0388 was synthesized from (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine 17 as shown in Scheme 197.
















Step 1—Preparation of 1-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-ethanone (620)
(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (17, 3.00 g, 9.06 mmol, prepared as described in Example 10, Scheme 12) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL). The reaction was cooled at −78° C. under an atmosphere of argon. 2.5 M n-butyllithium in hexane (10.9 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 60 minutes. N-Methoxy-N-methylacetamide (1.93 mL, 18.1 mmol) was added to the reaction, which was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was poured into 1M ammonium chloride and brine and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portions were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was adsorbed onto silica. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate:hexanes) to provide the desired compound as an oil that crystallized to a white solid (620, 1.328 g, 50%), consistent with the compound structure by 1 H-NMR and MS (ESI): [M+H + ] + =295.3.
Step 2—Preparation of (5-acetyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (621)
To 1-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-ethanone (620, 1.30 g, 4.42 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.10 g, 5.04 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.0259 g, 0.21 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.888 mL, 5.10 mmol) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicabonate. The organic portions were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was adsorbed onto silica. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-15% ethyl acetate:hexanes) to provide the desired compound as an oil that solidified to a white solid (621, 1.29 g, 74%), consistent with the compound structure by 1 H-NMR.
Step 3—Preparation of 1-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-1-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-M-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol (622)
3-Iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (96, 485.9 mg, 1.21 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) at −20° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 2.0 M isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (0.655 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at −20° C. for 1 hour. Into the reaction was added (5-acetyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (621, 300.0 mg, 0.76 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicabonate. The organic portions were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was adsorbed onto silica. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography on the (ethyl acetate:hexanes), to provide the desired compound as an oil (622, 125 mg, 29%), consistent with the compound structure by 1 H-NMR.
Step 4—Preparation of 5-[1-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-vinyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (623)
1-[6-(4-Trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-1-(1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol (622, 125.0 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (11.7 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.175 mL, 2.3 mmol) and triethylsilane (0.292 mL, 1.8 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction was concentrated, then washed with ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic portions were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was adsorbed onto silica. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-60% ethyl acetate:hexanes) to provide the desired compound (623, 43 mg, 50%), consistent with the compound structure by 1 H-NMR.
Step 5—Preparation of 5-[1-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (P-0388)
5-[1-(1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-vinyl]-pyridin-2-yl-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amine (623, 0.043 g, 0.00011 mol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and methanol (10 mL). The reaction was shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen (30 psi) overnight. The reaction was filtered through Celite and the filtrate adsorbed onto silica and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate:hexanes) to provide the desired compound as a white solid (P-0388, 2.1 mg, 5%), consistent with compound structure by 1 H-NMR and MS (ESI): [M+H + ] + =397.6.
Example 81
Synthesis of [5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0290
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0290 was synthesized in four steps from (4-fluoro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 624 as shown in Scheme 198.









Step 1—Preparation of (4-fluoro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (625)
To a solution of (4-fluoro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (624, 1 g, 2.70 mmol, prepared as described in Example 44, Scheme 159, Step 2, where 4-(aminomethyl)pyridine 516 is replaced with p-fluorobenzylamine, i.e. intermediate in preparing compound P-0156) in methanol (100 mL) was added Pd/C (100 mg, 50% water wet) and sodium acetate (660 mg, 8.09 mmol) and the mixture was shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen (50 psi) overnight observing ˜50% conversion by LC/MS. The mixture was filtered over a bed of Celite and the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide the desired compound as an off-white solid (450 mg, 50%), consistent with compound structure by 1 H-NMR.
Step 2—Preparation of {5-[(5-chloro-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (627)
To a solution of 5-chloro-3-iodo-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (626, 300 mg, 0.69 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at −20° C. was added dropwise iso-propyl-magnesium chloride (2M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.44 mL, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. over 10 minutes and then cooled to −40° C. To this reaction mixture was added a solution of (4-fluoro-benzyl)-(4-chloro-5-formyl-thiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (625, 211 mg, 0.63 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. over 30 minutes and then quenched with brine (50 mL). The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude material which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate/heptane) to provide the desired compound as a foam (120 mg, 30%), consistent with structure by 1 H-NMR.
Step 3—Preparation of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (628)
To a solution of {5-[(5-chloro-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-hydroxy-methyl]-thiazol-2-yl}-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (627, 120 mg, 0.186 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.14 mL, 1.86 mmol) and triethylsilane (0.30 mL, 1.86 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 40° C. The solvent was then removed in vacuo and the residue was used directly in the next step.
Step 4: Preparation of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0290)
To the solution of crude [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (628, 0.186 mmol theory) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at room temperature was added trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate and then washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate making sure basicity was reached. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was back-extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-10% methanol/ethyl acetate). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the material was triturated with dichloromethane to give the desired compound as an off-white solid (20 mg, 29% over 2 steps) consistent with compound structure by 1 H-NMR and
MS (ESI): [M+H + ] + =372.9.
(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-[5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-thiazol-2-yl]-amine P-0389

was synthesized following the protocol of Scheme 198, replacing 5-chloro-3-iodo-1-(triisopropylsilyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 626 with 3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 96, to provide the desired compound, consistent with structure by 1H-NMR and MS (ESI): [M+H + ] + =339.0.

Example 82
Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanone P-0184
(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanone P-0184 was synthesized from 5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 532 in 1 step as shown in Scheme 199.









Step 1—Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanone (P-0184)
5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (532, 0.068 g, 0.44 mmol) was combined with methanol (10 mL) and potassium hydroxide (0.16 g, 2.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 50 minutes, then 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (530, 0.100 g, 0.40 mmol, prepared as described in Example 47, Scheme 162, Step 5) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated solution and brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification with silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate (10-100%) in hexanes provided the desired compound (0.0033 g, 2%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =398.1.
Example 83
Synthesis of [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0185
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0185 was synthesized from 5-chloro-3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 629 in 2 steps as shown in Scheme 200.









Step 1—Synthesis of (5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanol (630)
5-Chloro-3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (629, 0.15 g, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL, 40 mmol) and the solution was cooled to −20° C. 2 M isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (200 μL) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred and allowed to warm to −5° C. After the reaction was cooled to −20° C., 2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (530, 0.043 g, 0.17 mmol, prepared as described in Example 47, Scheme 162, Step 5) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added to the mixture. The reaction was stirred to −5° C., then concentrated, ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated solution and brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification with silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-80%) in hexanes gave the desired compound (630, 0.038 g, 40%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-amine (P-0185)
(5-Chloro-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[2-ethyl-5-(4-fluoro-benzylamino)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanol (630, 0.045 g, 0.081 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and triethylsilane (0.4 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added, followed by trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL, 2.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes, then stirred at 60° C. for 45 minutes. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added and the organic was washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated solution and brine. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was evaporated to dryness. Purification with silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate (40-100%) in hexanes gave the isolation of the desired compound (P-0185, 0.0068 g, 22%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =384.1.
Example 84
Synthesis of 3-2-Fluoro-6-[(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile P-0415
3-2-Fluoro-6-[(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile P-0415 was synthesized in 5 steps from 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile 632 as shown in Scheme 201.









Step 1—Synthesis of 3-dimethylaminomethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (633)
To 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (632, 3.00 g, 0.0210 mol) in isopropyl alcohol (120 mL) were added dimethylamine hydrochloride (1.91 g, 0.0235 mol) and formaldehyde (0.708 g, 0.0236 mol). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight, then concentrated, poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% to 30% methanol in dichloromethane containing 0.3% triethyl amine to give the desired compound (633, 2.0 g, 48%).
Step 2—Synthesis of 5-cyano-3-dimethylaminomethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (634)
To 3-dimethylaminomethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (633, 2.0 g, 0.010 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (60.0 mL) were added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (2.62 g, 0.0120 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.12 g, 0.0010 mol) and triethylamine (4.0 mL, 0.029 mol). The reaction was stirred at 45° C. over a weekend, then concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 2% to 30% methanol in dichloromethane in hexane to give the desired compound (634, 2.50 g, 83%).
Step 3—Synthesis of 3-chloromethyl-5-cyano-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (635)
To 5-cyano-3-dimethylaminomethyl-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (634, 2.60 g, 8.66 mmol) in toluene (60.0 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added ethyl chloroformate (0.828 mL, 8.66 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (635, 400 mg, 16%).
Step 4—Synthesis of [5-(5-cyano-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (636)
To (5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (631, 0.600 g, 1.50 mmol, prepared as described in Example 60) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) at −25° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen, was added a solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.730 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 5° C. over 1 hour. The reaction was cooled to −35° C., followed by addition of a solution of CuCN.2LiCl (0.65 M in tetrahydrofuran, 2.4 mL). After 5 minutes, 3-chloromethyl-5-cyano-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (635, 0.086 g, 0.29 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL) was added to the reaction. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 hour, then poured into a diluted ammonia solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (636, 0.13 g, 92%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =477.4.
Step 5—Synthesis of 3-2-fluoro-6-[(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-amino]-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (P-0415)
To [5-(5-cyano-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl]-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (636, 0.130 g, 0.27 mmol) in dichloromethane (10.0 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1.00 mL, 0.0130 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated, poured into aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% to 100% ethyl acetate in hexane to give a white solid (P-0415, 85.6 mg, 83.4%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =377.0.
(5-Fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-[6-fluoro-5-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-amine P-0414

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 201, replacing 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile 632 with 1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine in Step 1. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =352.5.

3-[6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile P-0432

was prepared following the protocol of Scheme 201, replacing 5-bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 631 with (5-Bromo-6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl)-(4-chloro-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 637 (prepared as described in Example 60) in Step 4. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =391.9.

Example 85
Synthesis of (3-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine P-0410
(3-Chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine P-0410 was synthesized in 11 steps from 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid monohydrate 638 as shown in Scheme 202.























Step 1—Preparation of 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester (639)
1H-Pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid monohydrate (638, 21.1 g, 121.0 mmol) was combined with methanol (350 mL) and hydrogen chloride (10 mL). The reaction was stirred at reflux overnight and then concentrated. The resulting solid was washed with ethyl acetate and hexanes and dried under reduced pressure. The obtained compound 639 was used without further purification. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =185.0.
Step 2—Preparation of 1-methyl-1H pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester (640)
1H-Pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester (639, 9.1 g, 49.0 mmol) was combined with acetone (400 mL) and potassium carbonate (10.2 g, 74.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 40 minutes under an atmosphere of nitrogen. To the stirring suspension, methyl iodide (3.4 mL, 54.0 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and filtered. After toluene was added, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting compound 640 was used without further purification.
Step 3—Preparation of 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid 5-methyl ester (641)
1-Methyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester (640, 3.7 g, 19.0 mmol) was combined with 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and water (60 mL). Concentrated sulfuric acid (1.0 mL) in 2 mL of water was added to the solution. After the reaction was stirred at reflux overnight, it was cooled to room temperature and concentrated until precipitation began. The obtained mixture was left standing overnight. The resulting solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The collected aqueous fractions were extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic portion was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. Additional solid was crystallized from ethyl acetate to give the desired compound (641, 2.33 g, 68%). MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =185.0, melting point 175° C.
Step 4—Preparation of 5-azidocarbonyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (642)
1-Methyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid 5-methyl ester (641, 3.2 g, 17.0 mmol) was combined with thionyl chloride (5 mL). The reaction was heated to reflux for 40 minutes and then concentrated twice from toluene. The resulting solid was dried under reduced pressure overnight. The product was dissolved into acetone (20 mL) and sodium azide (3.5 g, 54.0 mmol) was added in water (10 mL) rapidly at once. The obtained solution was stirred for one minute and then poured into ice-water (50 mL). The precipitate was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The final compound was used without further purification (642, 2.8 g, 77%).
Step 5—Preparation of 5-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (643)
5-Azidocarbonyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (642, 2.8 g, 13.0 mmol) was combined with toluene (35 mL) and benzyl alcohol (2.1 mL, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux for 45 minutes and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The compound (643, 2.4 g, 62%) was washed with methanol and dried under vacuum. MS (ESI) [M+H + ] + =290.3.
Step 6—Preparation of 5-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (644)
5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (643, 2.2 g, 7.6 mmol) was combined with methanol (50 mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (500 mg). The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for three hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired compound (644, 1.2 g, 98%). (ESI) [M+H + ] + =156.1.
Step 7—Preparation of 5-(3-chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (646)
5-Amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (644, 1.3 g, 8.0 mmol) was combined with 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (645, 0.95 mL, 8.4 mmol) and acetonitrile (40 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (3.2 mL, 42.0 mmol) was added followed by triethylsilane (6.7 mL, 42.0 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and the solution was washed with 1N potassium carbonate. The organic portion was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The compound (646, 0.944 g, 42%) was crystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate:hexane.
Step 8—Preparation of [5-(3-chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanol (647)
5-(3-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (646, 0.944 g, 3.37 mmol) was combined with tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and the solution was cooled to −40° C. 1.0 M lithium tetrahydroaluminate in tetrahydrofuran (3.7 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 45 min at −20° C. 1.0 M lithium tetrahydroaluminate in tetrahydrofuran (3.7 mL) was added at −40° C. and the reaction was stirred to 10° C. Sodium sulfate decahydrate was added in small portions and the mixture was stirred for two hours at room temperature, then filtered through Celite and concentrated. The resulting compound (647, 0.821 g, 97%) was washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate:hexanes and dried under reduced pressure.
Step 9
Preparation of 5-(3-chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (648)
[5-(3-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-methanol (647, 0.821 g, 3.26 mmol) was combined with dichloromethane (70 mL) and manganese(IV) oxide (4 g). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated. Purification by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate (10-100%) in hexane gave the desired aldehyde (648, 0.482 g, 60%).
Step 10—Preparation of [5-(3-chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(5-chloro-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (649)
5-Chloro-3-iodo-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (629, 0.19 g, 0.44 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.9 mL). The solution was cooled to −20° C. 2M isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (200 μL) was added dropwise to the mixture, then stirred to −5° C. After the reaction was cooled to −20° C., 5-(3-chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde (648, 0.050 g, 0.20 mmol) in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added at once to the mixture. The reaction was stirred to 0° C. and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated solution and brine. The organic portion was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification with silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate (5-80%) in hexane gave the desired compound (649, 0.033 g, 30%). (ESI) [M+H + ] + =558.3, 560.9.
Step 11—Preparation of (3-chloro-benzyl)-[5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-amine (P-0410)
[5-(3-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(5-chloro-1-triisopropylsilanyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (649, 0.033 g, 0.059 mmol) was combined with dichloromethane (5 mL, 0.08 mol) and triethylsilane (200 μL, 1.0 mmol) was added, followed by trifluoroacetic acid (100 μL, 1.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then concentrated. Ethyl acetate was added and the organic portion was washed with 1 M potassium carbonate, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification with silica gel flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of methanol (2-20%) and dichloromethane followed by washes with a mixture of ethyl acetate:hexane gave the desired compound (P-0410, 0.0039 g, 17%). (ESI) [M+H + ] + =387.30.
[5-(5-Chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(2,5-difluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0411 and [5-(5-chloro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]-(2-fluoro-benzyl)-amine P-0413,

respectively,

were prepared following the protocol of Scheme 202, replacing 3-chlorobenzaldehyde 645 with 2,5-difluorobenzaldehyde and 2-fluorobenzaldehyde, respectively, in Step 7. (ESI) [M+H + ] + =389.95 (P-0411) and 370.20 (P-0413).

Example 86
Additional Compounds
The following compounds of the invention were synthesized following the methods of the Examples above, or similar methods known to those of skill in the art:
3-(6-tert-Butoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0020), 3-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-thiophen-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0022), (6-Isobutylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (P-0029), [6-(Cyclopropylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (P-0034), [6-(Cyclohexylmethyl-amino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (P-0035), (1H-Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-methanol (P-0036), [6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (P-0037), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{5-[methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-amine (P-0039), (4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-{5-[methoxy-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-amine (P-0040), (4-Chloro-benzyl)-{5-[methoxy-(5-pyridin-3-yl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-amine (P-0041), [6-(4-Chloro-benzylamino)-2-methyl-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanol (P-0046), [2,6-Bis-(4-chloro-benzylamino)-pyridin-3-yl]-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-methanone (P-0049), and 3-(2-Ethylsulfanyl-4,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (P-0052).

All patents and other references cited in the specification are indicative of the level of skill of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains, and are incorporated by reference in their entireties, including any tables and figures, to the same extent as if each reference had been incorporated by reference in its entirety individually.
One skilled in the art would readily appreciate that the present invention is well adapted to obtain the ends and advantages mentioned, as well as those inherent therein. The methods, variances, and compositions described herein as presently representative of preferred embodiments are exemplary and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Changes therein and other uses will occur to those skilled in the art, which are encompassed within the spirit of the invention, are defined by the scope of the claims.
It will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that varying substitutions and modifications may be made to the invention disclosed herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. For example, variations can be made to provide additional compounds of Formulae I, II or III, and all sub-embodiments thereof, and/or various methods of administration can be used. Thus, such additional embodiments are within the scope of the present invention and the following claims.
The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims.
In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups or other grouping of alternatives, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group or other group.
Also, unless indicated to the contrary, where various numerical values are provided for embodiments, additional embodiments are described by taking any 2 different values as the endpoints of a range. Such ranges are also within the scope of the described invention.
Thus, additional embodiments are within the scope of the invention and within the following claims.